(8119,75,0,1354,'<h1>NUGEN Audio ISLst Stereo Precision True Peak Limiter</h1>\n<i>Mono and Stereo precision true peak limiter</i><br /><br />\n<div>\n	<div>Nugen Audio ISL is a transparent look-ahead limiter designed to allow you to get on with creative audio production while it takes care of True Peak compliance for you.\n		<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">ISL uses the standardized True Peak algorithms of ITU-R B.S. 1770 and related standards (including Apple ‘afclip’ true-peak detection), and is suitable for the control of audio for post production, music mastering and broadcast applications. True Peak limiting can also be used to ensure that downstream codecs (mp3, AAC etc.) do not introduce distortion into the signal.</span>\n	</div>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Nugen ISL Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Broadcast compliant</li>\n	<li>Protect AAC, MP3 etc.</li>\n	<li>Master for online delivery</li>\n	<li>Mono adn Stereo Compatible</li>\n	<li>ITU-R B.S. 1770-4</li>\n	<li>Apple Afclip</li>\n	<li>Auto release</li>\n	<li>TPmax limit</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For music production</h3>\n	Let ISL take care of your mastering for today\'s music delivery services (Apple Music, Spotify, Tidal etc.) The risk of distortion from down-stream codec conversion (mp3, AAC etc.) is eliminated with ISL on the master bus.\n<br /><br />Mix and master with confidence that your audio will be delivered the way you intend, without downstream distortions introduced by inter-sample clip reconstruction errors.<br /><br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\nWorld class, broadcast quality limiting is an essential requirement for any broadcast production, and the latest standards also demand true-peak compliance. ISL delivers both, giving you superb sound with complete confidence when meeting True Peak delivery criteria.\n<br /><br />\nWith ITU-R B.S. 1170-4 compliance and a dedicated brick-wall TPlim setting, you can produce with confidence, leaving ISL to transparently take care of the compliance.<br /><br />\n<h3>Powerful processing</h3>\nUnlike traditional limiters, ISL provides a TPlim control, automatically adjusting transfer curve parameters for minimally invasive brick-wall protection.\n<br /><br />\nAuto-release monitors incoming audio for low frequency content, dynamically adapting to prevent distortions and deliver transparent audio in the most demanding of situations.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Innovative visualisations</h3>\nWith unique steering and ducking meters, ISL guides you to the perfect settings. Whether you are preserving directional integrity or atmospheric ambience, ISL gives you the information and control you need to achieve your objective with ease. New processing enhancements assess the incoming audio for frequency content and automatically take care of those minor adjustments required when LF content drives the limiter, delivering increased transparency whilst maintaining our renowned reputation of intuitive operation.\n<br /><br />'),(8120,75,1,1354,'<h1>NUGEN Audio ISLst Stereo Precision True Peak Limiter</h1>\n<i>Mono and Stereo precision true peak limiter</i><br /><br />\n<div>\n	<div>Nugen Audio ISL is a transparent look-ahead limiter designed to allow you to get on with creative audio production while it takes care of True Peak compliance for you.\n		<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">ISL uses the standardized True Peak algorithms of ITU-R B.S. 1770 and related standards (including Apple ‘afclip’ true-peak detection), and is suitable for the control of audio for post production, music mastering and broadcast applications. True Peak limiting can also be used to ensure that downstream codecs (mp3, AAC etc.) do not introduce distortion into the signal.</span>\n	</div>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Nugen ISL Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Broadcast compliant</li>\n	<li>Protect AAC, MP3 etc.</li>\n	<li>Master for online delivery</li>\n	<li>Mono adn Stereo Compatible</li>\n	<li>ITU-R B.S. 1770-4</li>\n	<li>Apple Afclip</li>\n	<li>Auto release</li>\n	<li>TPmax limit</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For music production</h3>\n	Let ISL take care of your mastering for today\'s music delivery services (Apple Music, Spotify, Tidal etc.) The risk of distortion from down-stream codec conversion (mp3, AAC etc.) is eliminated with ISL on the master bus.\n<br /><br />Mix and master with confidence that your audio will be delivered the way you intend, without downstream distortions introduced by inter-sample clip reconstruction errors.<br /><br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\nWorld class, broadcast quality limiting is an essential requirement for any broadcast production, and the latest standards also demand true-peak compliance. ISL delivers both, giving you superb sound with complete confidence when meeting True Peak delivery criteria.\n<br /><br />\nWith ITU-R B.S. 1170-4 compliance and a dedicated brick-wall TPlim setting, you can produce with confidence, leaving ISL to transparently take care of the compliance.<br /><br />\n<h3>Powerful processing</h3>\nUnlike traditional limiters, ISL provides a TPlim control, automatically adjusting transfer curve parameters for minimally invasive brick-wall protection.\n<br /><br />\nAuto-release monitors incoming audio for low frequency content, dynamically adapting to prevent distortions and deliver transparent audio in the most demanding of situations.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Innovative visualisations</h3>\nWith unique steering and ducking meters, ISL guides you to the perfect settings. Whether you are preserving directional integrity or atmospheric ambience, ISL gives you the information and control you need to achieve your objective with ease. New processing enhancements assess the incoming audio for frequency content and automatically take care of those minor adjustments required when LF content drives the limiter, delivering increased transparency whilst maintaining our renowned reputation of intuitive operation.\n<br /><br />'),(8121,85,0,1354,'NUGEN Audio ISLst Stereo Precision True Peak Limiter'),(8122,85,1,1354,'NUGEN Audio ISLst Stereo Precision True Peak Limiter'),(8123,76,0,1354,''),(8124,76,1,1354,''),(8125,75,0,1355,'<h1>NUGEN Audio LM-Correct Loudness Quick-fix Plugin</h1>\n<i>Automatic Loudness Compliance, faster than realtime with LM-Correct Loudness quick-fix tool.</i><br /><br />Nugen LM-Correct gives you a unique, immediate and hassle-free route to loudness-compliant audio in your day-to-day loudness workflow, saving you time and preventing costly mistakes.\n<br />\n<br />\nEither within your NLE/DAW or as a standalone application, LM-Correct delivers automated compliance with True Peak correction, solving your compliance issues on the spot. Used in conjunction with a real-time meter, LM-Correct saves iterative adjustments to the mix as you approach target levels, allowing transparent in-edit \'quick-touch\' finishing of your audio. It’s an essential part of your loudness toolkit.\n<br /><br />\nLM-Correct\'s interface is designed to facilitate intuitive operation. Whether the plug-in or the standalone application is in use, the process for using LM-Correct is conceptually the same.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>NUGEn LM-Correct Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster than real-time</li>\n	<li>Plug-in or standalone</li>\n	<li>Integrated TP limiting</li>\n	<li>Single-click loudness solution</li>\n	<li>Clear, intuitive operation</li>\n	<li>Accurate & quick-finishing</li><li>Automated standard compliance</li><li>ITU-R BS. 1770 | EBU R128 | CALM Act compliant</li><li>Integrated loudness target</li><li>Maximum True Peak Level</li><li>Short-term and momentary loudness limiting</li><li>Optional DynApt LRA dynamics targeting</li><li>EBU mode</li><li>Automatic mono through 5.1 compatibility + ASWG 7.1 support</li><li>Leq(m) (TASA) measurement</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\nLM-Correct is ideal for use in situations where time is of the essence, providing an automatic method of rapidly conforming audio to current loudness standards. The plug-in can be used within a project to measure and correct audio without needing to leave the editing environment, enabling rapid in-place loudness normalisation of mono, stereo or multi-channel audio.<br /><br />\nLM-Correct can also be used as a final ‘back-stop’, ensuring that finished files are within specification and performing an in-place fix where errors are found.<br /><br />\n\n\n\n<h3>Automated, faster than real-time</h3>\nFor file based-processes (either with the standalone, Avid AudioSuite or Adobe Premiere Pro CC CEP version), LM-Correct rapidly assesses and adjusts the entire file much faster than real time.<br /><br />\nAutomatically handling audio files from mono through 7.1, LM-Correct is compliant with all current loudness standards, and if needed you can specify the optional dialog-gated measure.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Automatically repurpose & reversion</h3>\nLM-Correct dramatically increases efficiency when delivering multiple versions and re-purposing for different regions and playout specifications.<br /><br />\nTransform audio from one specification to the next with a single click, faster than real-time, without the need to manually re-purpose in your editor.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Add the Optional DynApt extension</h3>\nWith the optional DynApt extension, powered by technology developed for our server-side solutions, even complex specifications can be met with great sounding algorithms and smooth efficiency. Uniquely, the new DynApt extension also allows immediate correction for LRA and dynamics, whilst preserving dialog intelligibility and correctly identifying and respecting intentional dramatic transitions.<br /><br />'),(8126,75,1,1355,'<h1>NUGEN Audio LM-Correct Loudness Quick-fix Plugin</h1>\n<i>Automatic Loudness Compliance, faster than realtime with LM-Correct Loudness quick-fix tool.</i><br /><br />Nugen LM-Correct gives you a unique, immediate and hassle-free route to loudness-compliant audio in your day-to-day loudness workflow, saving you time and preventing costly mistakes.\n<br />\n<br />\nEither within your NLE/DAW or as a standalone application, LM-Correct delivers automated compliance with True Peak correction, solving your compliance issues on the spot. Used in conjunction with a real-time meter, LM-Correct saves iterative adjustments to the mix as you approach target levels, allowing transparent in-edit \'quick-touch\' finishing of your audio. It’s an essential part of your loudness toolkit.\n<br /><br />\nLM-Correct\'s interface is designed to facilitate intuitive operation. Whether the plug-in or the standalone application is in use, the process for using LM-Correct is conceptually the same.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>NUGEn LM-Correct Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster than real-time</li>\n	<li>Plug-in or standalone</li>\n	<li>Integrated TP limiting</li>\n	<li>Single-click loudness solution</li>\n	<li>Clear, intuitive operation</li>\n	<li>Accurate & quick-finishing</li><li>Automated standard compliance</li><li>ITU-R BS. 1770 | EBU R128 | CALM Act compliant</li><li>Integrated loudness target</li><li>Maximum True Peak Level</li><li>Short-term and momentary loudness limiting</li><li>Optional DynApt LRA dynamics targeting</li><li>EBU mode</li><li>Automatic mono through 5.1 compatibility + ASWG 7.1 support</li><li>Leq(m) (TASA) measurement</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\nLM-Correct is ideal for use in situations where time is of the essence, providing an automatic method of rapidly conforming audio to current loudness standards. The plug-in can be used within a project to measure and correct audio without needing to leave the editing environment, enabling rapid in-place loudness normalisation of mono, stereo or multi-channel audio.<br /><br />\nLM-Correct can also be used as a final ‘back-stop’, ensuring that finished files are within specification and performing an in-place fix where errors are found.<br /><br />\n\n\n\n<h3>Automated, faster than real-time</h3>\nFor file based-processes (either with the standalone, Avid AudioSuite or Adobe Premiere Pro CC CEP version), LM-Correct rapidly assesses and adjusts the entire file much faster than real time.<br /><br />\nAutomatically handling audio files from mono through 7.1, LM-Correct is compliant with all current loudness standards, and if needed you can specify the optional dialog-gated measure.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Automatically repurpose & reversion</h3>\nLM-Correct dramatically increases efficiency when delivering multiple versions and re-purposing for different regions and playout specifications.<br /><br />\nTransform audio from one specification to the next with a single click, faster than real-time, without the need to manually re-purpose in your editor.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Add the Optional DynApt extension</h3>\nWith the optional DynApt extension, powered by technology developed for our server-side solutions, even complex specifications can be met with great sounding algorithms and smooth efficiency. Uniquely, the new DynApt extension also allows immediate correction for LRA and dynamics, whilst preserving dialog intelligibility and correctly identifying and respecting intentional dramatic transitions.<br /><br />'),(8127,85,0,1355,'NUGEN Audio LM-Correct Loudness Quick-fix Plugin'),(8128,85,1,1355,'NUGEN Audio LM-Correct Loudness Quick-fix Plugin'),(8129,76,0,1355,''),(8130,76,1,1355,''),(8131,75,0,1356,'<h1>NUGEN Audio LM-Correct Loudness Quick-fix Plugin with DynApt Extension</h1>\n<i>Automatic Loudness Compliance, faster than realtime with LM-Correct Loudness quick-fix tool, plus includes the DynApt dynamic-processing extension.</i><br /><br />Nugen LM-Correct gives you a unique, immediate and hassle-free route to loudness-compliant audio in your day-to-day loudness workflow, saving you time and preventing costly mistakes.\n<br />\n<br />\nEither within your NLE/DAW or as a standalone application, LM-Correct delivers automated compliance with True Peak correction, solving your compliance issues on the spot. Used in conjunction with a real-time meter, LM-Correct saves iterative adjustments to the mix as you approach target levels, allowing transparent in-edit \'quick-touch\' finishing of your audio. It’s an essential part of your loudness toolkit.\n<br /><br />\nLM-Correct\'s interface is designed to facilitate intuitive operation. Whether the plug-in or the standalone application is in use, the process for using LM-Correct is conceptually the same.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>NUGEn LM-Correct Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster than real-time</li>\n	<li>Plug-in or standalone</li>\n	<li>Integrated TP limiting</li>\n	<li>Single-click loudness solution</li>\n	<li>Clear, intuitive operation</li>\n	<li>Accurate & quick-finishing</li><li>Automated standard compliance</li><li>ITU-R BS. 1770 | EBU R128 | CALM Act compliant</li><li>Integrated loudness target</li><li>Maximum True Peak Level</li><li>Short-term and momentary loudness limiting</li><li>Optional DynApt LRA dynamics targeting</li><li>EBU mode</li><li>Automatic mono through 5.1 compatibility + ASWG 7.1 support</li><li>Leq(m) (TASA) measurement</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\nLM-Correct is ideal for use in situations where time is of the essence, providing an automatic method of rapidly conforming audio to current loudness standards. The plug-in can be used within a project to measure and correct audio without needing to leave the editing environment, enabling rapid in-place loudness normalisation of mono, stereo or multi-channel audio.<br /><br />\nLM-Correct can also be used as a final ‘back-stop’, ensuring that finished files are within specification and performing an in-place fix where errors are found.<br /><br />\n\n\n\n<h3>Automated, faster than real-time</h3>\nFor file based-processes (either with the standalone, Avid AudioSuite or Adobe Premiere Pro CC CEP version), LM-Correct rapidly assesses and adjusts the entire file much faster than real time.<br /><br />\nAutomatically handling audio files from mono through 7.1, LM-Correct is compliant with all current loudness standards, and if needed you can specify the optional dialog-gated measure.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Automatically repurpose & reversion</h3>\nLM-Correct dramatically increases efficiency when delivering multiple versions and re-purposing for different regions and playout specifications.<br /><br />\nTransform audio from one specification to the next with a single click, faster than real-time, without the need to manually re-purpose in your editor.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Includes DynApt extension</h3>\nWith DynApt extension, powered by technology developed for our server-side solutions, even complex specifications can be met with great sounding algorithms and smooth efficiency. Uniquely, the new DynApt extension also allows immediate correction for LRA and dynamics, whilst preserving dialog intelligibility and correctly identifying and respecting intentional dramatic transitions.<br /><br />'),(8132,75,1,1356,'<h1>NUGEN Audio LM-Correct Loudness Quick-fix Plugin with DynApt Extension</h1>\n<i>Automatic Loudness Compliance, faster than realtime with LM-Correct Loudness quick-fix tool, plus includes the DynApt dynamic-processing extension.</i><br /><br />Nugen LM-Correct gives you a unique, immediate and hassle-free route to loudness-compliant audio in your day-to-day loudness workflow, saving you time and preventing costly mistakes.\n<br />\n<br />\nEither within your NLE/DAW or as a standalone application, LM-Correct delivers automated compliance with True Peak correction, solving your compliance issues on the spot. Used in conjunction with a real-time meter, LM-Correct saves iterative adjustments to the mix as you approach target levels, allowing transparent in-edit \'quick-touch\' finishing of your audio. It’s an essential part of your loudness toolkit.\n<br /><br />\nLM-Correct\'s interface is designed to facilitate intuitive operation. Whether the plug-in or the standalone application is in use, the process for using LM-Correct is conceptually the same.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>NUGEn LM-Correct Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster than real-time</li>\n	<li>Plug-in or standalone</li>\n	<li>Integrated TP limiting</li>\n	<li>Single-click loudness solution</li>\n	<li>Clear, intuitive operation</li>\n	<li>Accurate & quick-finishing</li><li>Automated standard compliance</li><li>ITU-R BS. 1770 | EBU R128 | CALM Act compliant</li><li>Integrated loudness target</li><li>Maximum True Peak Level</li><li>Short-term and momentary loudness limiting</li><li>Optional DynApt LRA dynamics targeting</li><li>EBU mode</li><li>Automatic mono through 5.1 compatibility + ASWG 7.1 support</li><li>Leq(m) (TASA) measurement</li>\n</ul><br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\nLM-Correct is ideal for use in situations where time is of the essence, providing an automatic method of rapidly conforming audio to current loudness standards. The plug-in can be used within a project to measure and correct audio without needing to leave the editing environment, enabling rapid in-place loudness normalisation of mono, stereo or multi-channel audio.<br /><br />\nLM-Correct can also be used as a final ‘back-stop’, ensuring that finished files are within specification and performing an in-place fix where errors are found.<br /><br />\n\n\n\n<h3>Automated, faster than real-time</h3>\nFor file based-processes (either with the standalone, Avid AudioSuite or Adobe Premiere Pro CC CEP version), LM-Correct rapidly assesses and adjusts the entire file much faster than real time.<br /><br />\nAutomatically handling audio files from mono through 7.1, LM-Correct is compliant with all current loudness standards, and if needed you can specify the optional dialog-gated measure.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Automatically repurpose & reversion</h3>\nLM-Correct dramatically increases efficiency when delivering multiple versions and re-purposing for different regions and playout specifications.<br /><br />\nTransform audio from one specification to the next with a single click, faster than real-time, without the need to manually re-purpose in your editor.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Includes DynApt extension</h3>\nWith DynApt extension, powered by technology developed for our server-side solutions, even complex specifications can be met with great sounding algorithms and smooth efficiency. Uniquely, the new DynApt extension also allows immediate correction for LRA and dynamics, whilst preserving dialog intelligibility and correctly identifying and respecting intentional dramatic transitions.<br /><br />'),(8133,85,0,1356,'NUGEN Audio LM-Correct with DynApt Extension'),(8134,85,1,1356,'NUGEN Audio LM-Correct with DynApt Extension'),(8135,76,0,1356,''),(8136,76,1,1356,''),(8137,75,0,1357,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Loudness Toolkit</h1>\n<i>The most powerful loudness solution available for your NLE/DAW today. Three products working together to deliver unsurpassed quality and workflow efficiency.</i><br /><br />\n<div>\n	NUGEN Loudness Toolkit is the leading workstation solution for loudness compliant delivery. Everything you need to intuitively produce loudness-normalised audio, seamlessly integrated into your audio production workflow.\n	<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Mix towards compliance without breaking the creative flow, listen to True Peak audio ‘in-place’, and achieve faster than real-time quick-check-and-fix processing.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Loudness Toolkit Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Leading NLE/DAW solution</li>\n	<li>Measurement & correction</li>\n	<li>Real-time metering</li>\n	<li>Off-line options</li>\n	<li>True Peak limiting</li>\n	<li>Log file documentation</li>\n	<li>DynApt dynamics adaptation included</li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\n<div>\n	<div>\n		VisLM is an ideal tool to achieve average loudness harmonisation from differing sources, consistently balancing music, dialog and special effects in order to hit specification easily and intuitively.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">World class, broadcast quality limiting is an essential requirement for any broadcast production, and the latest standards also demand true-peak compliance. ISL delivers both, giving you superb sound with complete confidence when meeting True Peak delivery criteria.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">LM-Correct is ideal for use in situations where time is of the essence, providing an automatic method of rapidly conforming audio to current loudness standards. The plug-in can be used within a project to measure and correct audio without needing to leave the editing environment, enabling rapid in-place loudness normalisation of mono, stereo or multi-channel audio.</span>\n	</div>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h2>NUGEN Loudness Toolkit Includes:</h2>\n<h3>VisLM - Breathtaking speed</h3>\n\nUsing an industry standard gives you confidence and peace of mind. VisLM delivers everything you need – intuitively, accurately and immediately. With a unique design focused on primary loudness parameters, VisLM combines an instant overview with detailed historical information, enabling you to hit your target first time, every time. Additional loudness logging and time-code functions allow for proof of compliance reporting and postmortem analysis with frame accurate referencing.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ISL - Enhanced transparency</h3>\n\nISL is a transparent look-ahead limiter designed to allow you to get on with creative audio production while it takes care of True Peak compliance for you.\n<br /><br />\nISL uses the standardised True Peak algorithms of ITU-R B.S. 1770 and related standards (including Apple ‘afclip’ true-peak detection), and is suitable for the control of audio for post production, music mastering and broadcast applications. True Peak limiting can also be used to ensure that downstream codecs (mp3, AAC etc.) do not introduce distortion into the signal.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>LM-Correct - Ultimate peace of mind</h3>\nLM-Correct gives you a unique, immediate and hassle-free route to loudness-compliant audio in your day-to-day loudness workflow, saving you time and preventing costly mistakes.\n<br /><br />\nEither within your NLE/DAW or as a standalone application, LM-Correct delivers automated compliance with True Peak correction, solving your compliance issues on the spot. Used in conjunction with a real-time meter, LM-Correct saves iterative adjustments to the mix as you approach target levels, allowing transparent in-edit \'quick-touch\' finishing of your audio. It’s an essential part of your loudness toolkit.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>DynApt extension</h3>\nIncluded with the Loudness Toolkit bundle is the DynApt Extension for LM-Correct. Powered by technology developed for our server-side solutions, even complex specifications can be met with great sounding algorithms and smooth efficiency. Uniquely, the new DynApt extension also allows immediate correction for LRA and dynamics, whilst preserving dialog intelligibility and correctly identifying and respecting intentional dramatic transitions.\n<br /><br />'),(8138,75,1,1357,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Loudness Toolkit</h1>\n<i>The most powerful loudness solution available for your NLE/DAW today. Three products working together to deliver unsurpassed quality and workflow efficiency.</i><br /><br />\n<div>\n	NUGEN Loudness Toolkit is the leading workstation solution for loudness compliant delivery. Everything you need to intuitively produce loudness-normalised audio, seamlessly integrated into your audio production workflow.\n	<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Mix towards compliance without breaking the creative flow, listen to True Peak audio ‘in-place’, and achieve faster than real-time quick-check-and-fix processing.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Loudness Toolkit Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Leading NLE/DAW solution</li>\n	<li>Measurement & correction</li>\n	<li>Real-time metering</li>\n	<li>Off-line options</li>\n	<li>True Peak limiting</li>\n	<li>Log file documentation</li>\n	<li>DynApt dynamics adaptation included</li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\n<div>\n	<div>\n		VisLM is an ideal tool to achieve average loudness harmonisation from differing sources, consistently balancing music, dialog and special effects in order to hit specification easily and intuitively.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">World class, broadcast quality limiting is an essential requirement for any broadcast production, and the latest standards also demand true-peak compliance. ISL delivers both, giving you superb sound with complete confidence when meeting True Peak delivery criteria.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">LM-Correct is ideal for use in situations where time is of the essence, providing an automatic method of rapidly conforming audio to current loudness standards. The plug-in can be used within a project to measure and correct audio without needing to leave the editing environment, enabling rapid in-place loudness normalisation of mono, stereo or multi-channel audio.</span>\n	</div>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h2>NUGEN Loudness Toolkit Includes:</h2>\n<h3>VisLM - Breathtaking speed</h3>\n\nUsing an industry standard gives you confidence and peace of mind. VisLM delivers everything you need – intuitively, accurately and immediately. With a unique design focused on primary loudness parameters, VisLM combines an instant overview with detailed historical information, enabling you to hit your target first time, every time. Additional loudness logging and time-code functions allow for proof of compliance reporting and postmortem analysis with frame accurate referencing.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ISL - Enhanced transparency</h3>\n\nISL is a transparent look-ahead limiter designed to allow you to get on with creative audio production while it takes care of True Peak compliance for you.\n<br /><br />\nISL uses the standardised True Peak algorithms of ITU-R B.S. 1770 and related standards (including Apple ‘afclip’ true-peak detection), and is suitable for the control of audio for post production, music mastering and broadcast applications. True Peak limiting can also be used to ensure that downstream codecs (mp3, AAC etc.) do not introduce distortion into the signal.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>LM-Correct - Ultimate peace of mind</h3>\nLM-Correct gives you a unique, immediate and hassle-free route to loudness-compliant audio in your day-to-day loudness workflow, saving you time and preventing costly mistakes.\n<br /><br />\nEither within your NLE/DAW or as a standalone application, LM-Correct delivers automated compliance with True Peak correction, solving your compliance issues on the spot. Used in conjunction with a real-time meter, LM-Correct saves iterative adjustments to the mix as you approach target levels, allowing transparent in-edit \'quick-touch\' finishing of your audio. It’s an essential part of your loudness toolkit.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>DynApt extension</h3>\nIncluded with the Loudness Toolkit bundle is the DynApt Extension for LM-Correct. Powered by technology developed for our server-side solutions, even complex specifications can be met with great sounding algorithms and smooth efficiency. Uniquely, the new DynApt extension also allows immediate correction for LRA and dynamics, whilst preserving dialog intelligibility and correctly identifying and respecting intentional dramatic transitions.\n<br /><br />'),(8139,85,0,1357,'NUGEN Audio Loudness Toolkit'),(8140,85,1,1357,'NUGEN Audio Loudness Toolkit'),(8141,76,0,1357,''),(8142,76,1,1357,''),(8143,75,0,1358,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Modern Mastering Bundle</h1>\n<i>Mix and master for today\'s playout technologies with NUGEN Modern Mastering  Bundle</i><br /><br />NUGEN Modern Mastering Bundle contains 3 plug-ins designed to allow you to master effortlessly, with confidence and precision. Modern Mastering delivers ground breaking functionality - streaming service auditioning, pristine limiting and a full suite of audio analysis tools & play-out delivery measures - all built with a level of usability not available anywhere else<br /><br />\n<h3>Modern Mastering Bundle Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Audition for today\'s play-out services in real-time</li>\n	<li>Check and compare dynamics</li>\n	<li>Essential loudness and codec analysis</li>\n	<li>Produce for iTunes, Spotify etc</li>\n	<li>Full suite of audio analysis tools</li>\n	<li>Precision true-peak limiting</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For music production</h3>\n<div>\n	When mastering for digital music services, podcasts or digital radio, MasterCheck Pro is an ideal tool for detecting potential codec distortion, and for directly comparing your loudness and dynamics with appropriate reference material.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">The risk of distortion from down-stream codec conversion (mp3, AAC etc.) is eliminated with ISL on the master bus. Master with confidence that your audio will be delivered the way you intend, without downstream distortions introduced by inter-sample clip reconstruction errors.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Visualizer offers detailed analysis of stereo placement, which can be particularly important for centering lead vocals, and for low end control. It can also be used for visual A/Bing of stereo spread and sonic fingerprinting.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h2>NUGEN Modern Mastering Bundle Includes:</h2>\n<h3>MasterCheck - Master for the listener</h3>\n<div>\n	MasterCheck is the complete solution for optimising your mixes for today’s music delivery services. Streaming apps, download stores, websites and podcasts all use data compression, loudness matching or both. These processes can affect your mixes in various undesirable ways: your loud punchy mix could end up quiet and flat, or suffer clipping or distortion.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">The good news is you don’t just have to mix for CD and hope for the best. MasterCheck reveals problems ahead of time, and enables you to deliver masters perfectly tuned for specific playout systems.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>ISL - Flexibility & power</h3>\n<div>\n	<span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Let ISL take care of your mastering for today\'s music delivery services (Apple Music, Spotify, Tidal etc.) The risk of distortion from down-stream codec conversion (mp3, AAC etc.) is eliminated with ISL on the master bus.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Mix and master with confidence that your audio will be delivered the way you intend, without downstream distortions introduced by inter-sample clip reconstruction errors.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Visualizer - Measure, understand, correct</h3>\n<div>\n	<span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Visualizer gives you indispensable audio analysis for quality audio production, with a standardised reference set of professional tools which allows you to work faster, avoid mistakes and repeat past success.</span>\n</div>\n<br />'),(8144,75,1,1358,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Modern Mastering Bundle</h1>\n<i>Mix and master for today\'s playout technologies with NUGEN Modern Mastering  Bundle</i><br /><br />NUGEN Modern Mastering Bundle contains 3 plug-ins designed to allow you to master effortlessly, with confidence and precision. Modern Mastering delivers ground breaking functionality - streaming service auditioning, pristine limiting and a full suite of audio analysis tools & play-out delivery measures - all built with a level of usability not available anywhere else<br /><br />\n<h3>Modern Mastering Bundle Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Audition for today\'s play-out services in real-time</li>\n	<li>Check and compare dynamics</li>\n	<li>Essential loudness and codec analysis</li>\n	<li>Produce for iTunes, Spotify etc</li>\n	<li>Full suite of audio analysis tools</li>\n	<li>Precision true-peak limiting</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For music production</h3>\n<div>\n	When mastering for digital music services, podcasts or digital radio, MasterCheck Pro is an ideal tool for detecting potential codec distortion, and for directly comparing your loudness and dynamics with appropriate reference material.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">The risk of distortion from down-stream codec conversion (mp3, AAC etc.) is eliminated with ISL on the master bus. Master with confidence that your audio will be delivered the way you intend, without downstream distortions introduced by inter-sample clip reconstruction errors.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Visualizer offers detailed analysis of stereo placement, which can be particularly important for centering lead vocals, and for low end control. It can also be used for visual A/Bing of stereo spread and sonic fingerprinting.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h2>NUGEN Modern Mastering Bundle Includes:</h2>\n<h3>MasterCheck - Master for the listener</h3>\n<div>\n	MasterCheck is the complete solution for optimising your mixes for today’s music delivery services. Streaming apps, download stores, websites and podcasts all use data compression, loudness matching or both. These processes can affect your mixes in various undesirable ways: your loud punchy mix could end up quiet and flat, or suffer clipping or distortion.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">The good news is you don’t just have to mix for CD and hope for the best. MasterCheck reveals problems ahead of time, and enables you to deliver masters perfectly tuned for specific playout systems.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>ISL - Flexibility & power</h3>\n<div>\n	<span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Let ISL take care of your mastering for today\'s music delivery services (Apple Music, Spotify, Tidal etc.) The risk of distortion from down-stream codec conversion (mp3, AAC etc.) is eliminated with ISL on the master bus.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Mix and master with confidence that your audio will be delivered the way you intend, without downstream distortions introduced by inter-sample clip reconstruction errors.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Visualizer - Measure, understand, correct</h3>\n<div>\n	<span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Visualizer gives you indispensable audio analysis for quality audio production, with a standardised reference set of professional tools which allows you to work faster, avoid mistakes and repeat past success.</span>\n</div>\n<br />'),(8145,85,0,1358,'NUGEN Audio Modern Mastering Bundle'),(8146,85,1,1358,'NUGEN Audio Modern Mastering Bundle'),(8147,76,0,1358,''),(8148,76,1,1358,''),(8149,75,0,1359,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Paragon Reverb</h1>\n<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><i>True convolution reverb plug-in with 3D modeling of real spaces and support for up to 7.1.2 Dolby Atmos.</i><br /><br /></span>\n<div style=\"\">\n	Paragon is a true convolution reverb with the flexibility and control of a classic algorithmic reverb, giving you the sound of real spaces, now with unprecedented tweakability. Via re-synthesis, Paragon offers full control of the decay, room size and brightness of reverbs modeled on 3D recordings of real spaces - with no time-stretching, which means no artefacts - not to mention spectral analysis and precise EQ of the Impulse Responses themselves.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Gone are the days of enormous IR libraries. Why have 30 recordings of different-sized churches, when you can meticulously adjust the characteristics of one church?<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Perfect for surround applications including Dolby Atmos bed tracks, the reverb operates in up to 7.1.2 channels of audio.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>NUGEN Paragon Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">True convolution reverb</span></li>\n	<li>Dolby Atmos and surround-compatible</li>\n	<li>Individually configurable crosstalk per channel</li>\n	<li>Unique technology for re-synthesis of authentic IRs</li>\n	<li>HPF and LPF per channel</li>\n	<li>Spectral analysis</li>\n	<li>Switchable LFE</li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n\n\n<h3>Seamless tweakability</h3>\nThe IR library isn’t too big, and it isn’t too small, it’s just right. Gone are the days of keeping an Impulse Response saved for every possible configuration of every possible space - with Paragon, all you need is a select few, which can be tweaked to create almost limitless combinations of spaces.<br /><br />\n\nUsing state of the art technology developed alongside the University of York’s Dr. Jez Wells, 3D Impulse Responses are analyzed, decomposed and re-synthesized to create new authentic spaces.<br /><br />\n\nParagon’s IR panel also allows you to seamlessly tweak the frequency response or real spaces, by EQing the reverb model itself and altering the frequency-dependent decay rate.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Real spaces reimagined</h3>\nParagon’s reverb decay and room size can be set significantly longer, larger, shorter and smaller than that of the original IR space, without introducing ugly artefacts as a result of stretching or removing samples. Unlike a traditional convolution reverb, Paragon does not use a static Impulse Response, and this wider scope allows you to transparently transform the sound of the space.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>For film & television</h3>\nAs the first 3D-compatible convolution reverb, Paragon is an ideal addition to your Dolby Atmos workflow - create a sense of space like never before.\n<br /><br />\n \n\nParagon’s adjustable crosstalk creates a sense of liveliness and interaction between channels, and allows you to produce surround reverb even from mono or stereo sources. Paragon offers the control and flexibility to determine how reverb from each channel interacts with the other channels, for example improving dialog intelligibility by removing reverb from the centre channel, but maintaining a sense of space and location by sending the dry centre channel audio to other reverb channels.<br /><br />'),(8150,75,1,1359,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Paragon Reverb</h1>\n<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><i>True convolution reverb plug-in with 3D modeling of real spaces and support for up to 7.1.2 Dolby Atmos.</i><br /><br /></span>\n<div style=\"\">\n	Paragon is a true convolution reverb with the flexibility and control of a classic algorithmic reverb, giving you the sound of real spaces, now with unprecedented tweakability. Via re-synthesis, Paragon offers full control of the decay, room size and brightness of reverbs modeled on 3D recordings of real spaces - with no time-stretching, which means no artefacts - not to mention spectral analysis and precise EQ of the Impulse Responses themselves.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Gone are the days of enormous IR libraries. Why have 30 recordings of different-sized churches, when you can meticulously adjust the characteristics of one church?<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Perfect for surround applications including Dolby Atmos bed tracks, the reverb operates in up to 7.1.2 channels of audio.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>NUGEN Paragon Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">True convolution reverb</span></li>\n	<li>Dolby Atmos and surround-compatible</li>\n	<li>Individually configurable crosstalk per channel</li>\n	<li>Unique technology for re-synthesis of authentic IRs</li>\n	<li>HPF and LPF per channel</li>\n	<li>Spectral analysis</li>\n	<li>Switchable LFE</li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n\n\n<h3>Seamless tweakability</h3>\nThe IR library isn’t too big, and it isn’t too small, it’s just right. Gone are the days of keeping an Impulse Response saved for every possible configuration of every possible space - with Paragon, all you need is a select few, which can be tweaked to create almost limitless combinations of spaces.<br /><br />\n\nUsing state of the art technology developed alongside the University of York’s Dr. Jez Wells, 3D Impulse Responses are analyzed, decomposed and re-synthesized to create new authentic spaces.<br /><br />\n\nParagon’s IR panel also allows you to seamlessly tweak the frequency response or real spaces, by EQing the reverb model itself and altering the frequency-dependent decay rate.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>Real spaces reimagined</h3>\nParagon’s reverb decay and room size can be set significantly longer, larger, shorter and smaller than that of the original IR space, without introducing ugly artefacts as a result of stretching or removing samples. Unlike a traditional convolution reverb, Paragon does not use a static Impulse Response, and this wider scope allows you to transparently transform the sound of the space.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>For film & television</h3>\nAs the first 3D-compatible convolution reverb, Paragon is an ideal addition to your Dolby Atmos workflow - create a sense of space like never before.\n<br /><br />\n \n\nParagon’s adjustable crosstalk creates a sense of liveliness and interaction between channels, and allows you to produce surround reverb even from mono or stereo sources. Paragon offers the control and flexibility to determine how reverb from each channel interacts with the other channels, for example improving dialog intelligibility by removing reverb from the centre channel, but maintaining a sense of space and location by sending the dry centre channel audio to other reverb channels.<br /><br />'),(8151,85,0,1359,'NUGEN Audio Paragon Reverb'),(8152,85,1,1359,'NUGEN Audio Paragon Reverb'),(8153,76,0,1359,''),(8154,76,1,1359,''),(8155,75,0,1360,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Post Bundle</h1>\n<i>NUGEN Post Bundle contains the leading Loudness, Surround, Analysis plug-in & more to help you produce outstanding audio quality on time, every time.</i><br /><br />NUGEN Post Bundle is an uncompromising collection of must-have plug-ins for high quality broadcast, film and game audio production. Containing a complete loudness solution including true-peak limiting, leading upmix and downmix tools, a comprehensive audio analysis suite, transparent auto-match EQ and 3 stereo control plug-ins, NUGEN Post delivers the same essential post production tools used by leading facilities the world over.<br /><br />\n<h3>Post Bundle Features</h3>\n<ul style=\"\">\n	<li>Mono, stereo and surround tools</li>\n	<li>Instant loudness compliance</li>\n	<li>Spatial enhancement</li>\n	<li>Low frequency control</li>\n	<li>Premium transparent limiting</li>\n	<li>Detailed audio analysis</li>\n	<li>Dolby Atmos, Auro 3D and Ambisonic options</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\n	Mix towards compliance without breaking the creative flow, listen to True Peak audio ‘in-place’, and achieve faster than real-time quick-check-and-fix processing.<br /><br />\n\nTake complete control of your stereo and surround panorama with powerful tools offering incredible flexibility in highly accessible and configurable combinations.<br />\n<br />\nEach plug-in integrates advanced audio analysis feedback directly into the user interface, delivering intuitive control of all the main parameters with clear and immediate dynamic response. NUGEN Post offers you deeper control, sonic enhancement and diagnostic support at any stage of the production process leading to increased quality and efficiency in any project.\n<br /><br />\n<h2>NUGEN Post Bundle Includes:</h2>\n<ul style=\"letter-spacing: normal;\">\n	<li>ViSLM</li>\n	<li>LM-Correct</li>\n	<li>DynApt</li>\n	<li>ISL</li>\n	<li>Halo Upmix</li>\n	<li>Halo Downmix</li>\n	<li>SEQ-S</li>\n	<li>Monofilter</li>\n	<li>Stereoizer</li>\n	<li>Visualizer</li>\n	<li>Stereoplacer</li>\n	<li>Signmod</li>\n</ul>'),(8156,75,1,1360,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Post Bundle</h1>\n<i>NUGEN Post Bundle contains the leading Loudness, Surround, Analysis plug-in & more to help you produce outstanding audio quality on time, every time.</i><br /><br />NUGEN Post Bundle is an uncompromising collection of must-have plug-ins for high quality broadcast, film and game audio production. Containing a complete loudness solution including true-peak limiting, leading upmix and downmix tools, a comprehensive audio analysis suite, transparent auto-match EQ and 3 stereo control plug-ins, NUGEN Post delivers the same essential post production tools used by leading facilities the world over.<br /><br />\n<h3>Post Bundle Features</h3>\n<ul style=\"\">\n	<li>Mono, stereo and surround tools</li>\n	<li>Instant loudness compliance</li>\n	<li>Spatial enhancement</li>\n	<li>Low frequency control</li>\n	<li>Premium transparent limiting</li>\n	<li>Detailed audio analysis</li>\n	<li>Dolby Atmos, Auro 3D and Ambisonic options</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\n	Mix towards compliance without breaking the creative flow, listen to True Peak audio ‘in-place’, and achieve faster than real-time quick-check-and-fix processing.<br /><br />\n\nTake complete control of your stereo and surround panorama with powerful tools offering incredible flexibility in highly accessible and configurable combinations.<br />\n<br />\nEach plug-in integrates advanced audio analysis feedback directly into the user interface, delivering intuitive control of all the main parameters with clear and immediate dynamic response. NUGEN Post offers you deeper control, sonic enhancement and diagnostic support at any stage of the production process leading to increased quality and efficiency in any project.\n<br /><br />\n<h2>NUGEN Post Bundle Includes:</h2>\n<ul style=\"letter-spacing: normal;\">\n	<li>ViSLM</li>\n	<li>LM-Correct</li>\n	<li>DynApt</li>\n	<li>ISL</li>\n	<li>Halo Upmix</li>\n	<li>Halo Downmix</li>\n	<li>SEQ-S</li>\n	<li>Monofilter</li>\n	<li>Stereoizer</li>\n	<li>Visualizer</li>\n	<li>Stereoplacer</li>\n	<li>Signmod</li>\n</ul>'),(8157,85,0,1360,'NUGEN Audio Post Bundle'),(8158,85,1,1360,'NUGEN Audio Post Bundle'),(8159,76,0,1360,''),(8160,76,1,1360,''),(8161,75,0,1361,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Producer Bundle</h1>\n<i>NUGEN Producer Bundle contains award-winning music production plug-ins for mixing and mastering.</i><br /><br /><div>NUGEN Producer Bundle gives you deeper control over your full production workflow. From EQ, stereo panorama and low frequency content to mixing and mastering for today\'s streamed delivery services. With its comprehensive audio analysis suite you can identify and solve a multitude of audio issues.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Ideally suited to both mix and mastering situations, NUGEN Producer offers an unequalled collection of highly flexible award-winning cross-platform plug-ins to help you increase the quality and efficiency of your audio production.</span></div><br />\n<h3>Producer Bundle Features</h3>\n<ul style=\"\">\n	<li>Groundbreaking low frequency control</li><li>Mix & master for today\'s playout technologies</li><li>Measure & compare dynamics</li><li>Transparent linear phase match EQ</li><li>Market leading stereo enhancement</li><li>Broadcast quality True Peak limiting</li><li>Stereo Correction</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For music production</h3><div>There are countless ways NUGEN Producer can be used to improve your mix.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Try Monofilter to tighten up the low frequencies while retaining a full sense of space, Stereoizer to naturally widen sounds without upsetting the inherent balance, or SEQ-S to transparently control your spatial environment with incredible resolution that you just can\'t get with a traditional parametric interface.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Visualizer offers detailed analysis of stereo placement, allowing you to easily identify problems which could then be fixed with Stereoplacer.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">When mastering for digital music services, MasterCheck Pro is ideal for detecting potential codec distortion, which can then be eliminated with ISL on the master bus.</span></div><br />\n<h2>NUGEN Producer Bundle Includes:</h2>\n<ul style=\"letter-spacing: normal;\">\n	<li>ViSLM</li>\n	<li>LM-Correct</li>\n	<li>DynApt</li>\n	<li>ISL</li>\n	<li>Monofilter</li>\n	<li>Stereoizer</li>\n	<li>Visualizer</li><li>ISLst</li><li>MasterCheck</li><li>SEQ-ST</li>\n	<li>Stereoplacer</li>\n	<li>Signmod</li>\n</ul>'),(8162,75,1,1361,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Producer Bundle</h1>\n<i>NUGEN Producer Bundle contains award-winning music production plug-ins for mixing and mastering.</i><br /><br /><div>NUGEN Producer Bundle gives you deeper control over your full production workflow. From EQ, stereo panorama and low frequency content to mixing and mastering for today\'s streamed delivery services. With its comprehensive audio analysis suite you can identify and solve a multitude of audio issues.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Ideally suited to both mix and mastering situations, NUGEN Producer offers an unequalled collection of highly flexible award-winning cross-platform plug-ins to help you increase the quality and efficiency of your audio production.</span></div><br />\n<h3>Producer Bundle Features</h3>\n<ul style=\"\">\n	<li>Groundbreaking low frequency control</li><li>Mix & master for today\'s playout technologies</li><li>Measure & compare dynamics</li><li>Transparent linear phase match EQ</li><li>Market leading stereo enhancement</li><li>Broadcast quality True Peak limiting</li><li>Stereo Correction</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For music production</h3><div>There are countless ways NUGEN Producer can be used to improve your mix.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Try Monofilter to tighten up the low frequencies while retaining a full sense of space, Stereoizer to naturally widen sounds without upsetting the inherent balance, or SEQ-S to transparently control your spatial environment with incredible resolution that you just can\'t get with a traditional parametric interface.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Visualizer offers detailed analysis of stereo placement, allowing you to easily identify problems which could then be fixed with Stereoplacer.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">When mastering for digital music services, MasterCheck Pro is ideal for detecting potential codec distortion, which can then be eliminated with ISL on the master bus.</span></div><br />\n<h2>NUGEN Producer Bundle Includes:</h2>\n<ul style=\"letter-spacing: normal;\">\n	<li>ViSLM</li>\n	<li>LM-Correct</li>\n	<li>DynApt</li>\n	<li>ISL</li>\n	<li>Monofilter</li>\n	<li>Stereoizer</li>\n	<li>Visualizer</li><li>ISLst</li><li>MasterCheck</li><li>SEQ-ST</li>\n	<li>Stereoplacer</li>\n	<li>Signmod</li>\n</ul>'),(8163,85,0,1361,'NUGEN Audio Producer Bundle'),(8164,85,1,1361,'NUGEN Audio Producer Bundle'),(8165,76,0,1361,''),(8166,76,1,1361,''),(8167,75,0,1362,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Surround Suite</h1>\n<i>Upmix, Downmix & Reshape Multichannel Sound with NUGEN Audio Surround Suite</i><br /><br />\n	NUGEN Surround Suite delivers all the control you need to fine-tune your surround mix to perfection. Achieve natural and coherent upmixing from stereo to 5.1 and 7.1 via Halo Upmix, take advantage of ISL\'s transparent True Peak limiting and SEQ-S\'s linear phase EQ in surround modes, and complement your surround workflow with Halo Downmix\'s precise and tweakable downmixing.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Surround Suite Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Full access to surround balances</li>\n	<li>Regulate low frequency content</li>\n	<li>No phase warping</li>\n	<li>Individual surround channel access</li>\n	<li>Fine-tune surround mix</li>\n	<li>Clear visual feedback</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\n		Surround delivery requirements are becoming more common, making a consistent surround workflow indispensable for anyone in post production. Expand your existing stereo and 5.1 mixes with zero artificial reverberation or chorusing effects, tweak and refine with True Peak limiting and powerful EQ sculpting/matching/morphing, and then fine-tune your downmix to ensure the best possible stereo fold-down.\n<br /><br />\n<h2>NUGEN Surround Suite Includes:</h2>\n<h3>Halo Upmix - Natural extension</h3>\nWith unique centre channel management, including switchable dialog extraction, Halo Upmix is perfect for all types of production from archive restoration and TV through to the full 7.1 feature film experience.\n<br /><br />\nWith surround delivery requirements becoming more and more common, a tool like Halo Upmix can be indispensable. Unlike legacy upmixing practices, Halo Upmix offers full downmix compatibility. For those working in Dolby Atmos, Auro 3D and Ambisonic environments, a 3D immersive audio option is also available.\n<h3>Halo Downmix - Complement your workflow</h3>\nPrecise surround control, versatile downmix balancing and mix monitoring for accelerating and enhancing your surround productivity. Halo Downmix is the glue that brings your workflow together, allowing you to deliver in surround and stereo with ease and without compromise.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ISL - Transparent, reliable</h3>\nNo need to second guess your sample-peak limiter time and again, or deliberately increase headroom to avoid a downstream problem. Just dial in your True Peak limit and let ISL take care of the rest.\n<br /><br />\nUnlike traditional limiters, ISL provides a TPlim control, automatically adjusting transfer curve parameters for minimally invasive brick-wall protection.<br /><br />\n<h3>SEQ-S - Unparalleled flexibility</h3>\nSEQ-S gives you EQ matching up to 7.1, with stereo mid/side operation and automated spectrum analysis. Automated EQ morphing allows for controlled scene transitions and creative sound design possibilities.\n<br /><br />'),(8168,75,1,1362,'<h1>NUGEN Audio Surround Suite</h1>\n<i>Upmix, Downmix & Reshape Multichannel Sound with NUGEN Audio Surround Suite</i><br /><br />\n	NUGEN Surround Suite delivers all the control you need to fine-tune your surround mix to perfection. Achieve natural and coherent upmixing from stereo to 5.1 and 7.1 via Halo Upmix, take advantage of ISL\'s transparent True Peak limiting and SEQ-S\'s linear phase EQ in surround modes, and complement your surround workflow with Halo Downmix\'s precise and tweakable downmixing.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Surround Suite Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Full access to surround balances</li>\n	<li>Regulate low frequency content</li>\n	<li>No phase warping</li>\n	<li>Individual surround channel access</li>\n	<li>Fine-tune surround mix</li>\n	<li>Clear visual feedback</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For post and broadcast</h3>\n		Surround delivery requirements are becoming more common, making a consistent surround workflow indispensable for anyone in post production. Expand your existing stereo and 5.1 mixes with zero artificial reverberation or chorusing effects, tweak and refine with True Peak limiting and powerful EQ sculpting/matching/morphing, and then fine-tune your downmix to ensure the best possible stereo fold-down.\n<br /><br />\n<h2>NUGEN Surround Suite Includes:</h2>\n<h3>Halo Upmix - Natural extension</h3>\nWith unique centre channel management, including switchable dialog extraction, Halo Upmix is perfect for all types of production from archive restoration and TV through to the full 7.1 feature film experience.\n<br /><br />\nWith surround delivery requirements becoming more and more common, a tool like Halo Upmix can be indispensable. Unlike legacy upmixing practices, Halo Upmix offers full downmix compatibility. For those working in Dolby Atmos, Auro 3D and Ambisonic environments, a 3D immersive audio option is also available.\n<h3>Halo Downmix - Complement your workflow</h3>\nPrecise surround control, versatile downmix balancing and mix monitoring for accelerating and enhancing your surround productivity. Halo Downmix is the glue that brings your workflow together, allowing you to deliver in surround and stereo with ease and without compromise.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ISL - Transparent, reliable</h3>\nNo need to second guess your sample-peak limiter time and again, or deliberately increase headroom to avoid a downstream problem. Just dial in your True Peak limit and let ISL take care of the rest.\n<br /><br />\nUnlike traditional limiters, ISL provides a TPlim control, automatically adjusting transfer curve parameters for minimally invasive brick-wall protection.<br /><br />\n<h3>SEQ-S - Unparalleled flexibility</h3>\nSEQ-S gives you EQ matching up to 7.1, with stereo mid/side operation and automated spectrum analysis. Automated EQ morphing allows for controlled scene transitions and creative sound design possibilities.\n<br /><br />'),(8169,85,0,1362,'NUGEN Audio Surround Suite'),(8170,85,1,1362,'NUGEN Audio Surround Suite'),(8171,76,0,1362,''),(8172,76,1,1362,''),(8173,75,0,1363,'<h1>NUGEN Audio VisLM Loudness Metering Plugin</h1>\n<i>Loudness compliance perfectly integrated into your workflow, using a clear resizable interface and ground breaking ReMEM automated loudness memory technology.</i><br /><br />\nNUGEN VisLM Loudness Metering Plug-in delivers everything you need – intuitively, accurately and immediately. With a unique design focused on primary loudness parameters, VisLM combines an instant overview with detailed historical information, enabling you to hit your target first time, every time. Additional loudness logging and time-code functions allow for proof of compliance reporting and postmortem analysis with frame accurate referencing.\n<br /><br />\nWith a full set of international and regional presets, VisLM is ready to go immediately. For legacy, station specific and internal specifications, VisLM can be fully configured to handle any situation from detailed expert reporting to simple safety zones and alerts for less experienced operators.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>NUGEn VisLM Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>True Peak level meters</li>\n	<li>Timecode locked ReMEM</li>\n	<li>Automated loudness overdub</li>\n	<li>Leq(m) (TASA) measurement</li>\n	<li>Momentary, Short-term & Integrated loudness</li>\n	<li>ITU-R BS. 1770 | EBU R128 | CALM compliant</li>\n	<li>Highly configurable</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For post, broadcast & games</h3>\nVisLM is an ideal tool to achieve average loudness harmonisation from differing sources, consistently balancing music, dialog and special effects in order to hit specification easily and intuitively. Whether working to meet legislation or simply towards internal loudness standards, the plug-in can be used to manage levels rapidly and objectively.\n<br /><br />\nVisLM also includes ASWG 7.1 surround support, and is PlayStation, PSP & Xbox One compatible.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Loudness memory</h3>\nVisLM remembers loudness data; up to 12 hours, locked to a timecode received directly from your NLE/DAW. Any minor edit or overdub immediately triggers overall loudness updates, eliminating the need for end to end re-measurement. Loudness data is saved with the session allowing full session loudness recall.\n<br /><br />\nOffline AudioSuite scans can be loaded into the real-time meter for immediate pre-loading of loudness history. ReMEM brings unparalleled workflow acceleration, delivering best-in-class performance to your editing environment.<br /><br />\n<h3>Comprehensive True Peak metering</h3>\nVisLM\'s True Peak meter displays True Peak values as defined in ITU-R BS.1770. This accurately measures inter-sample peaks, facilitating the avoidance of potential distortion further downstream.\n<br /><br />\nVisLM logs True Peak violations against time code in the scrolling history view and in optional data logs enabling rapid identification of problem areas and full diagnostic analysis.<br /><br />\n<h3>Economical efficiency</h3>\nElegant and simple to use, VisLM promotes a highly efficient workflow with the ability to drill down to any level of complexity the context demands. With VisLM, your loudness workflow is transparently integrated into the production environment.\n<br /><br />\nWith a fully resizable interface and many additional visualisations, it is simple to identify exactly the information you need and choose the configuration that matches your workflow precisely.<br /><br />\n<h3>Compliant</h3>\nNUGEN loudness products are compatible with all recommendations and guidance based on the international standard ITU-R B.S. 1770, revisions 1, 2, 3 and 4 including:\n<ul>\n	<li>ATSC A/85 (CALM ACT)</li>\n	<li>EBU R128</li>\n	<li>EBU R128 S1</li>\n	<li>ARIB TR-B32</li>\n	<li>OP-59</li>\n	<li>AGCOM 219/9/CSP</li>\n	<li>Portaria 354</li>\n	<li>DPP</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\nVisLM also supports Leq(m) measurement (TASA and SAWA variants).<br /><br />\nFor Avid HDX hardware compatibility, the software is also available in a DSP version.<br /><br />'),(8174,75,1,1363,'<h1>NUGEN Audio VisLM Loudness Metering Plugin</h1>\n<i>Loudness compliance perfectly integrated into your workflow, using a clear resizable interface and ground breaking ReMEM automated loudness memory technology.</i><br /><br />\nNUGEN VisLM Loudness Metering Plug-in delivers everything you need – intuitively, accurately and immediately. With a unique design focused on primary loudness parameters, VisLM combines an instant overview with detailed historical information, enabling you to hit your target first time, every time. Additional loudness logging and time-code functions allow for proof of compliance reporting and postmortem analysis with frame accurate referencing.\n<br /><br />\nWith a full set of international and regional presets, VisLM is ready to go immediately. For legacy, station specific and internal specifications, VisLM can be fully configured to handle any situation from detailed expert reporting to simple safety zones and alerts for less experienced operators.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>NUGEn VisLM Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>True Peak level meters</li>\n	<li>Timecode locked ReMEM</li>\n	<li>Automated loudness overdub</li>\n	<li>Leq(m) (TASA) measurement</li>\n	<li>Momentary, Short-term & Integrated loudness</li>\n	<li>ITU-R BS. 1770 | EBU R128 | CALM compliant</li>\n	<li>Highly configurable</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>For post, broadcast & games</h3>\nVisLM is an ideal tool to achieve average loudness harmonisation from differing sources, consistently balancing music, dialog and special effects in order to hit specification easily and intuitively. Whether working to meet legislation or simply towards internal loudness standards, the plug-in can be used to manage levels rapidly and objectively.\n<br /><br />\nVisLM also includes ASWG 7.1 surround support, and is PlayStation, PSP & Xbox One compatible.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Loudness memory</h3>\nVisLM remembers loudness data; up to 12 hours, locked to a timecode received directly from your NLE/DAW. Any minor edit or overdub immediately triggers overall loudness updates, eliminating the need for end to end re-measurement. Loudness data is saved with the session allowing full session loudness recall.\n<br /><br />\nOffline AudioSuite scans can be loaded into the real-time meter for immediate pre-loading of loudness history. ReMEM brings unparalleled workflow acceleration, delivering best-in-class performance to your editing environment.<br /><br />\n<h3>Comprehensive True Peak metering</h3>\nVisLM\'s True Peak meter displays True Peak values as defined in ITU-R BS.1770. This accurately measures inter-sample peaks, facilitating the avoidance of potential distortion further downstream.\n<br /><br />\nVisLM logs True Peak violations against time code in the scrolling history view and in optional data logs enabling rapid identification of problem areas and full diagnostic analysis.<br /><br />\n<h3>Economical efficiency</h3>\nElegant and simple to use, VisLM promotes a highly efficient workflow with the ability to drill down to any level of complexity the context demands. With VisLM, your loudness workflow is transparently integrated into the production environment.\n<br /><br />\nWith a fully resizable interface and many additional visualisations, it is simple to identify exactly the information you need and choose the configuration that matches your workflow precisely.<br /><br />\n<h3>Compliant</h3>\nNUGEN loudness products are compatible with all recommendations and guidance based on the international standard ITU-R B.S. 1770, revisions 1, 2, 3 and 4 including:\n<ul>\n	<li>ATSC A/85 (CALM ACT)</li>\n	<li>EBU R128</li>\n	<li>EBU R128 S1</li>\n	<li>ARIB TR-B32</li>\n	<li>OP-59</li>\n	<li>AGCOM 219/9/CSP</li>\n	<li>Portaria 354</li>\n	<li>DPP</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\nVisLM also supports Leq(m) measurement (TASA and SAWA variants).<br /><br />\nFor Avid HDX hardware compatibility, the software is also available in a DSP version.<br /><br />'),(8175,85,0,1363,'NUGEN Audio VisLM Loudness Metering Plugin'),(8176,85,1,1363,'NUGEN Audio VisLM Loudness Metering Plugin'),(8177,76,0,1363,''),(8178,76,1,1363,''),(8179,75,0,1364,'<h1>Omnirax Force12 Workstation</h1>The Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Force12 is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force12 Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Three 4-space rack bays below the riser.</span></li><li>Riser can hold numerous monitors and speakers.</li><li>Grommets below each rackbay for desktop cabling.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li><li>Two 12-space bays below desktop towards the rear.</li><li>This model, unlike others in the Force Series, does not have casters.</li></ul>'),(8180,75,1,1364,'<h1>Omnirax Force12 Workstation</h1>The Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Force12 is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force12 Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Three 4-space rack bays below the riser.</span></li><li>Riser can hold numerous monitors and speakers.</li><li>Grommets below each rackbay for desktop cabling.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li><li>Two 12-space bays below desktop towards the rear.</li><li>This model, unlike others in the Force Series, does not have casters.</li></ul>'),(8181,85,0,1364,'Omnirax Force12 Workstation'),(8182,85,1,1364,'Omnirax Force12 Workstation'),(8183,76,0,1364,''),(8184,76,1,1364,''),(8185,75,0,1365,'<h1>Omnirax Force24 Workstation</h1>\nThe Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the OmniDesk is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force24 Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Two 12-space rack bays below the desk surface.</span></li><li>Riser can hold numerous monitors and speakers.</li><li>Shelf at bottom of riser module for computer.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li></ul>'),(8186,75,1,1365,'<h1>Omnirax Force24 Workstation</h1>\nThe Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the OmniDesk is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force24 Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Two 12-space rack bays below the desk surface.</span></li><li>Riser can hold numerous monitors and speakers.</li><li>Shelf at bottom of riser module for computer.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li></ul>'),(8187,85,0,1365,'Omnirax Force24 Workstation'),(8188,85,1,1365,'Omnirax Force24 Workstation'),(8189,76,0,1365,''),(8190,76,1,1365,''),(8191,75,0,1366,'<h1>Omnirax Force32 Workstation</h1>The Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Force36 is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force32 Features:</h3><ul style=\"letter-spacing: normal;\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Four 2-space rack bays above the desk surface.</span></li><li>Two 12-space rack bays below.</li><li>Wide monitor shelf for multiple video monitors.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li><li>Please note that the riser stretchers shown on the outer top riser rack bays are not removable, and are there solely for structural integrity.</li></ul>'),(8192,75,1,1366,'<h1>Omnirax Force32 Workstation</h1>The Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Force36 is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force32 Features:</h3><ul style=\"letter-spacing: normal;\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Four 2-space rack bays above the desk surface.</span></li><li>Two 12-space rack bays below.</li><li>Wide monitor shelf for multiple video monitors.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li><li>Please note that the riser stretchers shown on the outer top riser rack bays are not removable, and are there solely for structural integrity.</li></ul>'),(8193,85,0,1366,'Omnirax Force32 Workstation'),(8194,85,1,1366,'Omnirax Force32 Workstation'),(8195,76,0,1366,''),(8196,76,1,1366,''),(8197,75,0,1367,'<h1>Omnirax Force36 Workstation</h1>The Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Force36 is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force36 Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Two 4-space rack bays and two 2-space bays above the desk surface.</span></li><li>Two 12-space rack bays below.</li><li>Wide monitor shelf for multiple video monitors.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li><li>Please note that the riser stretchers shown on the outer top riser rack bays are not removable, and are there solely for structural integrity.</li></ul>'),(8198,75,1,1367,'<h1>Omnirax Force36 Workstation</h1>The Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Force36 is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force36 Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Two 4-space rack bays and two 2-space bays above the desk surface.</span></li><li>Two 12-space rack bays below.</li><li>Wide monitor shelf for multiple video monitors.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li><li>Please note that the riser stretchers shown on the outer top riser rack bays are not removable, and are there solely for structural integrity.</li></ul>'),(8199,85,0,1367,'Omnirax Force36 Workstation'),(8200,85,1,1367,'Omnirax Force36 Workstation'),(8201,76,0,1367,''),(8202,76,1,1367,''),(8203,75,0,1368,'<h1>Omnirax Force40 Workstation</h1>The Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Force40 is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force40 Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Four 4-space rack bays above the desk surface.</span></li><li>Two 12-space rack bays below.</li><li>Wide monitor shelf for multiple video monitors.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li></ul>'),(8204,75,1,1368,'<h1>Omnirax Force40 Workstation</h1>The Force Series is an elegant and expansive workstation ideal for audio / video editing, music production, and Communications/Dispatch applications. The Force Series is available in a choice of melamine laminate colors, as well as black melamine laminate combined with a choice of high-pressure laminate (HPL) desk and riser surfaces, creating a beautiful environment with a high-end look.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Force40 is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Force40 Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Four 4-space rack bays above the desk surface.</span></li><li>Two 12-space rack bays below.</li><li>Wide monitor shelf for multiple video monitors.</li><li>Plenty of leg-room between bottom cabinets.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li><li>Hi-end adjustable keyboard mouse shelf included.</li></ul>'),(8205,85,0,1368,'Omnirax Force40 Workstation'),(8206,85,1,1368,'Omnirax Force40 Workstation'),(8207,76,0,1368,''),(8208,76,1,1368,''),(8209,75,0,1369,'<h1>Omnirax Gemini Dual Workstation</h1>The Omnirax Gemini is an expansive workstation is ideal for 2 people working closely on a project, ideal for audio / video editing, music production, monitoring traffic, handling dispatch, emergency calls, or other communication center production needs.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Gemini is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Gemini Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Large bridge for numerous monitors</span></li><li>Four  2-space rack bays under monitor bridge</li><li>Center cabinet  is designed to either hold a tower cpu{s} or 12-spaces of rack mounted equipment.</li><li>2 fully articulating computer keyboard / mouse shelves, which can stow away under the desk in seconds</li><li>Numerous grommets for neat and easy cabling</li><li>2 Cable raceway covers under the desk surface in the rear</li><li>Center cabinet has removable back panel</li><li>Extra heavy duty construction</li><li>Rests on adjustable cabinet levelers and panel feet rather than casters  for stablilty and versitility</li></ul>'),(8210,75,1,1369,'<h1>Omnirax Gemini Dual Workstation</h1>The Omnirax Gemini is an expansive workstation is ideal for 2 people working closely on a project, ideal for audio / video editing, music production, monitoring traffic, handling dispatch, emergency calls, or other communication center production needs.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Gemini is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Gemini Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Large bridge for numerous monitors</span></li><li>Four  2-space rack bays under monitor bridge</li><li>Center cabinet  is designed to either hold a tower cpu{s} or 12-spaces of rack mounted equipment.</li><li>2 fully articulating computer keyboard / mouse shelves, which can stow away under the desk in seconds</li><li>Numerous grommets for neat and easy cabling</li><li>2 Cable raceway covers under the desk surface in the rear</li><li>Center cabinet has removable back panel</li><li>Extra heavy duty construction</li><li>Rests on adjustable cabinet levelers and panel feet rather than casters  for stablilty and versitility</li></ul>'),(8211,85,0,1369,'Omnirax Gemini Dual Workstation'),(8212,85,1,1369,'Omnirax Gemini Dual Workstation'),(8213,76,0,1369,''),(8214,76,1,1369,''),(8215,75,0,1370,'<h1>Omnirax Nova Workstation</h1>\nThe Omnirax Nova is a simple and stylish desk for audio / video editing and other computer work. The standard finish is a durable black melamine, but pictured is the upgraded Nova MMS, which is black melamine with maple melamine top surfaces. Also pictured is the optional computer keyboard, the KMSNV-MMS (not included), with one touch adjustment for tilt, swivel and height.<br /><br />\n<h3>Omnirax Nova Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Two 2-space rackbays under the monitor bridge</li>\n<li>Sliding hi-end keyboard / mouse shelf available (pictured).</li>\n<li>On casters for mobility</li>\n</ul>'),(8216,75,1,1370,'<h1>Omnirax Nova Workstation</h1>\nThe Omnirax Nova is a simple and stylish desk for audio / video editing and other computer work. The standard finish is a durable black melamine, but pictured is the upgraded Nova MMS, which is black melamine with maple melamine top surfaces. Also pictured is the optional computer keyboard, the KMSNV-MMS (not included), with one touch adjustment for tilt, swivel and height.<br /><br />\n<h3>Omnirax Nova Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Two 2-space rackbays under the monitor bridge</li>\n<li>Sliding hi-end keyboard / mouse shelf available (pictured).</li>\n<li>On casters for mobility</li>\n</ul>'),(8217,85,0,1370,'Omnirax Nova Workstation'),(8218,85,1,1370,'Omnirax Nova Workstation'),(8219,76,0,1370,''),(8220,76,1,1370,''),(8221,75,0,1371,'<h1>Omnirax OmniDesk Workstation</h1>\nThe OmniDesk is a versatile and ergonomic workstation which provides an ideal environment for audio / video editing, music production, monitoring traffic, handling dispatch, emergency calls, or other communication center production needs. This product can also be purchased as a suite under the product name OmniDesk suite, which includes OM13(R for positioning on right side of OmniDesk, L for left side) and OM13D (D means with door, R & L for left or right side). Pictured with Optional KMSOM.<br />The standard finish on the Omnirax Presto is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboartd tray not included.<br /><br />The standard finish on the OmniDesk is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax OmniDesk Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Nine rack spaces under the monitor bridge. 10 rack spaces in each bay under the desk surface.</span></li><li>Curving worksurface and monitor bridge with room for numerous monitors.</li><li>Available in melamine laminates or melamine with Formica riser top and desk surface. Pictured with mahogany Formica laminate.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li></ul>'),(8222,75,1,1371,'<h1>Omnirax OmniDesk Workstation</h1>\nThe OmniDesk is a versatile and ergonomic workstation which provides an ideal environment for audio / video editing, music production, monitoring traffic, handling dispatch, emergency calls, or other communication center production needs. This product can also be purchased as a suite under the product name OmniDesk suite, which includes OM13(R for positioning on right side of OmniDesk, L for left side) and OM13D (D means with door, R & L for left or right side). Pictured with Optional KMSOM.<br />The standard finish on the Omnirax Presto is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboartd tray not included.<br /><br />The standard finish on the OmniDesk is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax OmniDesk Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Nine rack spaces under the monitor bridge. 10 rack spaces in each bay under the desk surface.</span></li><li>Curving worksurface and monitor bridge with room for numerous monitors.</li><li>Available in melamine laminates or melamine with Formica riser top and desk surface. Pictured with mahogany Formica laminate.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling.</li></ul>'),(8223,85,0,1371,'Omnirax OmniDesk Workstation'),(8224,85,1,1371,'Omnirax OmniDesk Workstation'),(8225,76,0,1371,''),(8226,76,1,1371,''),(8227,75,0,1372,'<h1>Omnirax Presto Workstation</h1>The Omnirax Presto and Presto4 are designed to meet a variety of needs in an ergonomic and economical fashion. The desk surface is wide enough for large keyboard controllers, control surfaces, or small mixers, while providing 8 (PRESTO) or 4 (PRESTO4) rack spaces in two bays within easy reach. The top shelf above the rack spaces can hold both computer monitors and near field monitors. The shelf below the desk provides excellent space for CPU and other storage. The KMSPR optional sliding computer keyboard shelf is available to fit either model.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Omnirax Presto is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Presto Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">The desk surface is wide enough for large keyboard controllers, control surfaces or smaller mixers, while providing 8 rack spaces in two bays within easy reach.</span></li><li>The shelf above the rack spaces can optimally hold computer monitors and nearfield monitors.</li><li>The shelf below is a good place for a computer and storage.</li><li>An optional sliding computer keyboard shelf, the KMS-PR, is available.</li><li>The Presto is available in melamine laminates or melamine with Gray Slate, Mahogany or Maple Formica top surfaces.</li><li>Pictured in Maple Formica and black-melamine laminate.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling</li></ul>'),(8228,75,1,1372,'<h1>Omnirax Presto Workstation</h1>The Omnirax Presto and Presto4 are designed to meet a variety of needs in an ergonomic and economical fashion. The desk surface is wide enough for large keyboard controllers, control surfaces, or small mixers, while providing 8 (PRESTO) or 4 (PRESTO4) rack spaces in two bays within easy reach. The top shelf above the rack spaces can hold both computer monitors and near field monitors. The shelf below the desk provides excellent space for CPU and other storage. The KMSPR optional sliding computer keyboard shelf is available to fit either model.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Omnirax Presto is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Presto Features:</h3><ul style=\"\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">The desk surface is wide enough for large keyboard controllers, control surfaces or smaller mixers, while providing 8 rack spaces in two bays within easy reach.</span></li><li>The shelf above the rack spaces can optimally hold computer monitors and nearfield monitors.</li><li>The shelf below is a good place for a computer and storage.</li><li>An optional sliding computer keyboard shelf, the KMS-PR, is available.</li><li>The Presto is available in melamine laminates or melamine with Gray Slate, Mahogany or Maple Formica top surfaces.</li><li>Pictured in Maple Formica and black-melamine laminate.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling</li></ul>'),(8229,85,0,1372,'Omnirax Presto Workstation'),(8230,85,1,1372,'Omnirax Presto Workstation'),(8231,76,0,1372,''),(8232,76,1,1372,''),(8233,75,0,1373,'<h1>Omnirax Presto4 Workstation</h1>The Omnirax Presto and Presto4 are designed to meet a variety of needs in an ergonomic and economical fashion. The desk surface is wide enough for large keyboard controllers, control surfaces, or small mixers, while providing 8 (PRESTO) or 4 (PRESTO4) rack spaces in two bays within easy reach. The top shelf above the rack spaces can hold both computer monitors and near field monitors. The shelf below the desk provides excellent space for CPU and other storage. The KMSPR optional sliding computer keyboard shelf is available to fit either model.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Omnirax Presto is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Presto Features:</h3><ul style=\"letter-spacing: normal;\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">The desk surface is wide enough for large keyboard controllers, control surfaces or smaller mixers, while providing 4 rack spaces in two bays within easy reach.</span></li><li>The shelf above the rack spaces can optimally hold computer monitors and nearfield monitors.</li><li>The shelf below is a good place for a computer and storage.</li><li>An optional sliding computer keyboard shelf, the KMS-PR, is available.</li><li>The Presto is available in melamine laminates or melamine with Gray Slate, Mahogany or Maple Formica top surfaces.</li><li>Pictured in Maple Formica and black-melamine laminate.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling</li></ul>'),(8234,75,1,1373,'<h1>Omnirax Presto4 Workstation</h1>The Omnirax Presto and Presto4 are designed to meet a variety of needs in an ergonomic and economical fashion. The desk surface is wide enough for large keyboard controllers, control surfaces, or small mixers, while providing 8 (PRESTO) or 4 (PRESTO4) rack spaces in two bays within easy reach. The top shelf above the rack spaces can hold both computer monitors and near field monitors. The shelf below the desk provides excellent space for CPU and other storage. The KMSPR optional sliding computer keyboard shelf is available to fit either model.<br /><br />The standard finish on the Omnirax Presto is a durable black melamine, upgraded finished included Gray Slate, Mahogany, or Maple Formica top surfaces. Optional sliding keyboard tray not included.<br /><br /><h3>Omnirax Presto Features:</h3><ul style=\"letter-spacing: normal;\"><li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">The desk surface is wide enough for large keyboard controllers, control surfaces or smaller mixers, while providing 4 rack spaces in two bays within easy reach.</span></li><li>The shelf above the rack spaces can optimally hold computer monitors and nearfield monitors.</li><li>The shelf below is a good place for a computer and storage.</li><li>An optional sliding computer keyboard shelf, the KMS-PR, is available.</li><li>The Presto is available in melamine laminates or melamine with Gray Slate, Mahogany or Maple Formica top surfaces.</li><li>Pictured in Maple Formica and black-melamine laminate.</li><li>On heavy-duty casters for mobility and easy cabling</li></ul>'),(8235,85,0,1373,'Omnirax Presto4 Workstation'),(8236,85,1,1373,'Omnirax Presto4 Workstation'),(8237,76,0,1373,''),(8238,76,1,1373,''),(8239,75,0,1374,'The Dual Screen Pop Blocker by On-Stage has a 6\" split screen which removes unwanted \"P\" and \"B\" consonants by providing open space between 2 screens. C-clamp fits most standard mic shafts. 11½\" gooseneck extension.'),(8240,75,1,1374,'The Dual Screen Pop Blocker by On-Stage has a 6\" split screen which removes unwanted \"P\" and \"B\" consonants by providing open space between 2 screens. C-clamp fits most standard mic shafts. 11½\" gooseneck extension.'),(8241,85,0,1374,'On-Stage ASFSS6-GB Dual Screen Pop Blocker, Pop Filter'),(8242,85,1,1374,'On-Stage ASFSS6-GB Dual Screen Pop Blocker, Pop Filter'),(8243,76,0,1374,''),(8244,76,1,1374,''),(8245,75,0,1375,'<h2>Pace iLok 3 USB License Manager</h2><i><span style=\"font-size: 18px;\">iLok 3 USB Dongle. Smaller, faster, larger capacity version of the iLok License Manager.</span></i><br /><br />The iLok 3 USB License Manager is a portable, hassle-free USB dongle that holds your iLok-enabled software licenses. A single iLok can hold up to 1500 licenses from mulitple software developers and platforms, allowing you to take your software on the go. <br /><br />The third generation iLok 3 is smaller, faster, and with even greater capacity and with a smaller form factor and metal body, it is more robust and less prone to casual damage. iLok 3 is fully compatible with software created for the second generation iLok. <br /><br /><h3>iLok Benefits</h3><div class=\"rt_box_content\">\n    <div style=\"margin-left: 3em;\">\n                                      <ul><li>It\'s <b>portable</b> - you can\n authorize your software anywhere it is installed. At home, work, or at a\n remote location, you can keep your software licenses with you, not on \nyour computer.</li><li>It\'s <b>convenient</b> and <b>cross-platform</b>\n - Store your Mac and Windows iLok-enabled software licenses all on a \nsingle iLok.  A Third Generation iLok can hold over 1500 licenses.</li><li><b>Worry Free</b> - Your licenses are on the safest, most secure solution: the iLok. With <a href=\"https://www.ilok.com/#%21zdt-coverage\">Zero Downtime™</a> protection available, you\'ve got 24/7 peace of mind.</li></ul>\n\n    </div></div><br /><h3>Secure and Portable Licenses - Simple Management</h3><div>Managing your licenses has never been so easy. Using the iLok License Manager application, you can:</div><ul><li>View what is on your iLok(s)</li><li>Download new licenses from participating software publishers</li><li>Manage your licenses, including moving them between iLoks within your account and from your iLoks back to your account</li><li>Transfer licenses you no longer use to other iLok.com accounts</li></ul><br /><br /><br />'),(8246,75,1,1375,'<h2>Pace iLok 3 USB License Manager</h2><i><span style=\"font-size: 18px;\">iLok 3 USB Dongle. Smaller, faster, larger capacity version of the iLok License Manager.</span></i><br /><br />The iLok 3 USB License Manager is a portable, hassle-free USB dongle that holds your iLok-enabled software licenses. A single iLok can hold up to 1500 licenses from mulitple software developers and platforms, allowing you to take your software on the go. <br /><br />The third generation iLok 3 is smaller, faster, and with even greater capacity and with a smaller form factor and metal body, it is more robust and less prone to casual damage. iLok 3 is fully compatible with software created for the second generation iLok. <br /><br /><h3>iLok Benefits</h3><div class=\"rt_box_content\">\n    <div style=\"margin-left: 3em;\">\n                                      <ul><li>It\'s <b>portable</b> - you can\n authorize your software anywhere it is installed. At home, work, or at a\n remote location, you can keep your software licenses with you, not on \nyour computer.</li><li>It\'s <b>convenient</b> and <b>cross-platform</b>\n - Store your Mac and Windows iLok-enabled software licenses all on a \nsingle iLok.  A Third Generation iLok can hold over 1500 licenses.</li><li><b>Worry Free</b> - Your licenses are on the safest, most secure solution: the iLok. With <a href=\"https://www.ilok.com/#%21zdt-coverage\">Zero Downtime™</a> protection available, you\'ve got 24/7 peace of mind.</li></ul>\n\n    </div></div><br /><h3>Secure and Portable Licenses - Simple Management</h3><div>Managing your licenses has never been so easy. Using the iLok License Manager application, you can:</div><ul><li>View what is on your iLok(s)</li><li>Download new licenses from participating software publishers</li><li>Manage your licenses, including moving them between iLoks within your account and from your iLoks back to your account</li><li>Transfer licenses you no longer use to other iLok.com accounts</li></ul><br /><br /><br />'),(8247,85,0,1375,'Pace iLok 3 License Manager'),(8248,85,1,1375,'Pace iLok 3 License Manager'),(8249,76,0,1375,''),(8250,76,1,1375,''),(8251,75,0,1376,'<h2>Punchlight Studio Display XXL</h2>The Biggest Timecode Display in the world. Measuring 172cm x 33cm the PunchLight Studio Display XXL is the largest timecode product ever produced, in the PunchLight line or anywhere in the world. Like the rest of the PunchLight timecode displays, it has accurate timing direct from any DAW (such as ProTools, Logic Pro, Cubase etc.), alternative modes of display such as Bars/Beats, and is handsomely finished in aluminium.'),(8252,75,1,1376,'<h2>Punchlight Studio Display XXL</h2>The Biggest Timecode Display in the world. Measuring 172cm x 33cm the PunchLight Studio Display XXL is the largest timecode product ever produced, in the PunchLight line or anywhere in the world. Like the rest of the PunchLight timecode displays, it has accurate timing direct from any DAW (such as ProTools, Logic Pro, Cubase etc.), alternative modes of display such as Bars/Beats, and is handsomely finished in aluminium.'),(8253,85,0,1376,'Punchlight Studio Display XXL'),(8254,85,1,1376,'Punchlight Studio Display XXL'),(8255,76,0,1376,''),(8256,76,1,1376,''),(8257,75,0,1377,'<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight DLi</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\"><br /></inline><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight DLI is similar to the PunchLight GLi and Punchlight MIDI, in that it automatically switches on an external light unit such as the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Ring or RECORDING Lamp. It has front panel LED status indication - recording or record ready. Two light units can be controlled simultaneously; the third output is a dedicated connection for the Studio Display XT2 or SD2 (second generation). The PunchLight DLi is connected via USB to a computer (PC or Mac) in your studio and the USB cable and 12V power supply is included.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Punchlight DLi Features. </h3><ul><li>Automatically indicates recording and record ready/preroll</li><li>Switcher\n and power supply unit for two an external light (RECORDING Display, \nRECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Lamp or RECORDING Ring)</li><li>Output for one Studio Display XT2 or SD2 (2nd generation)</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>LED indication of status on front panel</li><li>Size - 55 x 73 x 24mm (2,16\" x 2,87\" x 0,95\")</li><li>Removable standard USB cable included (can be longer if USB extension cables are used)</li><li>12V power supply included</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span>'),(8258,75,1,1377,'<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight DLi</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\"><br /></inline><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight DLI is similar to the PunchLight GLi and Punchlight MIDI, in that it automatically switches on an external light unit such as the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Ring or RECORDING Lamp. It has front panel LED status indication - recording or record ready. Two light units can be controlled simultaneously; the third output is a dedicated connection for the Studio Display XT2 or SD2 (second generation). The PunchLight DLi is connected via USB to a computer (PC or Mac) in your studio and the USB cable and 12V power supply is included.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Punchlight DLi Features. </h3><ul><li>Automatically indicates recording and record ready/preroll</li><li>Switcher\n and power supply unit for two an external light (RECORDING Display, \nRECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Lamp or RECORDING Ring)</li><li>Output for one Studio Display XT2 or SD2 (2nd generation)</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>LED indication of status on front panel</li><li>Size - 55 x 73 x 24mm (2,16\" x 2,87\" x 0,95\")</li><li>Removable standard USB cable included (can be longer if USB extension cables are used)</li><li>12V power supply included</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span>'),(8259,85,0,1377,'Punchlight DLi'),(8260,85,1,1377,'Punchlight DLi'),(8261,76,0,1377,''),(8262,76,1,1377,''),(8263,75,0,1378,'<h2>Punchlight GPI Universal Switcher Interface</h2>\nThe PunchLight GPI is a switcher interface for connecting up to three light units at once, such as the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Ring or RECORDING Lamp. It connects connects to the GPI port on SYNC HD or SYNC I/O and works exclusively with Pro Tools HD, without any drivers. An 12V power supply is included.<br /><br />\nThe PunchLight recording indicator is designed for anybody working in project, dubbing, or post production studios who needs visual confirmation of when a recording begins or ends. This simple, precise and easy to use device is perfect for musicians and sound engineers as well as film, TV and video editors.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Punchlight GPI Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Switcher and power supply unit for the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Lamp or RECORDING Strip</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Connects to the GPI port of a SYNC HD, SYNC I/O or even Universal Slave Driver</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">The new PunchLight GPI from 2013 is compatible with other audio systems, please contact sales@punchlight.com</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">A two-color LED indicates recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Connects up to three light units in any combination</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Size - 10.5cm x 4.5cm x 8cm (w x h x d)</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">D-Sub cable included</span></li>\n</ul>\n<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8264,75,1,1378,'<h2>Punchlight GPI Universal Switcher Interface</h2>\nThe PunchLight GPI is a switcher interface for connecting up to three light units at once, such as the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Ring or RECORDING Lamp. It connects connects to the GPI port on SYNC HD or SYNC I/O and works exclusively with Pro Tools HD, without any drivers. An 12V power supply is included.<br /><br />\nThe PunchLight recording indicator is designed for anybody working in project, dubbing, or post production studios who needs visual confirmation of when a recording begins or ends. This simple, precise and easy to use device is perfect for musicians and sound engineers as well as film, TV and video editors.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Punchlight GPI Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Switcher and power supply unit for the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Lamp or RECORDING Strip</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Connects to the GPI port of a SYNC HD, SYNC I/O or even Universal Slave Driver</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">The new PunchLight GPI from 2013 is compatible with other audio systems, please contact sales@punchlight.com</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">A two-color LED indicates recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Connects up to three light units in any combination</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Size - 10.5cm x 4.5cm x 8cm (w x h x d)</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">D-Sub cable included</span></li>\n</ul>\n<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8265,85,0,1378,'Punchlight GPI'),(8266,85,1,1378,'Punchlight GPI'),(8267,76,0,1378,''),(8268,76,1,1378,''),(8269,75,0,1379,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 28px;\">PunchLight Merger</inline></b><br /><br /><i>A very useful device particularly for large studios.<br /></i><br />The Punchlight Merger is a device for larger Punchlight installations \nand studios.\nIf your studio has multiple rooms, you can now see when recording is \ntaking place on a single Recording Display or other recording light. \nWith a computer and Punchlight trigger unit (PL Midi, GPI, DLi) in each \nroom, the recording \"on-off-record ready\" data is merged into one \nstream, and can also be fed to multiple recording lights. <br /><br /><b><inline style=\"font-size: 24px;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 20px;\"><b>Merger</b> Key Features:</inline></inline></b><br /><br /><ul><li>Cable merger</li><li>4 inputs (from PunchLight Midi, GPI, DLi)</li><li>6 outputs (to Recording Display, Strip, Ring etc.)</li><li>Smart aluminum frame</li><li>Anodised Black </li></ul>\n\n<strong>Dimensions: (w x h x d)</strong><ul><li>105 x 30 x 105mm - 4.13\" x 1.18\" x 14.13\"</li></ul>\n\n<strong>Compatibility:</strong><ul><li>PunchLight external lights</li></ul>'),(8270,75,1,1379,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 28px;\">PunchLight Merger</inline></b><br /><br /><i>A very useful device particularly for large studios.<br /></i><br />The Punchlight Merger is a device for larger Punchlight installations \nand studios.\nIf your studio has multiple rooms, you can now see when recording is \ntaking place on a single Recording Display or other recording light. \nWith a computer and Punchlight trigger unit (PL Midi, GPI, DLi) in each \nroom, the recording \"on-off-record ready\" data is merged into one \nstream, and can also be fed to multiple recording lights. <br /><br /><b><inline style=\"font-size: 24px;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 20px;\"><b>Merger</b> Key Features:</inline></inline></b><br /><br /><ul><li>Cable merger</li><li>4 inputs (from PunchLight Midi, GPI, DLi)</li><li>6 outputs (to Recording Display, Strip, Ring etc.)</li><li>Smart aluminum frame</li><li>Anodised Black </li></ul>\n\n<strong>Dimensions: (w x h x d)</strong><ul><li>105 x 30 x 105mm - 4.13\" x 1.18\" x 14.13\"</li></ul>\n\n<strong>Compatibility:</strong><ul><li>PunchLight external lights</li></ul>'),(8271,85,0,1379,'PunchLight Merger'),(8272,85,1,1379,'PunchLight Merger'),(8273,76,0,1379,''),(8274,76,1,1379,''),(8275,75,0,1380,'<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight MIDI</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe PunchLight recording indicator is designed for anybody working in project, dubbing, or post production studios who needs visual confirmation of when a recording begins or ends. This simple, precise and easy to use device is perfect for musicians and sound engineers as well as film, TV and video editors. PunchLight Midi uses MIDI data transmitted by Pro Tools or another DAW. It also has a ‘record-ready‘ mode which is useful for actors in a dubbing studio and for larger groups of musicians. The device has its own visual signaling system as well as an ability to control any signaling systems already installed in the studio. PunchLight Midi is easy to install and use in any studio environment. The PunchLight Midi is a switcher interface to connect up to three of the light units such as the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Ring or RECORDING Lamp. This box connects to any MIDI interface; it works in Pro Tools or in Cubase, Nuendo, Logic Pro, Samplitude and Digital Performer. A 12V PSU is included.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Punchlight MIDI Features. </h3><ul><li>Switcher and power supply unit for the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Lamp or RECORDING Ring.</li><li>HOLD buttons for manual switching RED and GREEN light</li><li>Connects to any MIDI interface</li><li>A two-color LED indicates recording (red) and record ready/preroll (green)</li><li>Size - 105mm x 38mm x 104mm (w x h x d) 4.1\" x 1.5\" x 4\"</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8276,75,1,1380,'<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight MIDI</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe PunchLight recording indicator is designed for anybody working in project, dubbing, or post production studios who needs visual confirmation of when a recording begins or ends. This simple, precise and easy to use device is perfect for musicians and sound engineers as well as film, TV and video editors. PunchLight Midi uses MIDI data transmitted by Pro Tools or another DAW. It also has a ‘record-ready‘ mode which is useful for actors in a dubbing studio and for larger groups of musicians. The device has its own visual signaling system as well as an ability to control any signaling systems already installed in the studio. PunchLight Midi is easy to install and use in any studio environment. The PunchLight Midi is a switcher interface to connect up to three of the light units such as the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Ring or RECORDING Lamp. This box connects to any MIDI interface; it works in Pro Tools or in Cubase, Nuendo, Logic Pro, Samplitude and Digital Performer. A 12V PSU is included.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Punchlight MIDI Features. </h3><ul><li>Switcher and power supply unit for the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Lamp or RECORDING Ring.</li><li>HOLD buttons for manual switching RED and GREEN light</li><li>Connects to any MIDI interface</li><li>A two-color LED indicates recording (red) and record ready/preroll (green)</li><li>Size - 105mm x 38mm x 104mm (w x h x d) 4.1\" x 1.5\" x 4\"</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8277,85,0,1380,'Punchlight MIDI'),(8278,85,1,1380,'Punchlight MIDI'),(8279,76,0,1380,''),(8280,76,1,1380,''),(8281,75,0,1381,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Recording Display</inline></b><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\"></inline><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\"><br /></inline><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe RECORDING Display is a light unit which has to be connected to the PunchLight GPI, PunchLight DLi or the PunchLight MIDI either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where aesthetics are important. In the standard version the product displays \"RECORDING\" in red (available in two styles of typeface) and also has lights for \"Record Ready\". It comes in a very smart brushed aluminium casing - with two wooded versions available upon request. Custom labels, text or graphic can also be specified upon request.<br /><br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording Display Features. </h3></span></span><br /><ul><li>Record - automatic, indicates that the actual recording is \nhappening. When the record button in the Pro Tools software goes solid \nred, the light comes on.</li><li>Standby - automatic, indicates the \npreroll or the QuickPunch mode. When the record button in the Pro Tools \nsoftware starts blinking, the light comes on.</li><li>Custom text colors or graphics - on request</li><li>Various frame colors - Anodised Black (default), Platinum</li><li>Removable cable (10m) with 4P4C (RJ10) connectors included (different length on request)</li><li>Current consumption - 130 mA red, 35 mA yellow</li><li>Size - 330mm x 85mm x 25mm </li><li>(w x h x d) 11.8\" x 3.3\" x 0.97\"</li></ul><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8282,75,1,1381,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Recording Display</inline></b><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\"></inline><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\"><br /></inline><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe RECORDING Display is a light unit which has to be connected to the PunchLight GPI, PunchLight DLi or the PunchLight MIDI either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where aesthetics are important. In the standard version the product displays \"RECORDING\" in red (available in two styles of typeface) and also has lights for \"Record Ready\". It comes in a very smart brushed aluminium casing - with two wooded versions available upon request. Custom labels, text or graphic can also be specified upon request.<br /><br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording Display Features. </h3></span></span><br /><ul><li>Record - automatic, indicates that the actual recording is \nhappening. When the record button in the Pro Tools software goes solid \nred, the light comes on.</li><li>Standby - automatic, indicates the \npreroll or the QuickPunch mode. When the record button in the Pro Tools \nsoftware starts blinking, the light comes on.</li><li>Custom text colors or graphics - on request</li><li>Various frame colors - Anodised Black (default), Platinum</li><li>Removable cable (10m) with 4P4C (RJ10) connectors included (different length on request)</li><li>Current consumption - 130 mA red, 35 mA yellow</li><li>Size - 330mm x 85mm x 25mm </li><li>(w x h x d) 11.8\" x 3.3\" x 0.97\"</li></ul><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8283,85,0,1381,'Punchlight Recording Display'),(8284,85,1,1381,'Punchlight Recording Display'),(8285,76,0,1381,''),(8286,76,1,1381,''),(8287,75,0,1382,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Recording Lamp USB - RGB</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight Recording Lamp USB - RGB is a small plexiglass light unit which automatically indicates Recording start/stop and record \"ready\". You can now choose your own colours with the Recording Lamp USB. The new hardware allows customisation of all three lamp modes: Recording (usually red) and Pre Roll (usually yellow), and Cue can each be a separate colour. This is possible thanks to a new internal RGB design. The unit is powered directly via USB. No PSU or Midi Interface is needed!<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording Lamp Features. </h3><ul><li>Automatically indicates recording and record ready/preroll</li><li>A cue (third colour) can be controlled manually</li><li>New RGB internal design</li><li>Choose your own custom colours for all 3 lamp modes</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>No Midi Interface</li><li>No Power Supply</li><li>Visual metronome (firmware 1.2 and higher)</li><li>All electronics inside</li><li>Size - 74 x 35 mm (2,91\" x 1,38\")</li><li>Removable cable 5m (can be longer of USB extension cables are used)</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>Power consumption 250 mA</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>Supported applications: Pro Tools, Nuendo, Cubase, Logic Pro, Digital Performer, Sonar, Vegas Pro, Reaper, Reason, Studio One</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3>'),(8288,75,1,1382,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Recording Lamp USB - RGB</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight Recording Lamp USB - RGB is a small plexiglass light unit which automatically indicates Recording start/stop and record \"ready\". You can now choose your own colours with the Recording Lamp USB. The new hardware allows customisation of all three lamp modes: Recording (usually red) and Pre Roll (usually yellow), and Cue can each be a separate colour. This is possible thanks to a new internal RGB design. The unit is powered directly via USB. No PSU or Midi Interface is needed!<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording Lamp Features. </h3><ul><li>Automatically indicates recording and record ready/preroll</li><li>A cue (third colour) can be controlled manually</li><li>New RGB internal design</li><li>Choose your own custom colours for all 3 lamp modes</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>No Midi Interface</li><li>No Power Supply</li><li>Visual metronome (firmware 1.2 and higher)</li><li>All electronics inside</li><li>Size - 74 x 35 mm (2,91\" x 1,38\")</li><li>Removable cable 5m (can be longer of USB extension cables are used)</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>Power consumption 250 mA</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>Supported applications: Pro Tools, Nuendo, Cubase, Logic Pro, Digital Performer, Sonar, Vegas Pro, Reaper, Reason, Studio One</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3>'),(8289,85,0,1382,'Punchlight Recording Lamp USB - RGB'),(8290,85,1,1382,'Punchlight Recording Lamp USB - RGB'),(8291,76,0,1382,''),(8292,76,1,1382,''),(8293,75,0,1383,'<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Recording PlexSign</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight Recording PlexSign is a brand-new uniquely designed light unit set in high-grade plexiglass. The illuminated letters are engraved using a high precision milling technique. Aesthetically stunning, it has the same functionality as the Recording Display. It can be connected to the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI or the PunchLight MIDI either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where aesthetics are important. In the standard version the product displays \"RECORDING\" in red and also has a light for \"Record Ready\" (yellow). It attaches to any door or wall via two short wires with hooks. It comes in a very smart brushed aluminium casing.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording PlexSign Features. </h3><ul><li>Connection to PunchLight DLi, PunchLight MIDI or PunchLight GPI</li><li>Indicating recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</li><li>Size - 50cm x 11cm x 2cm, 19,7\" x 4,3\" x 0,8\" (w x h x d)</li><li>Current consumption - 2x 120 mA (red and yellow)</li><li>Tube color - platinum</li><li>Removable cable (10m) with 4P4C (RJ10) connectors included (different length on request)</li><li>Fixes to wall via two 10cm wires (other lengths on request)</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8294,75,1,1383,'<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Recording PlexSign</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight Recording PlexSign is a brand-new uniquely designed light unit set in high-grade plexiglass. The illuminated letters are engraved using a high precision milling technique. Aesthetically stunning, it has the same functionality as the Recording Display. It can be connected to the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI or the PunchLight MIDI either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where aesthetics are important. In the standard version the product displays \"RECORDING\" in red and also has a light for \"Record Ready\" (yellow). It attaches to any door or wall via two short wires with hooks. It comes in a very smart brushed aluminium casing.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording PlexSign Features. </h3><ul><li>Connection to PunchLight DLi, PunchLight MIDI or PunchLight GPI</li><li>Indicating recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</li><li>Size - 50cm x 11cm x 2cm, 19,7\" x 4,3\" x 0,8\" (w x h x d)</li><li>Current consumption - 2x 120 mA (red and yellow)</li><li>Tube color - platinum</li><li>Removable cable (10m) with 4P4C (RJ10) connectors included (different length on request)</li><li>Fixes to wall via two 10cm wires (other lengths on request)</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8295,85,0,1383,'Punchlight Recording PlexSign'),(8296,85,1,1383,'Punchlight Recording PlexSign'),(8297,76,0,1383,''),(8298,76,1,1383,''),(8299,75,0,1384,'<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Recording PlexSign MINI</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight Recording PlexSign MINI is a brand-new uniquely designed light unit set in high-grade plexiglass. The illuminated letters are engraved using a high precision milling technique. Aesthetically stunning, it has the same functionality as the Recording Display. It can be connected to the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI or the PunchLight MIDI either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where aesthetics are important. In the standard version the product displays \"RECORDING\" in red and also has a light for \"Record Ready\" (yellow). It attaches to any door or wall via two short wires with hooks. It comes in a very smart brushed aluminium casing. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording PlexSign MINI Features. </h3><ul><li>Connection to PunchLight DLi, PunchLight MIDI or PunchLight GPI</li><li>Indicating recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</li><li>Size - 29.5cm x 7cm x 2cm, 11,6\" x 2,7\" x 0,8\" (w x h x d)</li><li>Current consumption - 2x 70 mA (red and yellow)</li><li>Tube color - Silver</li><li>Removable cable (10m) with 4P4C (RJ10) connectors included (different length on request)</li><li>Fixes to wall via two 10cm wires (other lengths on request)</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span>'),(8300,75,1,1384,'<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Recording PlexSign MINI</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight Recording PlexSign MINI is a brand-new uniquely designed light unit set in high-grade plexiglass. The illuminated letters are engraved using a high precision milling technique. Aesthetically stunning, it has the same functionality as the Recording Display. It can be connected to the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI or the PunchLight MIDI either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where aesthetics are important. In the standard version the product displays \"RECORDING\" in red and also has a light for \"Record Ready\" (yellow). It attaches to any door or wall via two short wires with hooks. It comes in a very smart brushed aluminium casing. <br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording PlexSign MINI Features. </h3><ul><li>Connection to PunchLight DLi, PunchLight MIDI or PunchLight GPI</li><li>Indicating recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</li><li>Size - 29.5cm x 7cm x 2cm, 11,6\" x 2,7\" x 0,8\" (w x h x d)</li><li>Current consumption - 2x 70 mA (red and yellow)</li><li>Tube color - Silver</li><li>Removable cable (10m) with 4P4C (RJ10) connectors included (different length on request)</li><li>Fixes to wall via two 10cm wires (other lengths on request)</li></ul>\n\n\n<br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span>'),(8301,85,0,1384,'Punchlight Recording PlexSign MINI'),(8302,85,1,1384,'Punchlight Recording PlexSign MINI'),(8303,76,0,1384,''),(8304,76,1,1384,''),(8305,75,0,1385,'The \"Recording Ring\" is a unique, aesthetically stunning studio warning light that can be easily attached to any microphone stand. It can work standalone or simultaneously with any microphone. A compact and solid unit made of anodized aluminium, it signals \"Recording\" by glowing red, and \"Record Ready\" by glowing yellow. The Recording Ring has the same functionality as the Recording Lamp, and has to be connected to the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI, PunchLight MIDI or the Relay SwitchBox either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where aesthetics are important.'),(8306,75,1,1385,'The \"Recording Ring\" is a unique, aesthetically stunning studio warning light that can be easily attached to any microphone stand. It can work standalone or simultaneously with any microphone. A compact and solid unit made of anodized aluminium, it signals \"Recording\" by glowing red, and \"Record Ready\" by glowing yellow. The Recording Ring has the same functionality as the Recording Lamp, and has to be connected to the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI, PunchLight MIDI or the Relay SwitchBox either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where aesthetics are important.'),(8307,85,0,1385,'Punchlight Recording Ring'),(8308,85,1,1385,'Punchlight Recording Ring'),(8309,76,0,1385,''),(8310,76,1,1385,''),(8311,75,0,1386,'<h2>Punchlight Recording Strip</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nWith its magnetic base, the Punchlight Recording Strip can be easily and safely attached to any steel surface in your studio. The Recording indicator is typically placed above the door at the entrance to the recording room warning others that recording is in progress, but because of it\'s compact design and magnetic base, it can be attached nearly anywhere you want. It can even be easily moved around your studio depending on the task at hand. It shines bright \"RED\" to indicate recording punch in/out and \"YELLOW\" to indicate record ready/preroll.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording Strip Features. </h3><ul><li>Magnet base recording indicator at an affordable price</li><li>Indicates recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</li><li>Sits atop monitor, shelf or desk</li><li>Connects to PunchLight GPI/Midi/DLi</li><li>Solid aluminium design - anodised black</li><li>Removable cable (10m) with 4P4C (RJ10) connectors included (different length on request)</li><li>Size - 17,5cm x 4cm x 2cm, 6.9\" x 1.5\" x 0.87\"(w x h x d)</li></ul><br />\n\n\nThe Recording Strip is compatible with any Punchlight trigger unit, such as the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI, PunchLight MIDI or the Relay SwitchBox. <br /><br />Check out our Punchlight recording PlexiSign installation video to find out how easy it is to install your Punchlight recording products! <br /><br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE representative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3>'),(8312,75,1,1386,'<h2>Punchlight Recording Strip</h2>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nWith its magnetic base, the Punchlight Recording Strip can be easily and safely attached to any steel surface in your studio. The Recording indicator is typically placed above the door at the entrance to the recording room warning others that recording is in progress, but because of it\'s compact design and magnetic base, it can be attached nearly anywhere you want. It can even be easily moved around your studio depending on the task at hand. It shines bright \"RED\" to indicate recording punch in/out and \"YELLOW\" to indicate record ready/preroll.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Recording Strip Features. </h3><ul><li>Magnet base recording indicator at an affordable price</li><li>Indicates recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</li><li>Sits atop monitor, shelf or desk</li><li>Connects to PunchLight GPI/Midi/DLi</li><li>Solid aluminium design - anodised black</li><li>Removable cable (10m) with 4P4C (RJ10) connectors included (different length on request)</li><li>Size - 17,5cm x 4cm x 2cm, 6.9\" x 1.5\" x 0.87\"(w x h x d)</li></ul><br />\n\n\nThe Recording Strip is compatible with any Punchlight trigger unit, such as the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI, PunchLight MIDI or the Relay SwitchBox. <br /><br />Check out our Punchlight recording PlexiSign installation video to find out how easy it is to install your Punchlight recording products! <br /><br /><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE representative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3>'),(8313,85,0,1386,'Punchlight Recording Strip'),(8314,85,1,1386,'Punchlight Recording Strip'),(8315,76,0,1386,''),(8316,76,1,1386,''),(8317,75,0,1387,'<h2>Punchlight Recording SWL Studio Warning Lamp</h2>\nThe Punchlight SWL \"Studio Warning Lamp\" is a unique, aesthetically stunning studio warning light. A compact and solid unit made of anodized aluminium, it signals \"Recording\" by glowing red, and \"Record Ready\" by glowing yellow. The Studio Warning Lamp has the same functionality as the Recording Display, Recording Strip or PlexSing, and has to be connected to the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI, PunchLight MIDI or the Relay SwitchBox either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where a sleek, modern look is just as important as its functionality.<br /><br />\n<h3>Punchlight SWL Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Compact recording indicator</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Solid aluminium design - multiple colours</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Uniquely designed light unit</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Sits atop monitor, shelf or desk</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Size - 61 x 55 mm, 2.4 x 2.16\'\' (h x w)</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Connects to the PunchLight Midi/GPI/DLi or Relay Switch Box</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Indicating recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Default cable length - 10 m / 33ft</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Base style - anodized black</span></li>\n</ul>'),(8318,75,1,1387,'<h2>Punchlight Recording SWL Studio Warning Lamp</h2>\nThe Punchlight SWL \"Studio Warning Lamp\" is a unique, aesthetically stunning studio warning light. A compact and solid unit made of anodized aluminium, it signals \"Recording\" by glowing red, and \"Record Ready\" by glowing yellow. The Studio Warning Lamp has the same functionality as the Recording Display, Recording Strip or PlexSing, and has to be connected to the PunchLight DLi, PunchLight GPI, PunchLight MIDI or the Relay SwitchBox either of which act as a trigger. It is designed for studios where a sleek, modern look is just as important as its functionality.<br /><br />\n<h3>Punchlight SWL Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Compact recording indicator</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Solid aluminium design - multiple colours</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Uniquely designed light unit</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Sits atop monitor, shelf or desk</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Size - 61 x 55 mm, 2.4 x 2.16\'\' (h x w)</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Connects to the PunchLight Midi/GPI/DLi or Relay Switch Box</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Indicating recording (red) and record ready/preroll (yellow)</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Default cable length - 10 m / 33ft</span></li>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Base style - anodized black</span></li>\n</ul>'),(8319,85,0,1387,'Punchlight Recording SWL Studio Warning Lamp'),(8320,85,1,1387,'Punchlight Recording SWL Studio Warning Lamp'),(8321,76,0,1387,''),(8322,76,1,1387,''),(8323,75,0,1388,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Relay Extender</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight Relay Extender is a new accessory, which takes the PunchLight product line into a new direction. You can control any other device, eg speakers, a microphone or even your own light system via one small additional box. It is very easy to connect it to an existing PunchLight MIDI or PunchLight GPI and automatically turn appropriate gear on or off.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Relay Extender Features. </h3><ul></ul><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><ul><li>Automatically indicates recording and record ready/preroll</li><li>A cue (third colour) can be controlled manually</li><li>New RGB internal design</li><li>Choose your own custom colours for all 3 lamp modes</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>No Midi Interface</li><li>No Power Supply</li><li>Visual metronome (firmware 1.2 and higher)</li><li>All electronics inside</li><li>Size - 74 x 35 mm (2,91\" x 1,38\")</li><li>Removable cable 5m (can be longer of USB extension cables are used)</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>Power consumption 250 mA</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>Supported applications: Pro Tools, Nuendo, Cubase, Logic Pro, Digital Performer, Sonar, Vegas Pro, Reaper, Reason, Studio One</li></ul></span><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3>'),(8324,75,1,1388,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Relay Extender</inline></b><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br /><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span><br /><br />\nThe Punchlight Relay Extender is a new accessory, which takes the PunchLight product line into a new direction. You can control any other device, eg speakers, a microphone or even your own light system via one small additional box. It is very easy to connect it to an existing PunchLight MIDI or PunchLight GPI and automatically turn appropriate gear on or off.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Relay Extender Features. </h3><ul></ul><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><ul><li>Automatically indicates recording and record ready/preroll</li><li>A cue (third colour) can be controlled manually</li><li>New RGB internal design</li><li>Choose your own custom colours for all 3 lamp modes</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>No Midi Interface</li><li>No Power Supply</li><li>Visual metronome (firmware 1.2 and higher)</li><li>All electronics inside</li><li>Size - 74 x 35 mm (2,91\" x 1,38\")</li><li>Removable cable 5m (can be longer of USB extension cables are used)</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>Power consumption 250 mA</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>Supported applications: Pro Tools, Nuendo, Cubase, Logic Pro, Digital Performer, Sonar, Vegas Pro, Reaper, Reason, Studio One</li></ul></span><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3>'),(8325,85,0,1388,'Punchlight Relay Extender'),(8326,85,1,1388,'Punchlight Relay Extender'),(8327,76,0,1388,''),(8328,76,1,1388,''),(8329,75,0,1389,'<h2>Punchlight Relay SwitchBox USB</h2>The Relay SwitchBox USB is a small USB powered unit with two built-in switching relays. The unit can control any signaling systems already installed in the studio. You can control any other device, e.g. speakers, a microphone or even your own light system via just one small box. The Relay Switch Box USB can work without a power supply, as it is connected and powered via just a 5V USB port. <br /><br /><h3>Relay SwitchBox USB Features:</h3><ul><li>Automatically indicates recording (red) and record ready/preroll</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>Two relays with terminal plate</li><li>Relay outputs: On / Off</li><li>No Power Supply needed for Relay\'s to work</li><li>Removable cable 2m (can be longer if USB extension cables are used)</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>LED indication of status</li><li>One 12V output for an external light (Recording Display, Recording Lamp, etc.)</li><li>12V PSU required for connection to an external light</li><li>Size - 105mm x 24mm x 54mm (4,13\" x 1,00\" x 2,13\")</li><li>Supported applications: Pro Tools, Nuendo, Cubase, Logic Pro, Logic Pro X, Digital Performer, Sonar, Vegas Pro, Reaper, Reason, Studio One</li></ul><div><br /></div><h3>Flexible use</h3><div>The Relay SwitchBox USB is designed for anybody working in project, dubbing, or post production studios who needs visual confirmation of when a recording begins or ends. This simple, precise and easy to use device is perfect for musicians and sound engineers as well as film, tv and video editors. It is easy to install in any studio environment. </div><div><br /></div><h3>External light</h3><div>It is possible to connect an additional external light, such as the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Ring or RECORDING Lamp. A 12V power supply is needed in this case. The 12V PSU is not supplied in the package.</div><div><br /></div><h3>Compatible software</h3><div>The unit is compatible with most audio applications such as Pro Tools, Cubase, Logic Pro, Digital Performer, Samplitude, Reaper, Sonar, Vegas Pro. automaticaly sends information about Recording start/stop and record \"ready\" to the Relay Switch Box USB. </div>'),(8330,75,1,1389,'<h2>Punchlight Relay SwitchBox USB</h2>The Relay SwitchBox USB is a small USB powered unit with two built-in switching relays. The unit can control any signaling systems already installed in the studio. You can control any other device, e.g. speakers, a microphone or even your own light system via just one small box. The Relay Switch Box USB can work without a power supply, as it is connected and powered via just a 5V USB port. <br /><br /><h3>Relay SwitchBox USB Features:</h3><ul><li>Automatically indicates recording (red) and record ready/preroll</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>Two relays with terminal plate</li><li>Relay outputs: On / Off</li><li>No Power Supply needed for Relay\'s to work</li><li>Removable cable 2m (can be longer if USB extension cables are used)</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>LED indication of status</li><li>One 12V output for an external light (Recording Display, Recording Lamp, etc.)</li><li>12V PSU required for connection to an external light</li><li>Size - 105mm x 24mm x 54mm (4,13\" x 1,00\" x 2,13\")</li><li>Supported applications: Pro Tools, Nuendo, Cubase, Logic Pro, Logic Pro X, Digital Performer, Sonar, Vegas Pro, Reaper, Reason, Studio One</li></ul><div><br /></div><h3>Flexible use</h3><div>The Relay SwitchBox USB is designed for anybody working in project, dubbing, or post production studios who needs visual confirmation of when a recording begins or ends. This simple, precise and easy to use device is perfect for musicians and sound engineers as well as film, tv and video editors. It is easy to install in any studio environment. </div><div><br /></div><h3>External light</h3><div>It is possible to connect an additional external light, such as the RECORDING Display, RECORDING PlexSign, RECORDING Ring or RECORDING Lamp. A 12V power supply is needed in this case. The 12V PSU is not supplied in the package.</div><div><br /></div><h3>Compatible software</h3><div>The unit is compatible with most audio applications such as Pro Tools, Cubase, Logic Pro, Digital Performer, Samplitude, Reaper, Sonar, Vegas Pro. automaticaly sends information about Recording start/stop and record \"ready\" to the Relay Switch Box USB. </div>'),(8331,85,0,1389,'Punchlight Relay SwitchBox USB'),(8332,85,1,1389,'Punchlight Relay SwitchBox USB'),(8333,76,0,1389,''),(8334,76,1,1389,''),(8335,75,0,1390,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 28px;\">Punchlight SOLO USB Recording Lamp</inline></b><br /><br />The PunchLight SOLO is a small aluminium light unit which automatically indicates Recording start/stop and record \"ready\". The unit is powered directly via USB. No PSU or Midi Interface is needed ! It is designed for anybody working in project, dubbing, or post production studios who needs visual confirmation of when a recording begins or ends. This simple, precise and easy to use device is perfect for musicians and sound engineers as well as film, TV and video editors.'),(8336,75,1,1390,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 28px;\">Punchlight SOLO USB Recording Lamp</inline></b><br /><br />The PunchLight SOLO is a small aluminium light unit which automatically indicates Recording start/stop and record \"ready\". The unit is powered directly via USB. No PSU or Midi Interface is needed ! It is designed for anybody working in project, dubbing, or post production studios who needs visual confirmation of when a recording begins or ends. This simple, precise and easy to use device is perfect for musicians and sound engineers as well as film, TV and video editors.'),(8337,85,0,1390,'Punchlight SOLO USB Recording Lamp'),(8338,85,1,1390,'Punchlight SOLO USB Recording Lamp'),(8339,76,0,1390,''),(8340,76,1,1390,''),(8341,75,0,1391,'<h2>Punchlight Studio Display SD2</h2>\nThe Studio Display SD2 is the latest edition of Punchlight\'s Studio Display. The new version features completely redesigned electronics from the ground up, with new modifications and features added to further meet customer requirements. The new version also includes Punchlight\'s DLi, so you no longer have to buy a separate interface!\n<br/><br/>\n<div>\n	The Studio Display SD2 allows you to see incoming timecode precisely and independently from your monitor. It greatly expands on the features of the existing Timecode Display. In addition to timecode, the Studio Display SD2 can show bars&beats, time, or samples. Compatible with Pro Tools and most other audio/MIDI applications.\n</div><br>\n<h3>PunchLight SD2 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Simple USB Connection</li>\n	<li>Bars&Beats/Feet+Frames</li>\n	<li>PunchLight DLi included</li>\n	<li>Timecode/Samples/Time</li>\n	<li>Midi Time Code (MTC) reader</li>\n	<li>Automatic Sleep Timer</li>\n	<li>Brightness control</li>\n	<li>Smart aluminum frame</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>\nPunchLight DLi included: </h3>\nAnother important change is the USB connection via the PunchLight DLi (Display&Light interface), which is included. This small box has one output for the Studio Display SD2 and two additional outputs for connecting external lights, such as the Recording Display, Lamp, and Ring etc. The PunchLight DLi connects to a computer via a standard USB 2m cable. The Studio Display SD2 is hooked up to the PunchLight DLi via a six-wire cable, terminated at both ends using RJ11 phone-connectors. This cable is supplied in the standard length of 10m, with 20m on request. For other lengths please check with us.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Stop watching the tiny timecode on your monitor, add the PunchLight SD2 to your studio and focus on being creative! Call or chat with an RSPE represeantative to find out more.</h3>'),(8342,75,1,1391,'<h2>Punchlight Studio Display SD2</h2>\nThe Studio Display SD2 is the latest edition of Punchlight\'s Studio Display. The new version features completely redesigned electronics from the ground up, with new modifications and features added to further meet customer requirements. The new version also includes Punchlight\'s DLi, so you no longer have to buy a separate interface!\n<br/><br/>\n<div>\n	The Studio Display SD2 allows you to see incoming timecode precisely and independently from your monitor. It greatly expands on the features of the existing Timecode Display. In addition to timecode, the Studio Display SD2 can show bars&beats, time, or samples. Compatible with Pro Tools and most other audio/MIDI applications.\n</div><br>\n<h3>PunchLight SD2 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Simple USB Connection</li>\n	<li>Bars&Beats/Feet+Frames</li>\n	<li>PunchLight DLi included</li>\n	<li>Timecode/Samples/Time</li>\n	<li>Midi Time Code (MTC) reader</li>\n	<li>Automatic Sleep Timer</li>\n	<li>Brightness control</li>\n	<li>Smart aluminum frame</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>\nPunchLight DLi included: </h3>\nAnother important change is the USB connection via the PunchLight DLi (Display&Light interface), which is included. This small box has one output for the Studio Display SD2 and two additional outputs for connecting external lights, such as the Recording Display, Lamp, and Ring etc. The PunchLight DLi connects to a computer via a standard USB 2m cable. The Studio Display SD2 is hooked up to the PunchLight DLi via a six-wire cable, terminated at both ends using RJ11 phone-connectors. This cable is supplied in the standard length of 10m, with 20m on request. For other lengths please check with us.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>Stop watching the tiny timecode on your monitor, add the PunchLight SD2 to your studio and focus on being creative! Call or chat with an RSPE represeantative to find out more.</h3>'),(8343,85,0,1391,'Punchlight Studio Display SD2'),(8344,85,1,1391,'Punchlight Studio Display SD2'),(8345,76,0,1391,''),(8346,76,1,1391,''),(8347,75,0,1392,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Studio Display USB</inline></b><br /><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span></span></span><br /><br />The Punchlight Studio Display USB is perfect for when you need to see timecode precisely and independently from your monitor. The Studio Display USB greatly expands the features of the existing Timecode Display. In addition to timecode, the display can show bars&beats, time, or samples. It is extremely slim and compact - 16 mm thin. Compatible with Pro Tools, Cubase, Nuendo, Logic Pro and most other audio/MIDI applications.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Studio Display USB Features</h3>\n<ul><li>Bars&Beats/Feet+Frames</li><li>Timecode/Samples/Time</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>No Midi Interface</li><li>No Power Supply</li><li>Automatically indicates recording (red LED)</li><li>All electronics inside</li><li>Removable cable 5m (can be longer of USB extension cables are used)</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>Power consumption 500 mA</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>Brightness control</li><li>Smart aluminum frame</li></ul>\n<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8348,75,1,1392,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Studio Display USB</inline></b><br /><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span></span></span><br /><br />The Punchlight Studio Display USB is perfect for when you need to see timecode precisely and independently from your monitor. The Studio Display USB greatly expands the features of the existing Timecode Display. In addition to timecode, the display can show bars&beats, time, or samples. It is extremely slim and compact - 16 mm thin. Compatible with Pro Tools, Cubase, Nuendo, Logic Pro and most other audio/MIDI applications.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Studio Display USB Features</h3>\n<ul><li>Bars&Beats/Feet+Frames</li><li>Timecode/Samples/Time</li><li>Connects directly to USB</li><li>No Midi Interface</li><li>No Power Supply</li><li>Automatically indicates recording (red LED)</li><li>All electronics inside</li><li>Removable cable 5m (can be longer of USB extension cables are used)</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>Power consumption 500 mA</li><li>MAC or PC compatible</li><li>Brightness control</li><li>Smart aluminum frame</li></ul>\n<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio.</h3></span></span>'),(8349,85,0,1392,'Punchlight Studio Display USB'),(8350,85,1,1392,'Punchlight Studio Display USB'),(8351,76,0,1392,''),(8352,76,1,1392,''),(8353,75,0,1393,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Studio Display XT2</inline></b><br /><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span></span></span><br /><br />The Punchlight Studio Display XT2s are versatile and used in many of the world\'s recording and post production studios. It is a great help in orientation during in large projects or dubbing. The imaginative design enhances the professional aluminum frame in black or platinum color and is the perfect size for large or small studios. The Studio Display XT2 is a recent addition, with completely redesigned electronics from the ground up, new modifications and features added according to customer requirements. At first glance you will notice the absent 9th segment \"R\" which was used to indicate recording. We now have multi-colour for all segments. This means during playback timecode is in green, \"ready\" is in yellow and during recording, all segments turn red. Optionally, you can choose a base colour of red-only, for all modes. PunchLight DLi included: Another important change is the USB connection via the PunchLight DLi (Display&Light interface), which is included. This small box has one output for the Display XT2 and also two additional outputs for connecting external lights, such as the Recording Display, Lamp, Ring etc. The PunchLight DLi connects to computer via a standard USB 2m cable. The Studio Display XT2 is hooked up to the PunchLight DLi via a six-wire cable, terminated at both ends using RJ11 phone-connectors. This cable is supplied in the standard length of 10m, with 20m on request. For other lengths please check with us. The Studio Display XT2 has seconds newly added to the clock. In addition, Time is now continuously backed-up by an internal battery, so the clock is still set when the unit is turned off or disconnected from the power supply. The best functions from the previous version have been kept: it displays timecode, time, or samples & bars. The remote control can turn off the last two segments, switch between dot or colons, filter MTC, switch the display between \"Pro Tools\" or other audio applications (\"Generic\"), and set overall brightness. You can still send custom messages from your computer to the display - using the remote.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Studio Display XT2 Features</h3>\n<ul><li>PunchLight DLi included for direct USB connection</li><li>Remote Control included</li><li>Bars&Beats/Feet+Frames</li><li>Timecode/Samples/Time</li><li>Midi Time Code (MTC) reader</li><li>Indicates recording start/stop, record-ready/pre-roll/post-roll</li><li>Clock</li><li>Sleep mode</li><li>Custom messages</li><li>Brightness control</li><li>Recording indication on/off</li><li>Anti-flicker mode (turns off last two segments)</li><li>Remote control of all functions</li><li>Smart aluminum frame</li><li>Triple color of segments</li><li>Two additional external lights can be connected to the PunchLight DLi</li><li>Battery backup for clock</li><li>New type of cable with RJ11 (6P4C) connectors - easy to cut or extend</li></ul>\n<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio</h3></span></span><br />'),(8354,75,1,1393,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 30px;\">Punchlight Studio Display XT2</inline></b><br /><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\"><br />A simple, easy to install, compact, professional recording indicator designed to fit in tight spots.</span></span></span><br /><br />The Punchlight Studio Display XT2s are versatile and used in many of the world\'s recording and post production studios. It is a great help in orientation during in large projects or dubbing. The imaginative design enhances the professional aluminum frame in black or platinum color and is the perfect size for large or small studios. The Studio Display XT2 is a recent addition, with completely redesigned electronics from the ground up, new modifications and features added according to customer requirements. At first glance you will notice the absent 9th segment \"R\" which was used to indicate recording. We now have multi-colour for all segments. This means during playback timecode is in green, \"ready\" is in yellow and during recording, all segments turn red. Optionally, you can choose a base colour of red-only, for all modes. PunchLight DLi included: Another important change is the USB connection via the PunchLight DLi (Display&Light interface), which is included. This small box has one output for the Display XT2 and also two additional outputs for connecting external lights, such as the Recording Display, Lamp, Ring etc. The PunchLight DLi connects to computer via a standard USB 2m cable. The Studio Display XT2 is hooked up to the PunchLight DLi via a six-wire cable, terminated at both ends using RJ11 phone-connectors. This cable is supplied in the standard length of 10m, with 20m on request. For other lengths please check with us. The Studio Display XT2 has seconds newly added to the clock. In addition, Time is now continuously backed-up by an internal battery, so the clock is still set when the unit is turned off or disconnected from the power supply. The best functions from the previous version have been kept: it displays timecode, time, or samples & bars. The remote control can turn off the last two segments, switch between dot or colons, filter MTC, switch the display between \"Pro Tools\" or other audio applications (\"Generic\"), and set overall brightness. You can still send custom messages from your computer to the display - using the remote.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Studio Display XT2 Features</h3>\n<ul><li>PunchLight DLi included for direct USB connection</li><li>Remote Control included</li><li>Bars&Beats/Feet+Frames</li><li>Timecode/Samples/Time</li><li>Midi Time Code (MTC) reader</li><li>Indicates recording start/stop, record-ready/pre-roll/post-roll</li><li>Clock</li><li>Sleep mode</li><li>Custom messages</li><li>Brightness control</li><li>Recording indication on/off</li><li>Anti-flicker mode (turns off last two segments)</li><li>Remote control of all functions</li><li>Smart aluminum frame</li><li>Triple color of segments</li><li>Two additional external lights can be connected to the PunchLight DLi</li><li>Battery backup for clock</li><li>New type of cable with RJ11 (6P4C) connectors - easy to cut or extend</li></ul>\n<span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><span id=\"product_description\" itemprop=\"description\"><h3>Call or chat with an RSPE \nrepresentative for more in-depth information, or assistance configuring a\n Punchlight Recording Accessory in your studio</h3></span></span><br />'),(8355,85,0,1393,'Punchlight Studio Display XT2'),(8356,85,1,1393,'Punchlight Studio Display XT2'),(8357,76,0,1393,''),(8358,76,1,1393,''),(8359,75,0,1394,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 28px;\">Punchlight Wireless Upgrade Kit</inline></b><br /><br /><i>A simple solution to replace the cables that go from trigger units \n(PunchLight Midi, GPI, DLi or Relay Switch Box USB) to external lights.\n</i><br /><br />The Wireless Upgrade Kit consists of two small boxes. The first is a \ntransmitter, connected to one of the trigger units via a 12V out. The \nsecond unit is a receiver, a small box which has one output and a \nconnector for an external PSU. You can connect any of the PunchLight \nexternal lights to the receiver.\n<br /><br />\nIn the case of multiple studios and control rooms in the same place, you\n can choose up to 9 different transmitting channels and use multiple PL \nwireless kits independently of each other.    <br /><br /><b><inline style=\"font-size: 24px;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 20px;\">Wireless Upgrade Kit Key Features:</inline></inline></b><br /><br /><ul><li>It consitst of two small wirelles units: TX and RX</li><li>Replaces cable between an external light and a trigger unit</li><li>Use in recording, production or music / audio studio</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>No additional software installation</li><li>One Power Supply for W-CON RX</li><li>Frequency 433,92 MHz</li><li>Dimensions: 60 x 54 x 24 mm (2,36\" x 2.13\" x 0,94\"</li><li>Supported triggers: PunchLight Midi, PunchLight GPI, PunchLight DLi, Relay Switch Box USB</li><li>Supported lights: Recording Display, Recording Strip, Recording Ring, Recording PlexSign, Studio Warning Lamp</li></ul>'),(8360,75,1,1394,'<b><inline style=\"font-size: 28px;\">Punchlight Wireless Upgrade Kit</inline></b><br /><br /><i>A simple solution to replace the cables that go from trigger units \n(PunchLight Midi, GPI, DLi or Relay Switch Box USB) to external lights.\n</i><br /><br />The Wireless Upgrade Kit consists of two small boxes. The first is a \ntransmitter, connected to one of the trigger units via a 12V out. The \nsecond unit is a receiver, a small box which has one output and a \nconnector for an external PSU. You can connect any of the PunchLight \nexternal lights to the receiver.\n<br /><br />\nIn the case of multiple studios and control rooms in the same place, you\n can choose up to 9 different transmitting channels and use multiple PL \nwireless kits independently of each other.    <br /><br /><b><inline style=\"font-size: 24px;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 20px;\">Wireless Upgrade Kit Key Features:</inline></inline></b><br /><br /><ul><li>It consitst of two small wirelles units: TX and RX</li><li>Replaces cable between an external light and a trigger unit</li><li>Use in recording, production or music / audio studio</li><li>Easy installation</li><li>No additional software installation</li><li>One Power Supply for W-CON RX</li><li>Frequency 433,92 MHz</li><li>Dimensions: 60 x 54 x 24 mm (2,36\" x 2.13\" x 0,94\"</li><li>Supported triggers: PunchLight Midi, PunchLight GPI, PunchLight DLi, Relay Switch Box USB</li><li>Supported lights: Recording Display, Recording Strip, Recording Ring, Recording PlexSign, Studio Warning Lamp</li></ul>'),(8361,85,0,1394,'Punchlight Wireless Upgrade Kit'),(8362,85,1,1394,'Punchlight Wireless Upgrade Kit'),(8363,76,0,1394,''),(8364,76,1,1394,''),(8365,75,0,1395,'<h3>Peluso 22 251 Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The Peluso 22 251 delivers the vintage sound of the classic 251 for a fraction of the price</span><br><br>\n\nThe Peluso 22 251 Vacuum Tube Microphones is styled after one of the world\'s rarest and most coveted microphones. It captures the nuances of the vintage \"251\" sound. The Peluso 22 251 employs a dual sided edge-terminated 34mm gold-coated Mylar capsule and a 5744WB subminiature glass triode tube. The circuitry and transformer have been designed to match the vintage \"251\". Whether you\'re micing snare drums or steel guitars, violins or vocals, the 22 251 will provide great results.\n<br/><br/>\nThe 22 251 is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the 22 251 enables the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.<br/><br/>\nThe 22 251 features our heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.<br/><br/>\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.<br/><br/>\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: 22 251 Microphone in a Wood Box, MX-56 Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.<br/><br/>'),(8366,75,1,1395,'<h3>Peluso 22 251 Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The Peluso 22 251 delivers the vintage sound of the classic 251 for a fraction of the price</span><br><br>\n\nThe Peluso 22 251 Vacuum Tube Microphones is styled after one of the world\'s rarest and most coveted microphones. It captures the nuances of the vintage \"251\" sound. The Peluso 22 251 employs a dual sided edge-terminated 34mm gold-coated Mylar capsule and a 5744WB subminiature glass triode tube. The circuitry and transformer have been designed to match the vintage \"251\". Whether you\'re micing snare drums or steel guitars, violins or vocals, the 22 251 will provide great results.\n<br/><br/>\nThe 22 251 is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the 22 251 enables the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.<br/><br/>\nThe 22 251 features our heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.<br/><br/>\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.<br/><br/>\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: 22 251 Microphone in a Wood Box, MX-56 Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.<br/><br/>'),(8367,85,0,1395,'Peluso 22 251 Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8368,85,1,1395,'Peluso 22 251 Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8369,76,0,1395,''),(8370,76,1,1395,''),(8371,75,0,1396,'<h3>Peluso 22 47 Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The classic sound of the legendary Neumann U-47 for a fraction of the price</span><br /><br />\nThe Peluso 22 47 vacuum tube microphone is a large diaphragm condenser microphone styled after the legendary \"Neumann U-47\". The Peluso 22 47 is equipped with a glass triode tube, to match the original U-47 glass style tube, which was modified by 1970\'s German radio to conform to broadcast standards. This tube helps the 22 47 achieve its high gain and low noise floor. Professional engineers enjoy great success with the 22 47 for a wide range of applications, due to its smooth sound, high gain and low noise floor. The 22 47 is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the 22 47 enable the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.<br /><br />\nThe 22 47 features our heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.<br /><br />\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.<br /><br />\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: 22 47 Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case. Peluso tubes are thoroughly tested and fully covered by our 3-year warranty. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Comparing the 22 47, 22 47 LE and 22 47 SE:</h3>\nAll of the microphones in Peluso\'s 22 47 line are styled after the vintage Neumann U-47. This legendary microphone, manufactured in the 1950s and 60s, was revered for its clear sound, smooth and warm mid range, balanced high end and great body. The U-47 was used extensively during the recordings of the Beatles music and has continued to be used in countless well-known recordings since. Neumann discontinued production of this model when Telefunken ceased production of its key component, the metal VF 14 tube. Peluso\'s 22 47 LE model is supplied with a German vintage tube from this era. Peluso have worked for years to acquire a supply of these rare tubes and are proud to offer a microphone with this true vintage tube. With their 22 47 SE model Peluso are able to offer the same sonic quality with an American style metal tube, which are available in larger quantities. This allows Peluso to provide the sonic qualities of a \"47\" microphone with a lower price. The only discernible difference in sound between these two models is a 2 dB quieter noise floor on the SE model. The Peluso 22 47 model is based on a modification to the original U-47 for German Radio broadcast standards in the 1970s incorporating a glass triode tube. Carefully selected components, thorough testing, and attention to detail all come together making these some of our most popular microphones.'),(8372,75,1,1396,'<h3>Peluso 22 47 Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">The classic sound of the legendary Neumann U-47 for a fraction of the price</span><br /><br />\nThe Peluso 22 47 vacuum tube microphone is a large diaphragm condenser microphone styled after the legendary \"Neumann U-47\". The Peluso 22 47 is equipped with a glass triode tube, to match the original U-47 glass style tube, which was modified by 1970\'s German radio to conform to broadcast standards. This tube helps the 22 47 achieve its high gain and low noise floor. Professional engineers enjoy great success with the 22 47 for a wide range of applications, due to its smooth sound, high gain and low noise floor. The 22 47 is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the 22 47 enable the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.<br /><br />\nThe 22 47 features our heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.<br /><br />\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.<br /><br />\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: 22 47 Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case. Peluso tubes are thoroughly tested and fully covered by our 3-year warranty. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Comparing the 22 47, 22 47 LE and 22 47 SE:</h3>\nAll of the microphones in Peluso\'s 22 47 line are styled after the vintage Neumann U-47. This legendary microphone, manufactured in the 1950s and 60s, was revered for its clear sound, smooth and warm mid range, balanced high end and great body. The U-47 was used extensively during the recordings of the Beatles music and has continued to be used in countless well-known recordings since. Neumann discontinued production of this model when Telefunken ceased production of its key component, the metal VF 14 tube. Peluso\'s 22 47 LE model is supplied with a German vintage tube from this era. Peluso have worked for years to acquire a supply of these rare tubes and are proud to offer a microphone with this true vintage tube. With their 22 47 SE model Peluso are able to offer the same sonic quality with an American style metal tube, which are available in larger quantities. This allows Peluso to provide the sonic qualities of a \"47\" microphone with a lower price. The only discernible difference in sound between these two models is a 2 dB quieter noise floor on the SE model. The Peluso 22 47 model is based on a modification to the original U-47 for German Radio broadcast standards in the 1970s incorporating a glass triode tube. Carefully selected components, thorough testing, and attention to detail all come together making these some of our most popular microphones.'),(8373,85,0,1396,'Peluso 22 47 Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8374,85,1,1396,'Peluso 22 47 Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8375,76,0,1396,''),(8376,76,1,1396,''),(8377,75,0,1397,'<h3>Peluso 22 47 LE - Limited Edition Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">Genuine recreation of the famous Neuman U-47 complete with a vintage German EF style tube.</span>\n<br /><br />\nThe Peluso 22 47 LE is a large diaphragm condenser microphone styled after the legendary \"Neumann U-47\", equipped with a vintage German \'EF\' style steel tube (Stahlröhren) manufactured between the 1940s and the \'60s. These vintage tubes are thoroughly tested and fully covered by Peluso\'s 3-year warranty. With nearly identical specifications, this tube provides the same sonic qualities as the original U-47\'s VF14 tube. This vintage tube provides the Peluso 22 47 Limited Edition with the true vintage sound connoisseurs crave. Professional engineers enjoy great success with the 22 47 LE for a wide range of applications from male and female vocals, acoustic guitar to tenor sax. There are countless applications for this versatile microphone. The \"47\" is known for its clear sound while capturing low frequency nuances with smooth mid range and balanced high end. Connoisseurs will be proud to have a genuine vintage tube paired with the highest quality brand new capsule and components built to the specifications of the vintage equipment. <br /><br />The Peluso 22 47 LE has the additional feature of 9 polar patterns, controlled from the power supply. It captures the low frequency nuances of the original U-47 with smooth mids and balanced highs.<br /><br />\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: 22 47 LE Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.<br /><br />\n<h3>Comparing the 22 47, 22 47 LE and 22 47 SE:</h3>\nAll of the microphones in Peluso\'s 22 47 line are styled after the vintage Neumann U-47. This legendary microphone, manufactured in the 1950s and 60s, was revered for its clear sound, smooth and warm mid range, balanced high end and great body. The U-47 was used extensively during the recordings of the Beatles music and has continued to be used in countless well-known recordings since. Neumann discontinued production of this model when Telefunken ceased production of its key component, the metal VF 14 tube. Peluso\'s 22 47 LE model is supplied with a German vintage tube from this era. Peluso have worked for years to acquire a supply of these rare tubes and are proud to offer a microphone with this true vintage tube. With their 22 47 SE model Peluso are able to offer the same sonic quality with an American style metal tube, which are available in larger quantities. This allows Peluso to provide the sonic qualities of a \"47\" microphone with a lower price. The only discernible difference in sound between these two models is a 2 dB quieter noise floor on the SE model. The Peluso 22 47 model is based on a modification to the original U-47 for German Radio broadcast standards in the 1970s incorporating a glass triode tube. Carefully selected components, thorough testing, and attention to detail all come together making these some of our most popular microphones.'),(8378,75,1,1397,'<h3>Peluso 22 47 LE - Limited Edition Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size:16px; font-style:italic;\">Genuine recreation of the famous Neuman U-47 complete with a vintage German EF style tube.</span>\n<br /><br />\nThe Peluso 22 47 LE is a large diaphragm condenser microphone styled after the legendary \"Neumann U-47\", equipped with a vintage German \'EF\' style steel tube (Stahlröhren) manufactured between the 1940s and the \'60s. These vintage tubes are thoroughly tested and fully covered by Peluso\'s 3-year warranty. With nearly identical specifications, this tube provides the same sonic qualities as the original U-47\'s VF14 tube. This vintage tube provides the Peluso 22 47 Limited Edition with the true vintage sound connoisseurs crave. Professional engineers enjoy great success with the 22 47 LE for a wide range of applications from male and female vocals, acoustic guitar to tenor sax. There are countless applications for this versatile microphone. The \"47\" is known for its clear sound while capturing low frequency nuances with smooth mid range and balanced high end. Connoisseurs will be proud to have a genuine vintage tube paired with the highest quality brand new capsule and components built to the specifications of the vintage equipment. <br /><br />The Peluso 22 47 LE has the additional feature of 9 polar patterns, controlled from the power supply. It captures the low frequency nuances of the original U-47 with smooth mids and balanced highs.<br /><br />\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: 22 47 LE Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.<br /><br />\n<h3>Comparing the 22 47, 22 47 LE and 22 47 SE:</h3>\nAll of the microphones in Peluso\'s 22 47 line are styled after the vintage Neumann U-47. This legendary microphone, manufactured in the 1950s and 60s, was revered for its clear sound, smooth and warm mid range, balanced high end and great body. The U-47 was used extensively during the recordings of the Beatles music and has continued to be used in countless well-known recordings since. Neumann discontinued production of this model when Telefunken ceased production of its key component, the metal VF 14 tube. Peluso\'s 22 47 LE model is supplied with a German vintage tube from this era. Peluso have worked for years to acquire a supply of these rare tubes and are proud to offer a microphone with this true vintage tube. With their 22 47 SE model Peluso are able to offer the same sonic quality with an American style metal tube, which are available in larger quantities. This allows Peluso to provide the sonic qualities of a \"47\" microphone with a lower price. The only discernible difference in sound between these two models is a 2 dB quieter noise floor on the SE model. The Peluso 22 47 model is based on a modification to the original U-47 for German Radio broadcast standards in the 1970s incorporating a glass triode tube. Carefully selected components, thorough testing, and attention to detail all come together making these some of our most popular microphones.'),(8379,85,0,1397,'Peluso 22 47 LE - Limited Edition Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8380,85,1,1397,'Peluso 22 47 LE - Limited Edition Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8381,76,0,1397,''),(8382,76,1,1397,''),(8383,75,0,1398,'<h1>Peluso 22 47 Standard Edition Vacuum Tube Microphone</h1>\nThe Peluso 22 47 SE is a large diaphragm condenser microphone styled after the legendary \"Neumann U-47\", equipped with a 6SJ7 American style steel tube, which provides the same sonic quality as the original VF14 and aprovides the distinctive \"47\" sound. With nearly identical specifications, the only discernable difference between these two tubes is a 2dB quieter noise floor on the 5693/6SJ7. These tubes are thoroughly tested and fully covered by Peluso\'s 3-year warranty. This American style tube is readily available and allows Peluso to offer the Peluso 22 47 Standard Edition at a very competitive price. Professional engineers enjoy great success with the 22 47 SE for a wide range of applications from male and female vocals, acoustic guitar to tenor sax. There are countless applications for this versatile microphone. Known for its clear sound while capturing the low frequency nuances of the original U-47 with smooth mid range and balanced high end. Engineers will be proud to have a hand built microphone with the sound of a genuine U-47.\n<br /><br />\nThe 22 47 SE is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the 22 47 SE enable the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.<br /><br />\nThe 22 47 SE features a heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.<br /><br />\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.<br /><br />\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: 22 47 SE Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.<br /><br />\n<h3>Comparing the 22 47, 22 47 LE and 22 47 SE:</h3>\nAll of the microphones in Peluso\'s 22 47 line are styled after the vintage Neumann U-47. This legendary microphone, manufactured in the 1950s and 60s, was revered for its clear sound, smooth and warm mid range, balanced high end and great body. The U-47 was used extensively during the recordings of the Beatles music and has continued to be used in countless well-known recordings since. Neumann discontinued production of this model when Telefunken ceased production of its key component, the metal VF 14 tube. Peluso\'s 22 47 LE model is supplied with a German vintage tube from this era. Peluso have worked for years to acquire a supply of these rare tubes and are proud to offer a microphone with this true vintage tube. With their 22 47 SE model Peluso are able to offer the same sonic quality with an American style metal tube, which are available in larger quantities. This allows Peluso to provide the sonic qualities of a \"47\" microphone with a lower price. The only discernible difference in sound between these two models is a 2 dB quieter noise floor on the SE model. The Peluso 22 47 model is based on a modification to the original U-47 for German Radio broadcast standards in the 1970s incorporating a glass triode tube. Carefully selected components, thorough testing, and attention to detail all come together making these some of our most popular microphones.'),(8384,75,1,1398,'<h1>Peluso 22 47 Standard Edition Vacuum Tube Microphone</h1>\nThe Peluso 22 47 SE is a large diaphragm condenser microphone styled after the legendary \"Neumann U-47\", equipped with a 6SJ7 American style steel tube, which provides the same sonic quality as the original VF14 and aprovides the distinctive \"47\" sound. With nearly identical specifications, the only discernable difference between these two tubes is a 2dB quieter noise floor on the 5693/6SJ7. These tubes are thoroughly tested and fully covered by Peluso\'s 3-year warranty. This American style tube is readily available and allows Peluso to offer the Peluso 22 47 Standard Edition at a very competitive price. Professional engineers enjoy great success with the 22 47 SE for a wide range of applications from male and female vocals, acoustic guitar to tenor sax. There are countless applications for this versatile microphone. Known for its clear sound while capturing the low frequency nuances of the original U-47 with smooth mid range and balanced high end. Engineers will be proud to have a hand built microphone with the sound of a genuine U-47.\n<br /><br />\nThe 22 47 SE is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the 22 47 SE enable the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.<br /><br />\nThe 22 47 SE features a heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.<br /><br />\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.<br /><br />\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: 22 47 SE Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.<br /><br />\n<h3>Comparing the 22 47, 22 47 LE and 22 47 SE:</h3>\nAll of the microphones in Peluso\'s 22 47 line are styled after the vintage Neumann U-47. This legendary microphone, manufactured in the 1950s and 60s, was revered for its clear sound, smooth and warm mid range, balanced high end and great body. The U-47 was used extensively during the recordings of the Beatles music and has continued to be used in countless well-known recordings since. Neumann discontinued production of this model when Telefunken ceased production of its key component, the metal VF 14 tube. Peluso\'s 22 47 LE model is supplied with a German vintage tube from this era. Peluso have worked for years to acquire a supply of these rare tubes and are proud to offer a microphone with this true vintage tube. With their 22 47 SE model Peluso are able to offer the same sonic quality with an American style metal tube, which are available in larger quantities. This allows Peluso to provide the sonic qualities of a \"47\" microphone with a lower price. The only discernible difference in sound between these two models is a 2 dB quieter noise floor on the SE model. The Peluso 22 47 model is based on a modification to the original U-47 for German Radio broadcast standards in the 1970s incorporating a glass triode tube. Carefully selected components, thorough testing, and attention to detail all come together making these some of our most popular microphones.'),(8385,85,0,1398,'Peluso 22 47 Standard Edition Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8386,85,1,1398,'Peluso 22 47 Standard Edition Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8387,76,0,1398,''),(8388,76,1,1398,''),(8389,75,0,1399,'<h3>Peluso CEMC-6 Solid State Pencil Microphone</h3>\nThe Peluso CEMC-6 is a solid-state small diaphragm condenser microphone equipped with a fixed cardioid pattern capsule with a 20-millimeter gold sputtered diaphragm. The capsule is easily swapped with additional capsules (not included) that provide omni-directional, cardioid, wide cardioid, or hyper-cardioid patterns. The CECM-6 features a 10 dB and 20dB pad switch and a two-position high pass filter with 75hz and 150hz settings. This is a very versatile microphone used in the studio for everything from vocals and acoustic instruments to drum overheads. For the remote recorder this is a great mic for orchestras and live audience tapers. You\'ll always get great results from one of the most versatile best sounding small diaphragm mics on the market.<br /><br />\nAdditional capsules with omni-directional, cardioid, wide cardioid, and hyper-cardioid patterns available.<br /><br />\nAcoustically matched pairs available with our Stereo Kit.<br /><br />\nThe Single CEMC-6 ships with a hard mount. The Peluso Small Diameter Shock Mount is available separately.<br /><br />\nIncludes one CEMC-6 Microphone with Cardioid Capsule, a Hard Mount, and Wooden Storage Box/<br /><br />'),(8390,75,1,1399,'<h3>Peluso CEMC-6 Solid State Pencil Microphone</h3>\nThe Peluso CEMC-6 is a solid-state small diaphragm condenser microphone equipped with a fixed cardioid pattern capsule with a 20-millimeter gold sputtered diaphragm. The capsule is easily swapped with additional capsules (not included) that provide omni-directional, cardioid, wide cardioid, or hyper-cardioid patterns. The CECM-6 features a 10 dB and 20dB pad switch and a two-position high pass filter with 75hz and 150hz settings. This is a very versatile microphone used in the studio for everything from vocals and acoustic instruments to drum overheads. For the remote recorder this is a great mic for orchestras and live audience tapers. You\'ll always get great results from one of the most versatile best sounding small diaphragm mics on the market.<br /><br />\nAdditional capsules with omni-directional, cardioid, wide cardioid, and hyper-cardioid patterns available.<br /><br />\nAcoustically matched pairs available with our Stereo Kit.<br /><br />\nThe Single CEMC-6 ships with a hard mount. The Peluso Small Diameter Shock Mount is available separately.<br /><br />\nIncludes one CEMC-6 Microphone with Cardioid Capsule, a Hard Mount, and Wooden Storage Box/<br /><br />'),(8391,85,0,1399,'Peluso CEMC-6 Solid State Pencil Microphone'),(8392,85,1,1399,'Peluso CEMC-6 Solid State Pencil Microphone'),(8393,76,0,1399,''),(8394,76,1,1399,''),(8395,75,0,1400,'<h3>Peluso CEMC-6 Stereo Kit - Solid State Pencil Microphone Stereo Pair</h3>\nThe Peluso CEMC-6 Stereo Kit features a pair of acoustically matched CEMC-6 solid-state small diaphragm condenser microphones. The CEMC-6 ships with a fixed cardioid pattern capsule with a 20-millimeter gold sputtered diaphragm. The capsule is easily swapped with additional capsules (not included) that provide omni-directional, cardioid, wide cardioid, or hyper-cardioid patterns. The CECM-6 features a 10 dB and 20dB pad switch and a two-position high pass filter with 75hz and 150hz settings. This is a very versatile microphone used in the studio for vocals and acoustic instruments to drum overheads. For the remote recorder this is a great mic for orchestras and live audience tapers. You\'ll always get great results from one of the most versatile best sounding small diaphragm mics on the market.\n<br /><br />\nEach pair of CEMC-6 microphones is acoustically matched and Peluso individually test and graph the frequency response for every microphone they make. Stereo matched pairs are hand selected to have identical frequency responses across the audible spectrum (±1dB).<br /><br />\nAdditional capsules with omni-directional, cardioid, wide cardioid, and hyper-cardioid patterns available.<br /><br />\nKIT Includes Two Acoustically Matched CEMC-6 Microphones with Cardioid Capsules, Two Shock Mounts, Two Hard Mounts, and Two Wind Screens all packed in a Flight Case.<br /><br />'),(8396,75,1,1400,'<h3>Peluso CEMC-6 Stereo Kit - Solid State Pencil Microphone Stereo Pair</h3>\nThe Peluso CEMC-6 Stereo Kit features a pair of acoustically matched CEMC-6 solid-state small diaphragm condenser microphones. The CEMC-6 ships with a fixed cardioid pattern capsule with a 20-millimeter gold sputtered diaphragm. The capsule is easily swapped with additional capsules (not included) that provide omni-directional, cardioid, wide cardioid, or hyper-cardioid patterns. The CECM-6 features a 10 dB and 20dB pad switch and a two-position high pass filter with 75hz and 150hz settings. This is a very versatile microphone used in the studio for vocals and acoustic instruments to drum overheads. For the remote recorder this is a great mic for orchestras and live audience tapers. You\'ll always get great results from one of the most versatile best sounding small diaphragm mics on the market.\n<br /><br />\nEach pair of CEMC-6 microphones is acoustically matched and Peluso individually test and graph the frequency response for every microphone they make. Stereo matched pairs are hand selected to have identical frequency responses across the audible spectrum (±1dB).<br /><br />\nAdditional capsules with omni-directional, cardioid, wide cardioid, and hyper-cardioid patterns available.<br /><br />\nKIT Includes Two Acoustically Matched CEMC-6 Microphones with Cardioid Capsules, Two Shock Mounts, Two Hard Mounts, and Two Wind Screens all packed in a Flight Case.<br /><br />'),(8397,85,0,1400,'Peluso CEMC-6 Stereo Kit - Solid State Pencil Microphone Stereo Kit'),(8398,85,1,1400,'Peluso CEMC-6 Stereo Kit - Solid State Pencil Microphone Stereo Kit'),(8399,76,0,1400,''),(8400,76,1,1400,''),(8401,75,0,1401,'<h3>Peluso P-12 Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\n<i>A hand-built studio microphone that captures the vintage sound of the classic AKG C12 at a fraction of the price.</i><br /><br />The Peluso P-12 Vacuum Tube Condenser Microphone is styled after AKG\'s legendary vintage \"C12\", which was produced from 1953 to 1963, and was revered by engineers for its beautiful vocal quality. The P-12 employs a dual sided edge terminated 34mm gold-coated Mylar capsule and a 6072A glass triode tube. The circuitry and transformer have been designed to match the vintage \"C12\". Carefully selected components, thorough testing, and attention to detail all come together in this beautiful full-bodied classic tube microphone.\n<br /><br />\nThe P-12 is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the P-12 enables the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.<br /><br />\nThe P-12 features a heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.<br /><br />\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.<br /><br />\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: P-12 Microphone in a Wood Box, MX-56 Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.<br /><br />'),(8402,75,1,1401,'<h3>Peluso P-12 Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\n<i>A hand-built studio microphone that captures the vintage sound of the classic AKG C12 at a fraction of the price.</i><br /><br />The Peluso P-12 Vacuum Tube Condenser Microphone is styled after AKG\'s legendary vintage \"C12\", which was produced from 1953 to 1963, and was revered by engineers for its beautiful vocal quality. The P-12 employs a dual sided edge terminated 34mm gold-coated Mylar capsule and a 6072A glass triode tube. The circuitry and transformer have been designed to match the vintage \"C12\". Carefully selected components, thorough testing, and attention to detail all come together in this beautiful full-bodied classic tube microphone.\n<br /><br />\nThe P-12 is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the P-12 enables the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.<br /><br />\nThe P-12 features a heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.<br /><br />\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.<br /><br />\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: P-12 Microphone in a Wood Box, MX-56 Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.<br /><br />'),(8403,85,0,1401,'Peluso P-12 Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8404,85,1,1401,'Peluso P-12 Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8405,76,0,1401,''),(8406,76,1,1401,''),(8407,75,0,1402,'<br />\n<h1></h1>\n<h1>Penteo Surround - Penteo 16 Pro</h1>\n<i>Award Winning All-In-One stereo to surround + 16-Channel Upmix/Downmix Plugin, with support for Dolby Atmos & other immersive formats.</i><br /><br />Penteo 16 Pro provides the most comprehensive set of 5.1, 7.1, and up to 16 channel Immersive audio upmixing tools for professional sound design & re-recording mixers when running on Avid’s Pro Tools. Using Penteo’s award winning algorithm, Penteo 16 Pro delivers the highest quality surround sound that is fully immersive with wide & discrete channel separation, while retaining the low frequency “slam” and front channel “punch.” Penteo delivers a clean upmix with no unwanted sonic artifacts because it doesn\'t introduce any phasing as part of the upmix process. Penteo 16 Pro also contains built in presets and DAW automation to speed sound design workflows.<br /><br /><b>Perfect Upmix</b><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Penteo’s unique phaseless process produces the highest quality multichannel upmix with up to 16 discrete output channels.<br /><br /><b>Perfect Downmix</b></span>\n<div>\n	Since Penteo is phaseless, every upmix downmixes back to the original stereo or surround, 100% ITU, every time for any source\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Penteo 16 Pro key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b>All Upmix Formats Supported</b>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Stereo or Surround up to 16 channels</li>\n		<li>20 new Immersive upmix formats (5.1, 7.1, Dolby Atmos up to 9.1.6, Auro 3D up to 13.1, DTSX and up to 3rd order Ambisonics)</li>\n		<li>New 6.0 and 3.0 Triangle Surround formats</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><b>Penteo Modes Do the Heavy Work</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Modes speed mixing workflows</li>\n		<li>Increase mix creativity</li>\n		<li>New Modes: Upper, Center, DropVox, BOOST</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li><b>Switch Formats On-The-Fly</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Switch between any format from the plugin</li>\n		<li>Time saver: no more plugin re-initiation</li>\n		<li>Self-detects up- or downmix mode</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li><b>Automatic Ambisonics Encoding</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>1st, 2nd, 3rd Order Ambisonics</li>\n		<li>AmbiX and FuMa formats</li>\n		<li>Unique controls, specialized Visualizer</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li><b>Penteo Visualizer: See your Sound</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>360 view of Surround or Immersive soundfield</li>\n		<li>Simultaneous 2D / 3D spatial viewsNew Modes: Dual-2D and Bi-Color</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li><b>Integrated Surround Downmixer</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Perfect 7.1/5.1 downmix compatibility</li>\n		<li>Downmix to 5.1, Quad, LCR or Stereo</li>\n		<li>Monitor warns when downmix is not 100% ITU</li>\n	</ul>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>The Penteo Difference: Only Penteo provides a perfect upmix and perfect stereo foldback from a single file. Call or chat online with an RSPE representative for a demonstration or to learn more. </h3>\n<h2 id=\"video\"><br /><br />Penteo 16 Pro Walkthrough</h2>'),(8408,75,1,1402,'<br />\n<h1></h1>\n<h1>Penteo Surround - Penteo 16 Pro</h1>\n<i>Award Winning All-In-One stereo to surround + 16-Channel Upmix/Downmix Plugin, with support for Dolby Atmos & other immersive formats.</i><br /><br />Penteo 16 Pro provides the most comprehensive set of 5.1, 7.1, and up to 16 channel Immersive audio upmixing tools for professional sound design & re-recording mixers when running on Avid’s Pro Tools. Using Penteo’s award winning algorithm, Penteo 16 Pro delivers the highest quality surround sound that is fully immersive with wide & discrete channel separation, while retaining the low frequency “slam” and front channel “punch.” Penteo delivers a clean upmix with no unwanted sonic artifacts because it doesn\'t introduce any phasing as part of the upmix process. Penteo 16 Pro also contains built in presets and DAW automation to speed sound design workflows.<br /><br /><b>Perfect Upmix</b><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Penteo’s unique phaseless process produces the highest quality multichannel upmix with up to 16 discrete output channels.<br /><br /><b>Perfect Downmix</b></span>\n<div>\n	Since Penteo is phaseless, every upmix downmixes back to the original stereo or surround, 100% ITU, every time for any source\n</div>\n<br />\n<h3>Penteo 16 Pro key features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><b>All Upmix Formats Supported</b>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Stereo or Surround up to 16 channels</li>\n		<li>20 new Immersive upmix formats (5.1, 7.1, Dolby Atmos up to 9.1.6, Auro 3D up to 13.1, DTSX and up to 3rd order Ambisonics)</li>\n		<li>New 6.0 and 3.0 Triangle Surround formats</li>\n	</ul>\n	</li>\n	<li><b>Penteo Modes Do the Heavy Work</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Modes speed mixing workflows</li>\n		<li>Increase mix creativity</li>\n		<li>New Modes: Upper, Center, DropVox, BOOST</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li><b>Switch Formats On-The-Fly</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Switch between any format from the plugin</li>\n		<li>Time saver: no more plugin re-initiation</li>\n		<li>Self-detects up- or downmix mode</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li><b>Automatic Ambisonics Encoding</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>1st, 2nd, 3rd Order Ambisonics</li>\n		<li>AmbiX and FuMa formats</li>\n		<li>Unique controls, specialized Visualizer</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li><b>Penteo Visualizer: See your Sound</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>360 view of Surround or Immersive soundfield</li>\n		<li>Simultaneous 2D / 3D spatial viewsNew Modes: Dual-2D and Bi-Color</li>\n	</ul>\n	<li><b>Integrated Surround Downmixer</b></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>Perfect 7.1/5.1 downmix compatibility</li>\n		<li>Downmix to 5.1, Quad, LCR or Stereo</li>\n		<li>Monitor warns when downmix is not 100% ITU</li>\n	</ul>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>The Penteo Difference: Only Penteo provides a perfect upmix and perfect stereo foldback from a single file. Call or chat online with an RSPE representative for a demonstration or to learn more. </h3>\n<h2 id=\"video\"><br /><br />Penteo 16 Pro Walkthrough</h2>'),(8409,85,0,1402,'Penteo 16 Pro'),(8410,85,1,1402,'Penteo 16 Pro'),(8411,76,0,1402,''),(8412,76,1,1402,''),(8413,75,0,1403,'<h2>Penteo Surround- Penteo 5 Composer </h2>\n<i><span style=\"font-size: 16px;\">Penteo folds back 100% ITU to the original stereo track perfectly. </span></i><br /><br />Penteo 5 Composer provides a powerful set of 5.1 surround upmixing tools that have been optimized for your VST or AU host system. Now composers can effortlessly make a 5.1 mix to go along with their stereo mix. Game design companies have a 5.1 workflow tool that can be embedded in game design. And sound designers get a surround mix of highest quality that is fully immersive with wide & discrete channel separation, while retaining the low frequency “slam” and front channel “punch.” Penteo delivers a clean upmix with no unwanted sonic artifacts because we do not introduce any phasing as part of our process. Penteo 5 Composer also contains built-in presets to speed sound design workflows.<br /><br />\n<h3>Penteo 5 Composer key features:</h3>\n<ul><li><strong>New & Enhanced DSP</strong> – Penteo’s algorithm has \nbeen optimized for all music types for even more channel separation \n& front “punch” across each of Penteo 5 Composer’s six Active Mode \npresets.</li><li><strong>Expanded fader ranges </strong>– With +/-50% more range, you now have complete control over the Center and Rear surround faders.</li><li><strong>32/64 bit</strong> <strong>support</strong> for VST and AU \nformats allowing for full 64 bit processing. Penteo running in 64 bit \nmode can run over a third more Penteo instances compared to 32 bit.</li><li><strong>More intuitive interface – </strong>Penteo 5 Composer has a new graphic design with a cleaner, more intuitive look that makes navigation easier.</li><li><strong>VST3 implementation </strong>for improved sample-accurate automation.</li><li><strong>Improved usage controls </strong>– Penteo 5 Composer now has\n a choice of circular or vertical knob drag control options so that a \nsound designer can select the most natural feeling knob movement. Penteo\n 5 Composer is also fully enabled for multi-touch screen control, as an \nalternative to mouse controls.</li></ul><br />\n\n<h3>The Penteo Difference: Only Penteo provides a perfect upmix and perfect stereo foldback from a single file. Call or chat online with an RSPE representative for a demonstration or to learn more. </h3>'),(8414,75,1,1403,'<h2>Penteo Surround- Penteo 5 Composer </h2>\n<i><span style=\"font-size: 16px;\">Penteo folds back 100% ITU to the original stereo track perfectly. </span></i><br /><br />Penteo 5 Composer provides a powerful set of 5.1 surround upmixing tools that have been optimized for your VST or AU host system. Now composers can effortlessly make a 5.1 mix to go along with their stereo mix. Game design companies have a 5.1 workflow tool that can be embedded in game design. And sound designers get a surround mix of highest quality that is fully immersive with wide & discrete channel separation, while retaining the low frequency “slam” and front channel “punch.” Penteo delivers a clean upmix with no unwanted sonic artifacts because we do not introduce any phasing as part of our process. Penteo 5 Composer also contains built-in presets to speed sound design workflows.<br /><br />\n<h3>Penteo 5 Composer key features:</h3>\n<ul><li><strong>New & Enhanced DSP</strong> – Penteo’s algorithm has \nbeen optimized for all music types for even more channel separation \n& front “punch” across each of Penteo 5 Composer’s six Active Mode \npresets.</li><li><strong>Expanded fader ranges </strong>– With +/-50% more range, you now have complete control over the Center and Rear surround faders.</li><li><strong>32/64 bit</strong> <strong>support</strong> for VST and AU \nformats allowing for full 64 bit processing. Penteo running in 64 bit \nmode can run over a third more Penteo instances compared to 32 bit.</li><li><strong>More intuitive interface – </strong>Penteo 5 Composer has a new graphic design with a cleaner, more intuitive look that makes navigation easier.</li><li><strong>VST3 implementation </strong>for improved sample-accurate automation.</li><li><strong>Improved usage controls </strong>– Penteo 5 Composer now has\n a choice of circular or vertical knob drag control options so that a \nsound designer can select the most natural feeling knob movement. Penteo\n 5 Composer is also fully enabled for multi-touch screen control, as an \nalternative to mouse controls.</li></ul><br />\n\n<h3>The Penteo Difference: Only Penteo provides a perfect upmix and perfect stereo foldback from a single file. Call or chat online with an RSPE representative for a demonstration or to learn more. </h3>'),(8415,85,0,1403,'Penteo Surround- Penteo 5 Composer'),(8416,85,1,1403,'Penteo Surround- Penteo 5 Composer'),(8417,76,0,1403,''),(8418,76,1,1403,''),(8419,75,0,1404,'<h2>Penteo Surround- Penteo 7 Pro Suite</h2>\n<i><span style=\"font-size: 16px;\">Penteo folds back 100% ITU to the original stereo track perfectly. .</span></i><br /><br />The Penteo 7 Pro Suite provides the most comprehensive set of 5.1 and 7.1 surround upmixing tools for professional sound design & re-recording mixers when running on Avid’s Pro Tools. Using Penteo’s award winning algorithm, Penteo 7 Pro delivers the highest quality surround sound that is fully immersive with wide & discrete channel separation, while retaining the low frequency “slam” and front channel “punch.” Penteo delivers a clean upmix with no unwanted sonic artifacts because we do not introduce any phasing as part of our process. Penteo 7 Pro Suite also contains built in presets and DAW automation to speed sound design workflows.<br /><br />\n<h3>Penteo 7 Pro key features:</h3>\n<ul><li><strong>New DSP</strong> adds greater immersive sound and channel separation & width</li><li><strong>Upmix stereo to 5.1 & 7.1 </strong>– now you can upmix \nstereo to 7.1 in addition to 5.1. All six of Penteo’s time saving preset\n Active Modes can be used with any Penteo instance.</li><li><strong>For the scoring stage </strong>– time saving 3.0/4.0/5.0/7.0 non-LFE bussed solutions.</li><li><strong>Audiosuite feature enabled for latency-free rendering for 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 5.1, 7.0, 7.1.</strong></li><li><strong>Advanced AudioSuite workflow</strong> for all channel formats allowing for fast & easy synchronous rendering to any destination track or region in the mix.</li><li><strong>Expanded fader ranges </strong>– With +/-50% more range, you now have complete control over the Center, Side Surrounds and Rear Surround Faders.</li><li><strong>Surround bed for</strong> <img src=\"http://perfectsurround.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/dolby_atmos_580px1.png\" alt=\"DOLBY Atmos\" style=\"margin: auto;\" height=\"14\" width=\"56\" />\n – Using Penteo 7 Pro’s different modes allows you to build a solid 4.0,\n 5.0, 5.1, 7.0, 7.1 bed for Dolby Atmos or other higher channel formats.\n</li><li><strong>Native AAX32/64 bit</strong> <strong>support</strong> for \nAvid’s Audio eXtension (AAX) for true 64 bit processing. As a result, \nPenteo running on AAX64 can run 52% more Penteo instances compared to \nRTAS.</li><li><strong>More intuitive interface </strong>– Penteo 7 Pro has a new graphic design with a cleaner, more intuitive look that makes navigation easier.</li><li><strong>Improved usage controls </strong>– Penteo 7 Pro now has a \nchoice of circular or vertical knob drag control options so that a sound\n designer can select the most natural feeling knob movement. Penteo 7 \nPro is also the first upmix plug to be fully enabled for multi-touch \nscreen control, as an alternative to mouse controls.</li></ul><br />\n\n<h3>The Penteo Difference: Only Penteo provides a perfect upmix and perfect stereo foldback from a single file. Call or chat online with an RSPE representative for a demonstration or to learn more. </h3>'),(8420,75,1,1404,'<h2>Penteo Surround- Penteo 7 Pro Suite</h2>\n<i><span style=\"font-size: 16px;\">Penteo folds back 100% ITU to the original stereo track perfectly. .</span></i><br /><br />The Penteo 7 Pro Suite provides the most comprehensive set of 5.1 and 7.1 surround upmixing tools for professional sound design & re-recording mixers when running on Avid’s Pro Tools. Using Penteo’s award winning algorithm, Penteo 7 Pro delivers the highest quality surround sound that is fully immersive with wide & discrete channel separation, while retaining the low frequency “slam” and front channel “punch.” Penteo delivers a clean upmix with no unwanted sonic artifacts because we do not introduce any phasing as part of our process. Penteo 7 Pro Suite also contains built in presets and DAW automation to speed sound design workflows.<br /><br />\n<h3>Penteo 7 Pro key features:</h3>\n<ul><li><strong>New DSP</strong> adds greater immersive sound and channel separation & width</li><li><strong>Upmix stereo to 5.1 & 7.1 </strong>– now you can upmix \nstereo to 7.1 in addition to 5.1. All six of Penteo’s time saving preset\n Active Modes can be used with any Penteo instance.</li><li><strong>For the scoring stage </strong>– time saving 3.0/4.0/5.0/7.0 non-LFE bussed solutions.</li><li><strong>Audiosuite feature enabled for latency-free rendering for 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 5.1, 7.0, 7.1.</strong></li><li><strong>Advanced AudioSuite workflow</strong> for all channel formats allowing for fast & easy synchronous rendering to any destination track or region in the mix.</li><li><strong>Expanded fader ranges </strong>– With +/-50% more range, you now have complete control over the Center, Side Surrounds and Rear Surround Faders.</li><li><strong>Surround bed for</strong> <img src=\"http://perfectsurround.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/dolby_atmos_580px1.png\" alt=\"DOLBY Atmos\" style=\"margin: auto;\" height=\"14\" width=\"56\" />\n – Using Penteo 7 Pro’s different modes allows you to build a solid 4.0,\n 5.0, 5.1, 7.0, 7.1 bed for Dolby Atmos or other higher channel formats.\n</li><li><strong>Native AAX32/64 bit</strong> <strong>support</strong> for \nAvid’s Audio eXtension (AAX) for true 64 bit processing. As a result, \nPenteo running on AAX64 can run 52% more Penteo instances compared to \nRTAS.</li><li><strong>More intuitive interface </strong>– Penteo 7 Pro has a new graphic design with a cleaner, more intuitive look that makes navigation easier.</li><li><strong>Improved usage controls </strong>– Penteo 7 Pro now has a \nchoice of circular or vertical knob drag control options so that a sound\n designer can select the most natural feeling knob movement. Penteo 7 \nPro is also the first upmix plug to be fully enabled for multi-touch \nscreen control, as an alternative to mouse controls.</li></ul><br />\n\n<h3>The Penteo Difference: Only Penteo provides a perfect upmix and perfect stereo foldback from a single file. Call or chat online with an RSPE representative for a demonstration or to learn more. </h3>'),(8421,85,0,1404,'Penteo Surround- Penteo 7 Pro Suite'),(8422,85,1,1404,'Penteo Surround- Penteo 7 Pro Suite'),(8423,76,0,1404,''),(8424,76,1,1404,''),(8425,75,0,1405,'<h1>Phoenix Audio Ascent One</h1>\n<i>Mono Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio Ascent One is a Mono Mic Pre and DI that takes a modern approach to Class-A circuit design and delivers a wide range of tones without sacrificing the beloved vibe of true Class-A design. The unique Ascent circuit can go from ultra-clean sounds suitable for audiophile recordings all the way to the warm, saturated tones reminiscent of the UK\'s most heralded vintage designs. Versatility and superior sound have made the Ascent Preamp/DI a top-tier choice for engineers around the world and a modern day classic.<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio Ascent One Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Phoenix Audio\'s unique Class A, transformerless, true-balanced mic input stage</span></li>\n	<li>Phoenix Audio\'s transformer-balanced DSOP-2 Class-A discrete output stage with custom wound DB694 output transformer</li>\n	<li>Wired with PTFE silver plated military grade cable</li>\n	<li>-15dB input pad </li>\n	<li>LED Gain Metering</li>\n	<li>Push buttons: Hi-Pass, Phase Reverse, Switchable 48V phantom power on push-button switch</li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter on Push-button Switch (Roll-off -12dB per octave @ 80Hz)</li>\n	<li>Phase Reverse on Push-Button Switch</li>\n	<li>Mic Pre Gain Range: -30 to -70 in 5dB steps With 10dB more available on the detented ouput fader.</li>\n	<li>Output = +26dBu @ 1kHz, Noise = -90dB @ 20Hz to 20kHz.</li>\n	<li>Frequency Response Mic Input Stage: -0.4dB @ 40Hz, -0.3dB @ 25kHz</li>\n	<li>Frequency response Class A (DSOP-2) output stage: 20Hz to 20kHz +- 0.5dB, Maximum</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Hi-Fi Transformerless Mic Input Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s exclusive electronically-balanced, transformerless mic input circuit delivers fast transients and the full frequency spectrum (from sub-bass to the highest air band), while still delivering the full, warm and smooth characteristics that make engineers love Class-A mic preamps. Boldly outperforming transformer-based designs in both the frequency response and slew rate, the Ascent delivers articulate, punchy and full-bodied input signals, allowing you to drive the output stage for a vast range of pure Class-A tones—from bold clarity to vintage warmth, and everything in-between. With a very high mic impedance of 10K, it is the perfect companion for ribbon mics and dynamics mic that often need specialist mic pre amps, the Shure SM7B particularly shines.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s custom-wound  DB694 output transformer is coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is a direct descendent of the venerable TF1 amp which Phoenix\'s head-designer, David Rees, developed as an upgrade for vintage Neve modules. Going beyond the TF1, the DSOP2 is the pinnacle of Class-A output circuit design, offering up a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ultra-High Impedance DI Circuit</h3>\nThe Ascent mic pre series include very high input impedance DI circuits (10Mohm)—remarkably featuring no FETs—on every channel. This design means that guitar and bass pickups are not loaded, allowing the natural sound of both modern and vintage instruments to shine and actually enhancing the sound, sparkle and growl as if they were plugged into your favorite amp. Synths, drum machines, and even laptops can likewise be sweetened by the Ascent\'s DI.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Easy and Intuitive In The Studio</h3>\nBecause you\'re working with a clean, robust, electronically-balanced input signal, the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI makes dialing in your exact sound easy, intuitive and quick. By working the familiar stepped input gain control (up to 70db alone) and the -30dB pad against the variable output fader (which provides an additional 10dB of gain), you can dial in your preferred tones without having to consider an overly complex gain architecture. It\'s all about driving the versatile DSOP-2 output stage to your exacting tastes, whatever they may be in any given moment. Like so many other engineers, you\'ll find yourself reaching for the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br /><br />'),(8426,75,1,1405,'<h1>Phoenix Audio Ascent One</h1>\n<i>Mono Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio Ascent One is a Mono Mic Pre and DI that takes a modern approach to Class-A circuit design and delivers a wide range of tones without sacrificing the beloved vibe of true Class-A design. The unique Ascent circuit can go from ultra-clean sounds suitable for audiophile recordings all the way to the warm, saturated tones reminiscent of the UK\'s most heralded vintage designs. Versatility and superior sound have made the Ascent Preamp/DI a top-tier choice for engineers around the world and a modern day classic.<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio Ascent One Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Phoenix Audio\'s unique Class A, transformerless, true-balanced mic input stage</span></li>\n	<li>Phoenix Audio\'s transformer-balanced DSOP-2 Class-A discrete output stage with custom wound DB694 output transformer</li>\n	<li>Wired with PTFE silver plated military grade cable</li>\n	<li>-15dB input pad </li>\n	<li>LED Gain Metering</li>\n	<li>Push buttons: Hi-Pass, Phase Reverse, Switchable 48V phantom power on push-button switch</li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter on Push-button Switch (Roll-off -12dB per octave @ 80Hz)</li>\n	<li>Phase Reverse on Push-Button Switch</li>\n	<li>Mic Pre Gain Range: -30 to -70 in 5dB steps With 10dB more available on the detented ouput fader.</li>\n	<li>Output = +26dBu @ 1kHz, Noise = -90dB @ 20Hz to 20kHz.</li>\n	<li>Frequency Response Mic Input Stage: -0.4dB @ 40Hz, -0.3dB @ 25kHz</li>\n	<li>Frequency response Class A (DSOP-2) output stage: 20Hz to 20kHz +- 0.5dB, Maximum</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Hi-Fi Transformerless Mic Input Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s exclusive electronically-balanced, transformerless mic input circuit delivers fast transients and the full frequency spectrum (from sub-bass to the highest air band), while still delivering the full, warm and smooth characteristics that make engineers love Class-A mic preamps. Boldly outperforming transformer-based designs in both the frequency response and slew rate, the Ascent delivers articulate, punchy and full-bodied input signals, allowing you to drive the output stage for a vast range of pure Class-A tones—from bold clarity to vintage warmth, and everything in-between. With a very high mic impedance of 10K, it is the perfect companion for ribbon mics and dynamics mic that often need specialist mic pre amps, the Shure SM7B particularly shines.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s custom-wound  DB694 output transformer is coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is a direct descendent of the venerable TF1 amp which Phoenix\'s head-designer, David Rees, developed as an upgrade for vintage Neve modules. Going beyond the TF1, the DSOP2 is the pinnacle of Class-A output circuit design, offering up a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ultra-High Impedance DI Circuit</h3>\nThe Ascent mic pre series include very high input impedance DI circuits (10Mohm)—remarkably featuring no FETs—on every channel. This design means that guitar and bass pickups are not loaded, allowing the natural sound of both modern and vintage instruments to shine and actually enhancing the sound, sparkle and growl as if they were plugged into your favorite amp. Synths, drum machines, and even laptops can likewise be sweetened by the Ascent\'s DI.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Easy and Intuitive In The Studio</h3>\nBecause you\'re working with a clean, robust, electronically-balanced input signal, the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI makes dialing in your exact sound easy, intuitive and quick. By working the familiar stepped input gain control (up to 70db alone) and the -30dB pad against the variable output fader (which provides an additional 10dB of gain), you can dial in your preferred tones without having to consider an overly complex gain architecture. It\'s all about driving the versatile DSOP-2 output stage to your exacting tastes, whatever they may be in any given moment. Like so many other engineers, you\'ll find yourself reaching for the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br /><br />'),(8427,85,0,1405,'Phoenix Audio Ascent One Mono Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI'),(8428,85,1,1405,'Phoenix Audio Ascent One Mono Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI'),(8429,76,0,1405,''),(8430,76,1,1405,''),(8431,75,0,1406,'<h1>Phoenix Audio Ascent Two</h1>\n<i>Stereo Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio Ascent Two is a Stereo Mic Pre and DI that takes a modern approach to Class-A circuit design and delivers a wide range of tones without sacrificing the beloved vibe of true Class-A design. The unique Ascent circuit can go from ultra-clean sounds suitable for audiophile recordings all the way to the warm, saturated tones reminiscent of the UK\'s most heralded vintage designs. Versatility and superior sound have made the Ascent Preamp/DI a top-tier choice for engineers around the world and a modern day classic.<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio Ascent One Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Phoenix Audio\'s unique Class A, transformerless, true-balanced mic input stage</span></li>\n	<li>Phoenix Audio\'s transformer-balanced DSOP-2 Class-A discrete output stage with custom wound DB694 output transformer</li>\n	<li>Wired with PTFE silver plated military grade cable</li>\n	<li>-15dB input pad </li>\n	<li>LED Gain Metering</li>\n	<li>Push buttons: Hi-Pass, Phase Reverse, Switchable 48V phantom power on push-button switch</li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter on Push-button Switch (Roll-off -12dB per octave @ 80Hz)</li>\n	<li>Phase Reverse on Push-Button Switch</li>\n	<li>Mic Pre Gain Range: -30 to -70 in 5dB steps With 10dB more available on the detented ouput fader.</li>\n	<li>Output = +26dBu @ 1kHz, Noise = -90dB @ 20Hz to 20kHz.</li>\n	<li>Frequency Response Mic Input Stage: -0.4dB @ 40Hz, -0.3dB @ 25kHz</li>\n	<li>Frequency response Class A (DSOP-2) output stage: 20Hz to 20kHz +- 0.5dB, Maximum</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Hi-Fi Transformerless Mic Input Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s exclusive electronically-balanced, transformerless mic input circuit delivers fast transients and the full frequency spectrum (from sub-bass to the highest air band), while still delivering the full, warm and smooth characteristics that make engineers love Class-A mic preamps. Boldly outperforming transformer-based designs in both the frequency response and slew rate, the Ascent delivers articulate, punchy and full-bodied input signals, allowing you to drive the output stage for a vast range of pure Class-A tones—from bold clarity to vintage warmth, and everything in-between. With a very high mic impedance of 10K, it is the perfect companion for ribbon mics and dynamics mic that often need specialist mic pre amps, the Shure SM7B particularly shines.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s custom-wound  DB694 output transformer is coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is a direct descendent of the venerable TF1 amp which Phoenix\'s head-designer, David Rees, developed as an upgrade for vintage Neve modules. Going beyond the TF1, the DSOP2 is the pinnacle of Class-A output circuit design, offering up a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ultra-High Impedance DI Circuit</h3>\nThe Ascent mic pre series include very high input impedance DI circuits (10Mohm)—remarkably featuring no FETs—on every channel. This design means that guitar and bass pickups are not loaded, allowing the natural sound of both modern and vintage instruments to shine and actually enhancing the sound, sparkle and growl as if they were plugged into your favorite amp. Synths, drum machines, and even laptops can likewise be sweetened by the Ascent\'s DI.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Easy and Intuitive In The Studio</h3>\nBecause you\'re working with a clean, robust, electronically-balanced input signal, the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI makes dialing in your exact sound easy, intuitive and quick. By working the familiar stepped input gain control (up to 70db alone) and the -30dB pad against the variable output fader (which provides an additional 10dB of gain), you can dial in your preferred tones without having to consider an overly complex gain architecture. It\'s all about driving the versatile DSOP-2 output stage to your exacting tastes, whatever they may be in any given moment. Like so many other engineers, you\'ll find yourself reaching for the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br /><br />'),(8432,75,1,1406,'<h1>Phoenix Audio Ascent Two</h1>\n<i>Stereo Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio Ascent Two is a Stereo Mic Pre and DI that takes a modern approach to Class-A circuit design and delivers a wide range of tones without sacrificing the beloved vibe of true Class-A design. The unique Ascent circuit can go from ultra-clean sounds suitable for audiophile recordings all the way to the warm, saturated tones reminiscent of the UK\'s most heralded vintage designs. Versatility and superior sound have made the Ascent Preamp/DI a top-tier choice for engineers around the world and a modern day classic.<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio Ascent One Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Phoenix Audio\'s unique Class A, transformerless, true-balanced mic input stage</span></li>\n	<li>Phoenix Audio\'s transformer-balanced DSOP-2 Class-A discrete output stage with custom wound DB694 output transformer</li>\n	<li>Wired with PTFE silver plated military grade cable</li>\n	<li>-15dB input pad </li>\n	<li>LED Gain Metering</li>\n	<li>Push buttons: Hi-Pass, Phase Reverse, Switchable 48V phantom power on push-button switch</li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter on Push-button Switch (Roll-off -12dB per octave @ 80Hz)</li>\n	<li>Phase Reverse on Push-Button Switch</li>\n	<li>Mic Pre Gain Range: -30 to -70 in 5dB steps With 10dB more available on the detented ouput fader.</li>\n	<li>Output = +26dBu @ 1kHz, Noise = -90dB @ 20Hz to 20kHz.</li>\n	<li>Frequency Response Mic Input Stage: -0.4dB @ 40Hz, -0.3dB @ 25kHz</li>\n	<li>Frequency response Class A (DSOP-2) output stage: 20Hz to 20kHz +- 0.5dB, Maximum</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Hi-Fi Transformerless Mic Input Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s exclusive electronically-balanced, transformerless mic input circuit delivers fast transients and the full frequency spectrum (from sub-bass to the highest air band), while still delivering the full, warm and smooth characteristics that make engineers love Class-A mic preamps. Boldly outperforming transformer-based designs in both the frequency response and slew rate, the Ascent delivers articulate, punchy and full-bodied input signals, allowing you to drive the output stage for a vast range of pure Class-A tones—from bold clarity to vintage warmth, and everything in-between. With a very high mic impedance of 10K, it is the perfect companion for ribbon mics and dynamics mic that often need specialist mic pre amps, the Shure SM7B particularly shines.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s custom-wound  DB694 output transformer is coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is a direct descendent of the venerable TF1 amp which Phoenix\'s head-designer, David Rees, developed as an upgrade for vintage Neve modules. Going beyond the TF1, the DSOP2 is the pinnacle of Class-A output circuit design, offering up a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ultra-High Impedance DI Circuit</h3>\nThe Ascent mic pre series include very high input impedance DI circuits (10Mohm)—remarkably featuring no FETs—on every channel. This design means that guitar and bass pickups are not loaded, allowing the natural sound of both modern and vintage instruments to shine and actually enhancing the sound, sparkle and growl as if they were plugged into your favorite amp. Synths, drum machines, and even laptops can likewise be sweetened by the Ascent\'s DI.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Easy and Intuitive In The Studio</h3>\nBecause you\'re working with a clean, robust, electronically-balanced input signal, the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI makes dialing in your exact sound easy, intuitive and quick. By working the familiar stepped input gain control (up to 70db alone) and the -30dB pad against the variable output fader (which provides an additional 10dB of gain), you can dial in your preferred tones without having to consider an overly complex gain architecture. It\'s all about driving the versatile DSOP-2 output stage to your exacting tastes, whatever they may be in any given moment. Like so many other engineers, you\'ll find yourself reaching for the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br /><br />'),(8433,85,0,1406,'Phoenix Audio Ascent Two Stereo Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI'),(8434,85,1,1406,'Phoenix Audio Ascent Two Stereo Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI'),(8435,76,0,1406,''),(8436,76,1,1406,''),(8437,75,0,1407,'<h1>Phoenix Audio DRS-1R-500</h1>\n<i>500 Series Mono Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier/DI</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio DRS-1R-500 is a mono pre amp and DI for the API 500 series format, and was designed to be identical in terms of features and sonics as the ever popular DRS1 but in this much smaller footprint. The unit runs at 24v thanks due to the special power supply built into the unit so it offers no sonic sacrifices whilst still maintaining a very low current use needed for the API format and is well within its API VPR limits. <br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio DRS-1R-500 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Phoenix Audio\'s unique Class A, transformerless, true-balanced mic input stage</span></li>\n	<li>Phoenix Audio\'s transformer-balanced DSOP-2 Class-A discrete output stage with custom wound DB694 output transformer</li>\n	<li>Wired with PTFE silver plated military grade cable</li>\n	<li>-30dB input pad </li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter: -6dB per octave @ 120Hz</li>\n	<li>LED Gain Metering</li>\n	<li>Push buttons: Hi-Pass, 48v, Phase Reverse, Switchable 48V phantom power on push-button switch</li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter on Push-button Switch (Roll-off -6dB per octave @ 120Hz)</li>\n	<li>Phase Reverse on Push-Button Switch</li>\n	<li>Mic Pre Gain Range: -30 to -70 in 5dB steps With 10dB more available on the ouput fader.</li>\n	<li>Output = +26dBu @ 1kHz, Noise = -90dB @ 20Hz to 20kHz.</li>\n	<li>Frequency Response Mic Input Stage: -0.4dB @ 40Hz, -0.3dB @ 25kHz</li>\n	<li>Frequency response Class A (DSOP-2) output stage: 20Hz to 20kHz +- 0.5dB, Maximum</li>\n	<li>24v built PSU so you can feel the sound of the \'true\' unit and not be limited by the limitations of running at 16v which is the standard Lunchbox voltage.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Hi-Fi Transformerless Mic Input Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s exclusive electronically-balanced, transformerless mic input circuit delivers fast transients and the full frequency spectrum (from sub-bass to the highest air band), while still delivering the full, warm and smooth characteristics that make engineers love Class-A mic preamps. Boldly outperforming transformer-based designs in both the frequency response and slew rate, the Ascent delivers articulate, punchy and full-bodied input signals, allowing you to drive the output stage for a vast range of pure Class-A tones—from bold clarity to vintage warmth, and everything in-between. With a very high mic impedance of 10K, it is the perfect companion for ribbon mics and dynamics mic that often need specialist mic pre amps, the Shure SM7B particularly shines.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s custom-wound  DB694 output transformer is coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is a direct descendent of the venerable TF1 amp which Phoenix\'s head-designer, David Rees, developed as an upgrade for vintage Neve modules. Going beyond the TF1, the DSOP2 is the pinnacle of Class-A output circuit design, offering up a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ultra-High Impedance DI Circuit</h3>\nThe DRS1R-500 include very high input impedance DI circuits (10Mohm)—remarkably featuring no FETs—on every channel. This design means that guitar and bass pickups are not loaded, allowing the natural sound of both modern and vintage instruments to shine and actually enhancing the sound, sparkle and growl as if they were plugged into your favorite amp. Synths, drum machines, and even laptops can likewise be sweetened by the DRS\'s DI.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Easy and Intuitive In The Studio</h3>\nBecause you\'re working with a clean, robust, electronically-balanced input signal, the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI makes dialing in your exact sound easy, intuitive and quick. By working the familiar stepped input gain control (up to 70db alone) and the -30dB pad against the variable output fader (which provides an additional 10dB of gain), you can dial in your preferred tones without having to consider an overly complex gain architecture. It\'s all about driving the versatile DSOP-2 output stage to your exacting tastes, whatever they may be in any given moment. Like so many other engineers, you\'ll find yourself reaching for the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br />\n<div>\n	<div>\n		<br /><br />\n	</div>\n</div>'),(8438,75,1,1407,'<h1>Phoenix Audio DRS-1R-500</h1>\n<i>500 Series Mono Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier/DI</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio DRS-1R-500 is a mono pre amp and DI for the API 500 series format, and was designed to be identical in terms of features and sonics as the ever popular DRS1 but in this much smaller footprint. The unit runs at 24v thanks due to the special power supply built into the unit so it offers no sonic sacrifices whilst still maintaining a very low current use needed for the API format and is well within its API VPR limits. <br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio DRS-1R-500 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Phoenix Audio\'s unique Class A, transformerless, true-balanced mic input stage</span></li>\n	<li>Phoenix Audio\'s transformer-balanced DSOP-2 Class-A discrete output stage with custom wound DB694 output transformer</li>\n	<li>Wired with PTFE silver plated military grade cable</li>\n	<li>-30dB input pad </li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter: -6dB per octave @ 120Hz</li>\n	<li>LED Gain Metering</li>\n	<li>Push buttons: Hi-Pass, 48v, Phase Reverse, Switchable 48V phantom power on push-button switch</li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter on Push-button Switch (Roll-off -6dB per octave @ 120Hz)</li>\n	<li>Phase Reverse on Push-Button Switch</li>\n	<li>Mic Pre Gain Range: -30 to -70 in 5dB steps With 10dB more available on the ouput fader.</li>\n	<li>Output = +26dBu @ 1kHz, Noise = -90dB @ 20Hz to 20kHz.</li>\n	<li>Frequency Response Mic Input Stage: -0.4dB @ 40Hz, -0.3dB @ 25kHz</li>\n	<li>Frequency response Class A (DSOP-2) output stage: 20Hz to 20kHz +- 0.5dB, Maximum</li>\n	<li>24v built PSU so you can feel the sound of the \'true\' unit and not be limited by the limitations of running at 16v which is the standard Lunchbox voltage.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Hi-Fi Transformerless Mic Input Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s exclusive electronically-balanced, transformerless mic input circuit delivers fast transients and the full frequency spectrum (from sub-bass to the highest air band), while still delivering the full, warm and smooth characteristics that make engineers love Class-A mic preamps. Boldly outperforming transformer-based designs in both the frequency response and slew rate, the Ascent delivers articulate, punchy and full-bodied input signals, allowing you to drive the output stage for a vast range of pure Class-A tones—from bold clarity to vintage warmth, and everything in-between. With a very high mic impedance of 10K, it is the perfect companion for ribbon mics and dynamics mic that often need specialist mic pre amps, the Shure SM7B particularly shines.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s custom-wound  DB694 output transformer is coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is a direct descendent of the venerable TF1 amp which Phoenix\'s head-designer, David Rees, developed as an upgrade for vintage Neve modules. Going beyond the TF1, the DSOP2 is the pinnacle of Class-A output circuit design, offering up a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ultra-High Impedance DI Circuit</h3>\nThe DRS1R-500 include very high input impedance DI circuits (10Mohm)—remarkably featuring no FETs—on every channel. This design means that guitar and bass pickups are not loaded, allowing the natural sound of both modern and vintage instruments to shine and actually enhancing the sound, sparkle and growl as if they were plugged into your favorite amp. Synths, drum machines, and even laptops can likewise be sweetened by the DRS\'s DI.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Easy and Intuitive In The Studio</h3>\nBecause you\'re working with a clean, robust, electronically-balanced input signal, the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI makes dialing in your exact sound easy, intuitive and quick. By working the familiar stepped input gain control (up to 70db alone) and the -30dB pad against the variable output fader (which provides an additional 10dB of gain), you can dial in your preferred tones without having to consider an overly complex gain architecture. It\'s all about driving the versatile DSOP-2 output stage to your exacting tastes, whatever they may be in any given moment. Like so many other engineers, you\'ll find yourself reaching for the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br />\n<div>\n	<div>\n		<br /><br />\n	</div>\n</div>'),(8439,85,0,1407,'Phoenix Audio DRS-1R-500 500 Series Mic Pre / DI'),(8440,85,1,1407,'Phoenix Audio DRS-1R-500 500 Series Mic Pre / DI'),(8441,76,0,1407,''),(8442,76,1,1407,''),(8443,75,0,1408,'<h1>Phoenix Audio DRS-8 MK2</h1>\n<i>8 Channel Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio DRS-8 MK2 is an 8-channel microphone pre-amplifier/DI that takes a modern approach to Class-A circuit design and delivers a wide range of tones without sacrificing the beloved vibe of true Class-A design. The unique DRS circuit can go from ultra-clean sounds suitable for audiophile recordings all the way to the warm, saturated tones reminiscent of the UK\'s most heralded vintage designs. Versatility and superior sound have made the DRS Preamp/DI a top-tier choice for engineers around the world and a modern day classic.<br /><br />\nThe Phoenix DRS-8Mk2 was designed primarily for vocal and instrument recording and live applications where high quality standards are necessary and demanded by your clients, but can also be found in many broadcast applications as well.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio DRS-8 MK2 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Unique Class A, transformerless, true-balanced mic input stage</li>\n	<li>Transformer-balanced DSOP-2 Class-A discrete output stage with custom wound DB694 output transformer</li>\n	<li>Wired with PTFE silver military grade cable</li>\n	<li>-15dB input pad </li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter: -6dB per octave @ 80Hz</li>\n	<li>LED Gain Metering</li>\n	<li>Push buttons: Hi-Pass, 48v, Phase Reverse, Switchable 48V phantom power on push-button switch</li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter on Push-button Switch (Roll-off -6dB per octave @ 80Hz)</li>\n	<li>Phase Reverse on Push-Button Switch</li>\n	<li>Mic Pre Gain Range: -30 to -70 in 5dB steps With 10dB more available on the ouput fader.</li>\n	<li>Output = +26dBu @ 1kHz, Noise = -90dB @ 20Hz to 20kHz.</li>\n	<li>Frequency Response Mic Input Stage: -0.4dB @ 40Hz, -0.3dB @ 25kHz</li>\n	<li>Frequency response Class A (DSOP-2) output stage: 20Hz to 20kHz +- 0.5dB, Maximum</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Hi-Fi Transformerless Mic Input Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s exclusive electronically-balanced, transformerless mic input circuit delivers fast transients and the full frequency spectrum (from sub-bass to the highest air band), while still delivering the full, warm and smooth characteristics that make engineers love Class-A mic preamps. Boldly outperforming transformer-based designs in both the frequency response and slew rate, the DRS delivers articulate, punchy and full-bodied input signals, allowing you to drive the output stage for a vast range of pure Class-A tones—from bold clarity to vintage warmth, and everything in-between. With a very high mic impedance of 10K, it is the perfect companion for ribbon mics and dynamics mic that often need specialist mic pre amps, the Shure SM7B particularly shines.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s custom-wound  DB694 output transformer is coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is a direct descendent of the venerable TF1 amp which Phoenix\'s head-designer, David Rees, developed as an upgrade for vintage Neve modules. Going beyond the TF1, the DSOP2 is the pinnacle of Class-A output circuit design, offering up a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ultra-High Impedance DI Circuit</h3>\nThe DRS-8 includes very high input impedance DI circuits (10Mohm)—remarkably featuring no FETs—on every channel. This design means that guitar and bass pickups are not loaded, allowing the natural sound of both modern and vintage instruments to shine and actually enhancing the sound, sparkle and growl as if they were plugged into your favorite amp. Synths, drum machines, and even laptops can likewise be sweetened by the DRS\'s DI.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Easy and Intuitive In The Studio</h3>\nBecause you\'re working with a clean, robust, electronically-balanced input signal, the DRS Mic Preamp/DI makes dialing in your exact sound easy, intuitive and quick. By working the familiar stepped input gain control (up to 70db alone) and the -15dB pad against the variable output fader (which provides an additional 10dB of gain), you can dial in your preferred tones without having to consider an overly complex gain architecture. It\'s all about driving the versatile DSOP-2 output stage to your exacting tastes, whatever they may be in any given moment. Like so many other engineers, you\'ll find yourself reaching for the DRS Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br /><br />'),(8444,75,1,1408,'<h1>Phoenix Audio DRS-8 MK2</h1>\n<i>8 Channel Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio DRS-8 MK2 is an 8-channel microphone pre-amplifier/DI that takes a modern approach to Class-A circuit design and delivers a wide range of tones without sacrificing the beloved vibe of true Class-A design. The unique DRS circuit can go from ultra-clean sounds suitable for audiophile recordings all the way to the warm, saturated tones reminiscent of the UK\'s most heralded vintage designs. Versatility and superior sound have made the DRS Preamp/DI a top-tier choice for engineers around the world and a modern day classic.<br /><br />\nThe Phoenix DRS-8Mk2 was designed primarily for vocal and instrument recording and live applications where high quality standards are necessary and demanded by your clients, but can also be found in many broadcast applications as well.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio DRS-8 MK2 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Unique Class A, transformerless, true-balanced mic input stage</li>\n	<li>Transformer-balanced DSOP-2 Class-A discrete output stage with custom wound DB694 output transformer</li>\n	<li>Wired with PTFE silver military grade cable</li>\n	<li>-15dB input pad </li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter: -6dB per octave @ 80Hz</li>\n	<li>LED Gain Metering</li>\n	<li>Push buttons: Hi-Pass, 48v, Phase Reverse, Switchable 48V phantom power on push-button switch</li>\n	<li>High Pass Filter on Push-button Switch (Roll-off -6dB per octave @ 80Hz)</li>\n	<li>Phase Reverse on Push-Button Switch</li>\n	<li>Mic Pre Gain Range: -30 to -70 in 5dB steps With 10dB more available on the ouput fader.</li>\n	<li>Output = +26dBu @ 1kHz, Noise = -90dB @ 20Hz to 20kHz.</li>\n	<li>Frequency Response Mic Input Stage: -0.4dB @ 40Hz, -0.3dB @ 25kHz</li>\n	<li>Frequency response Class A (DSOP-2) output stage: 20Hz to 20kHz +- 0.5dB, Maximum</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Hi-Fi Transformerless Mic Input Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s exclusive electronically-balanced, transformerless mic input circuit delivers fast transients and the full frequency spectrum (from sub-bass to the highest air band), while still delivering the full, warm and smooth characteristics that make engineers love Class-A mic preamps. Boldly outperforming transformer-based designs in both the frequency response and slew rate, the DRS delivers articulate, punchy and full-bodied input signals, allowing you to drive the output stage for a vast range of pure Class-A tones—from bold clarity to vintage warmth, and everything in-between. With a very high mic impedance of 10K, it is the perfect companion for ribbon mics and dynamics mic that often need specialist mic pre amps, the Shure SM7B particularly shines.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s custom-wound  DB694 output transformer is coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is a direct descendent of the venerable TF1 amp which Phoenix\'s head-designer, David Rees, developed as an upgrade for vintage Neve modules. Going beyond the TF1, the DSOP2 is the pinnacle of Class-A output circuit design, offering up a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Ultra-High Impedance DI Circuit</h3>\nThe DRS-8 includes very high input impedance DI circuits (10Mohm)—remarkably featuring no FETs—on every channel. This design means that guitar and bass pickups are not loaded, allowing the natural sound of both modern and vintage instruments to shine and actually enhancing the sound, sparkle and growl as if they were plugged into your favorite amp. Synths, drum machines, and even laptops can likewise be sweetened by the DRS\'s DI.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Easy and Intuitive In The Studio</h3>\nBecause you\'re working with a clean, robust, electronically-balanced input signal, the DRS Mic Preamp/DI makes dialing in your exact sound easy, intuitive and quick. By working the familiar stepped input gain control (up to 70db alone) and the -15dB pad against the variable output fader (which provides an additional 10dB of gain), you can dial in your preferred tones without having to consider an overly complex gain architecture. It\'s all about driving the versatile DSOP-2 output stage to your exacting tastes, whatever they may be in any given moment. Like so many other engineers, you\'ll find yourself reaching for the DRS Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br /><br />'),(8445,85,0,1408,'Phoenix Audio DRS-8 MK2 - Eight Channel Mic Pre Amp / DI'),(8446,85,1,1408,'Phoenix Audio DRS-8 MK2 - Eight Channel Mic Pre Amp / DI'),(8447,76,0,1408,''),(8448,76,1,1408,''),(8449,75,0,1409,'<h1>Phoenix Audio Gyrator-EQ-500</h1>\n<i>500 Series Mono Class A Discrete 4 Band EQ</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio Gyrator-EQ-500 is a smaller, but just a s powerful 500 Series version of Phoenix Audio\'s Gyrator EQ. Gyrator-500-EQ is one of today\'s most unique and musical EQs, allowing an incredible variety of sounds useful for everything from clean high-headroom mix buss tone shaping to deep frequency carving to smooth Class-A circuit saturation. Available either as a mono 500-series module (running at 24v) or coupled to two of our remarkable Class-A Ascent Mic Preamp/DIs in a stereo 1RU unit, the Gyrator EQ is as powerful as it is fun to use.<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio Gyrator-EQ-500 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">4 Bands of Gyrator EQ + High-Pass Filter</span></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>High – 25K (sheen) 15K, 10K, (shelving EQ)</li>\n		<li>Hi Mid – 6K, 3K, 1K6 (Bell curve EQ)</li>\n		<li>Low Mid – 800Hz, 400Hz, 200Hz (Bell curve EQ)</li>\n		<li>Low – 130Hz, 80Hz, 40Hz (shelving EQ)</li>\n		<li>High Pass Filter at 80Hz, 12dB/octave</li>\n	</ul>\n	\n	<li>16dB Cut/Boost Per Band</li>\n	<li>EQ Cut/Boost Levels</li>\n	<li>all EQ bands are stepped/detented to 21 positions for easy recall & stereo operations for mastering or the mix bus.</li>\n	<li>Gyrator-EQ/500 has an overall stepped output level with +15db of additional gain even while the EQ is in bypass, allowing the output fader to be used to drive the output stage & transformer to colour & saturate your sound, again even when the EQ is in bypass. </li>\n	<li>Phoenix Audio\'s Class-A DSOP-2 Output Amplifier with custom-wound transformer.</li>\n	<li>24v built PSU so you can feel the sound of the \'true\' unit and not be limited by the limitions of running at 16v which is the standard Lunchbox voltage.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>4-Bands of Gyration</h3>\nThe Gyrator EQ was first developed during what most consider the golden age of solid-state analog audio design: the 1970s. Originally designed to emulate the characteristics of an active inductor EQ (think Neve, API), the Gyrator EQ uses a rather clever combination of an amplifier, resistors and capacitors to accomplish incredibly smooth and musical frequency modifications. The modern-day Phoenix DRS Gyrator EQ gives you High, High-Mid, Low-Mid and Low frequency bands, each notched to proven frequencies from a shimmering 15kHz on down to a thumping 40Hz. There\'s also a high pass filter at 80Hz, which can eliminate rumble or be used \"against\" low-end boosts for an extra range of unique EQ curves (think: Pultec). Even at extreme boosts and cuts, the Gyrator EQ\'s uniquely musical filters maintain the core quality of your original signal, allowing you to make bold, gut-level EQ moves that won\'t sound harsh, slurred or out of phase. Used more subtly, these four filters are capable of highly coherent tone shaping suitable for full mixes and mastering.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>Driving the Output Circuit for More Tone Shaping</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s renown DSOP-2 output amplifier, with its custom-wound transformer, is able to deliver everything from ultra-clean signals with abundant headroom to fat, fully saturated tones. By driving the output attenuator, one can drive the DSOP-2 output stage for a wide variety of lush, Class-A saturation. Many engineers even use the Gyrator EQ completely flat in order to simply add the musicality of our proprietary amplifier circuits.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>Versatile And Effortless, Day After Day</h3>\nThe Gyrator EQ is a powerfully versatile, high-quality studio tool. Unlike many Class-A EQs that just do \"their thing\" due to inherent distortion characteristics, the  Gyrator EQ keeps the input signal clean, making it possible for the engineer to keep tones transparent or saturate them to taste. Importantly, doing so is effortless and intuitive due to the DRS Gyrator\'s straight-forward design and unerring musicality. Those who own this EQ tell us that it quickly becomes their \"go to EQ\"—used effortlessly every day across a vast variety of instruments, voices and full mixes.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>Sheen Control</h3>\nSheen control adds a beautiful breath and presense  to vocals and instruments which need to come to life, with 16db control this gives great flexibility & power to really boost this or to cut if unwanted HF is present.find yourself reaching for the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br /><br />'),(8450,75,1,1409,'<h1>Phoenix Audio Gyrator-EQ-500</h1>\n<i>500 Series Mono Class A Discrete 4 Band EQ</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio Gyrator-EQ-500 is a smaller, but just a s powerful 500 Series version of Phoenix Audio\'s Gyrator EQ. Gyrator-500-EQ is one of today\'s most unique and musical EQs, allowing an incredible variety of sounds useful for everything from clean high-headroom mix buss tone shaping to deep frequency carving to smooth Class-A circuit saturation. Available either as a mono 500-series module (running at 24v) or coupled to two of our remarkable Class-A Ascent Mic Preamp/DIs in a stereo 1RU unit, the Gyrator EQ is as powerful as it is fun to use.<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio Gyrator-EQ-500 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">4 Bands of Gyrator EQ + High-Pass Filter</span></li>\n	<ul>\n		<li>High – 25K (sheen) 15K, 10K, (shelving EQ)</li>\n		<li>Hi Mid – 6K, 3K, 1K6 (Bell curve EQ)</li>\n		<li>Low Mid – 800Hz, 400Hz, 200Hz (Bell curve EQ)</li>\n		<li>Low – 130Hz, 80Hz, 40Hz (shelving EQ)</li>\n		<li>High Pass Filter at 80Hz, 12dB/octave</li>\n	</ul>\n	\n	<li>16dB Cut/Boost Per Band</li>\n	<li>EQ Cut/Boost Levels</li>\n	<li>all EQ bands are stepped/detented to 21 positions for easy recall & stereo operations for mastering or the mix bus.</li>\n	<li>Gyrator-EQ/500 has an overall stepped output level with +15db of additional gain even while the EQ is in bypass, allowing the output fader to be used to drive the output stage & transformer to colour & saturate your sound, again even when the EQ is in bypass. </li>\n	<li>Phoenix Audio\'s Class-A DSOP-2 Output Amplifier with custom-wound transformer.</li>\n	<li>24v built PSU so you can feel the sound of the \'true\' unit and not be limited by the limitions of running at 16v which is the standard Lunchbox voltage.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>4-Bands of Gyration</h3>\nThe Gyrator EQ was first developed during what most consider the golden age of solid-state analog audio design: the 1970s. Originally designed to emulate the characteristics of an active inductor EQ (think Neve, API), the Gyrator EQ uses a rather clever combination of an amplifier, resistors and capacitors to accomplish incredibly smooth and musical frequency modifications. The modern-day Phoenix DRS Gyrator EQ gives you High, High-Mid, Low-Mid and Low frequency bands, each notched to proven frequencies from a shimmering 15kHz on down to a thumping 40Hz. There\'s also a high pass filter at 80Hz, which can eliminate rumble or be used \"against\" low-end boosts for an extra range of unique EQ curves (think: Pultec). Even at extreme boosts and cuts, the Gyrator EQ\'s uniquely musical filters maintain the core quality of your original signal, allowing you to make bold, gut-level EQ moves that won\'t sound harsh, slurred or out of phase. Used more subtly, these four filters are capable of highly coherent tone shaping suitable for full mixes and mastering.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>Driving the Output Circuit for More Tone Shaping</h3>\nPhoenix Audio\'s renown DSOP-2 output amplifier, with its custom-wound transformer, is able to deliver everything from ultra-clean signals with abundant headroom to fat, fully saturated tones. By driving the output attenuator, one can drive the DSOP-2 output stage for a wide variety of lush, Class-A saturation. Many engineers even use the Gyrator EQ completely flat in order to simply add the musicality of our proprietary amplifier circuits.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>Versatile And Effortless, Day After Day</h3>\nThe Gyrator EQ is a powerfully versatile, high-quality studio tool. Unlike many Class-A EQs that just do \"their thing\" due to inherent distortion characteristics, the  Gyrator EQ keeps the input signal clean, making it possible for the engineer to keep tones transparent or saturate them to taste. Importantly, doing so is effortless and intuitive due to the DRS Gyrator\'s straight-forward design and unerring musicality. Those who own this EQ tell us that it quickly becomes their \"go to EQ\"—used effortlessly every day across a vast variety of instruments, voices and full mixes.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h3>Sheen Control</h3>\nSheen control adds a beautiful breath and presense  to vocals and instruments which need to come to life, with 16db control this gives great flexibility & power to really boost this or to cut if unwanted HF is present.find yourself reaching for the Ascent Mic Preamp/DI over and over again to reliably deliver a vast array of outstanding sounds for any instrument or voice you\'re recording.\n<br /><br />'),(8451,85,0,1409,'Phoenix Audio Gyrator-EQ-500 500 Series Mono Class A Discrete 4 Band EQ'),(8452,85,1,1409,'Phoenix Audio Gyrator-EQ-500 500 Series Mono Class A Discrete 4 Band EQ'),(8453,76,0,1409,''),(8454,76,1,1409,''),(8455,75,0,1410,'<h1>Phoenix Audio N-8 DI 8 Channel DI</h1>\n<i>The Phoenix Audio “N-8 DI” is a high-quality, active, 8 channel DI, with Class A, discrete, high-impedance inputs (10M), and Class A, discrete, transformer balanced outputs.</i>\n<br/>\n<br/>\nThe Phoenix Audio N-8 DI is an 8 channel DI built around a fully discrete Class-A circuit design, all hand-wired with military-grade silver connections into a rugged and portable steel box. Phoenix\'s transformerless, ultra-high impedance (10Mohm) input stage assures that your signals are delivered into the circuit in their full glory. No treble roll off, or sluggish bass response as is rampant with so many DIs. Instead, you\'ll hear the full-bodied, punchy sounds necessary for delivering the powerful, often bombastic and complex, signals of modern music. Guitars and basses will sing; lush synths will swarm; hard-hitting drum machines will thump and crack—each sound rendered with its transients and full frequency spectrum in tact.<br/><br/>\n\n<h3>Versatile Transformer-Balanced Output</h3>\nThe output stage of the Nice DIs uses Phoenix Audio\'s renown DSOP-2, an all discrete output amp based on head-designer Dave Rees\'s infamous TF1 amp (which he developed for use in vintage Neve modules). With its custom-wound DB694 transformer and enormous headroom, the DSOP-2 can be driven to taste. Deliver more gain to achieve a beautifully saturated sound, back off for a cleaner, hi-fi sound, or choose any flavor in-between. And because these DIs can accept unbalanced line level or levels up to 0db you can use the N8, for example, anywhere a line-amp is necessary: along side your console, in a live setting, or simply in any patch to pick up that Class-A tone. With an easily recalled stepped gain control on every channel, dialing in your exact sound is a breeze. You\'ll find these to be the most musical, intuitive and versatile DIs you\'ve ever used, capable of breathing new life into any direct injected signal.\n<br/><br/>\n\n<h3>Phoenix Audio N-8 DI Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li></li>\n	<li>8 Channels of Class A active DI</li>\n	<li>1U chassis & lockable external PSU</li>\n	<li>Jack & through jack on every channel</li>\n	<li>8 channel Main outputs on D-sub</li>\n	<li>8 channel Monitor outputs on D-sub</li>\n	<li>15db pad on every channel</li>\n	<li>Phase reverse on every channel</li>\n	<li>Individual ground earth lift switch on every channel</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>'),(8456,75,1,1410,'<h1>Phoenix Audio N-8 DI 8 Channel DI</h1>\n<i>The Phoenix Audio “N-8 DI” is a high-quality, active, 8 channel DI, with Class A, discrete, high-impedance inputs (10M), and Class A, discrete, transformer balanced outputs.</i>\n<br/>\n<br/>\nThe Phoenix Audio N-8 DI is an 8 channel DI built around a fully discrete Class-A circuit design, all hand-wired with military-grade silver connections into a rugged and portable steel box. Phoenix\'s transformerless, ultra-high impedance (10Mohm) input stage assures that your signals are delivered into the circuit in their full glory. No treble roll off, or sluggish bass response as is rampant with so many DIs. Instead, you\'ll hear the full-bodied, punchy sounds necessary for delivering the powerful, often bombastic and complex, signals of modern music. Guitars and basses will sing; lush synths will swarm; hard-hitting drum machines will thump and crack—each sound rendered with its transients and full frequency spectrum in tact.<br/><br/>\n\n<h3>Versatile Transformer-Balanced Output</h3>\nThe output stage of the Nice DIs uses Phoenix Audio\'s renown DSOP-2, an all discrete output amp based on head-designer Dave Rees\'s infamous TF1 amp (which he developed for use in vintage Neve modules). With its custom-wound DB694 transformer and enormous headroom, the DSOP-2 can be driven to taste. Deliver more gain to achieve a beautifully saturated sound, back off for a cleaner, hi-fi sound, or choose any flavor in-between. And because these DIs can accept unbalanced line level or levels up to 0db you can use the N8, for example, anywhere a line-amp is necessary: along side your console, in a live setting, or simply in any patch to pick up that Class-A tone. With an easily recalled stepped gain control on every channel, dialing in your exact sound is a breeze. You\'ll find these to be the most musical, intuitive and versatile DIs you\'ve ever used, capable of breathing new life into any direct injected signal.\n<br/><br/>\n\n<h3>Phoenix Audio N-8 DI Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li></li>\n	<li>8 Channels of Class A active DI</li>\n	<li>1U chassis & lockable external PSU</li>\n	<li>Jack & through jack on every channel</li>\n	<li>8 channel Main outputs on D-sub</li>\n	<li>8 channel Monitor outputs on D-sub</li>\n	<li>15db pad on every channel</li>\n	<li>Phase reverse on every channel</li>\n	<li>Individual ground earth lift switch on every channel</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>'),(8457,85,0,1410,'Phoenix Audio Ascent Two Stereo Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI'),(8458,85,1,1410,'Phoenix Audio Ascent Two Stereo Class A Microphone Pre-Amplifier / DI'),(8459,76,0,1410,''),(8460,76,1,1410,''),(8461,75,0,1411,'<h1>Phoenix Audio NICE DI - Class A Stereo DI Preamp</h1>\n\nThe Phoenix Audio “Nice DI” is a high-quality, active, Stereo DI, with Class A, discrete, high-impedance inputs (10M), and Class A, discrete, transformer balanced outputs. The Phoenix Audio Class A, all discrete, Stereo DI has been tested and used by many professionals in studio recording environments. And the comments are always the same…”This is the definitive DI!!!”. The DI’s characteristics are very noticeable on any input source, and is superb for “sweetening” the output from DAW or any other signal source. The overdrive is fantastic, the guitar sounds clean, clear, and un-restrained.  The result is a brighter, clearer sound. A transformation of your instrument. And a STEREO unit for the price of many mono units.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-size: 24px; font-weight: bold;\">NICE DI Features:</span><ul><li>Phoenix\'s famous Class A, discrete, transformerless input stage, offering ultra-high impedance (10Mohm) inputs</li><li>Our proven and loved Class A, discrete DSOP-2 output with custom-wound  DB694 transformer</li><li>Output pots for each channel with huge gain range</li><li>Outputs XLR on rear panel</li><li>Outputs 1/4″ jack (TS) input on the rear panel</li><li>Inputs: 1/4″ jack (TS) input on the front panel</li><li>Inputs: 1/4″ jack (TS) through on the front panel</li></ul><h3><br />Pure Class-A Tone at Input</h3><div>The Nice DIs are built around a fully discrete Class-A circuit design, all hand-wired with military-grade silver connections into rugged and portable steel boxes. The transformerless, electronically balanced, ultra-high impedance (10Mohm) input stage assures that your signals are delivered into the circuit in their full glory. No treble roll off, or sluggish bass response as is rampant with so many DIs. Instead, you\'ll hear the full-bodied, punchy sounds necessary for delivering the powerful, often bombastic and complex, signals of modern music. Guitars and basses will sing; lush synths will swarm; hard-hitting drum machines will thump and crack—each sound rendered with its transients and full frequency spectrum in tact.</div><div><br /></div><h3>Versatile Transformer-Balanced Output</h3><div>The output stage of the Nice DIs uses Phoenix Audio\'s renown DSOP-2, an all discrete output amp based on head-designer Dave Rees\'s infamous TF1 amp (which he developed for use in vintage Neve modules). With its custom-wound DB694 transformer and enormous headroom, the DSOP-2 can be driven to taste. Deliver more gain to achieve a beautifully saturated sound, back off for a cleaner, hi-fi sound, or choose any flavor in-between. And because these DIs can accept line level, you can use the N8, for example, anywhere a line-amp is necessary: along side your console, in a live setting, or simply in any patch to pick up that Class-A tone. With an easily recalled stepped gain control on every channel, dialing in your exact sound is a breeze. You\'ll find these to be the most musical, intuitive and versatile DIs you\'ve ever used, capable of breathing new life into any direct injected signal.</div>'),(8462,75,1,1411,'<h1>Phoenix Audio NICE DI - Class A Stereo DI Preamp</h1>\n\nThe Phoenix Audio “Nice DI” is a high-quality, active, Stereo DI, with Class A, discrete, high-impedance inputs (10M), and Class A, discrete, transformer balanced outputs. The Phoenix Audio Class A, all discrete, Stereo DI has been tested and used by many professionals in studio recording environments. And the comments are always the same…”This is the definitive DI!!!”. The DI’s characteristics are very noticeable on any input source, and is superb for “sweetening” the output from DAW or any other signal source. The overdrive is fantastic, the guitar sounds clean, clear, and un-restrained.  The result is a brighter, clearer sound. A transformation of your instrument. And a STEREO unit for the price of many mono units.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial; color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-size: 24px; font-weight: bold;\">NICE DI Features:</span><ul><li>Phoenix\'s famous Class A, discrete, transformerless input stage, offering ultra-high impedance (10Mohm) inputs</li><li>Our proven and loved Class A, discrete DSOP-2 output with custom-wound  DB694 transformer</li><li>Output pots for each channel with huge gain range</li><li>Outputs XLR on rear panel</li><li>Outputs 1/4″ jack (TS) input on the rear panel</li><li>Inputs: 1/4″ jack (TS) input on the front panel</li><li>Inputs: 1/4″ jack (TS) through on the front panel</li></ul><h3><br />Pure Class-A Tone at Input</h3><div>The Nice DIs are built around a fully discrete Class-A circuit design, all hand-wired with military-grade silver connections into rugged and portable steel boxes. The transformerless, electronically balanced, ultra-high impedance (10Mohm) input stage assures that your signals are delivered into the circuit in their full glory. No treble roll off, or sluggish bass response as is rampant with so many DIs. Instead, you\'ll hear the full-bodied, punchy sounds necessary for delivering the powerful, often bombastic and complex, signals of modern music. Guitars and basses will sing; lush synths will swarm; hard-hitting drum machines will thump and crack—each sound rendered with its transients and full frequency spectrum in tact.</div><div><br /></div><h3>Versatile Transformer-Balanced Output</h3><div>The output stage of the Nice DIs uses Phoenix Audio\'s renown DSOP-2, an all discrete output amp based on head-designer Dave Rees\'s infamous TF1 amp (which he developed for use in vintage Neve modules). With its custom-wound DB694 transformer and enormous headroom, the DSOP-2 can be driven to taste. Deliver more gain to achieve a beautifully saturated sound, back off for a cleaner, hi-fi sound, or choose any flavor in-between. And because these DIs can accept line level, you can use the N8, for example, anywhere a line-amp is necessary: along side your console, in a live setting, or simply in any patch to pick up that Class-A tone. With an easily recalled stepped gain control on every channel, dialing in your exact sound is a breeze. You\'ll find these to be the most musical, intuitive and versatile DIs you\'ve ever used, capable of breathing new life into any direct injected signal.</div>'),(8463,85,0,1411,'Phoenix Audio NICE DI - Class A Stereo DI Preamp'),(8464,85,1,1411,'Phoenix Audio NICE DI - Class A Stereo DI Preamp'),(8465,76,0,1411,''),(8466,76,1,1411,''),(8467,75,0,1412,'<h1>Phoenix Audio Nicerizer 16 MK2</h1>\n<i>16 Channel Class A DAW Summing Mixer</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio Nicerizer 16 MK2  is a 16-channel  fully Class A Summing Mixer that was originally designed to “sweeten” the output from pro-tools and other DAWs, and to make the final mix easier to distribute and handle. The Nicerizer 16 is designed to take the output out of the digital realm, and to add the Class A characteristics and feel before the final recording. The “Nicerizer 16” uses Phoneix Audio\'s well proven and loved Class A output stage, and also has their latest breakthrough in transformerless Class A, Discrete Line Input Technology. The Nicerizer 16 is a 2U 19″ rack mountable 16 – 2 Summing Mixer, that can be stacked and linked in any multiple and various configurations to give high quality, line-level, Class A, discrete buffering, summing and mixing.<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio Nicerizer 16 MK2 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">16 channels of Class A, discrete, truly balanced transformerless input stage.</span></li>\n	<li>Proven and loved Class A, discrete, transformer balanced output stage (DSOP-2).</li>\n	<li>Phoenix custom wired transformers on both outputs.</li>\n	<li>Individual detented pan control for each channel (16 x Pan pots)</li>\n	<li>16 x Balanced Input XLR’s. Can accept balanced or unbalanced input with no -6dB loss.</li>\n	<li>2 x mix busses (Stereo Mix Bus)</li>\n	<li>1/4″ TRS unbalanced Insert sends on Busses (L + R Bus Insert points)</li>\n	<li>+8dB Boost button on each channel.</li>\n	<li>Master mix bus output level control.</li>\n	<li>Stereo LED level monitoring.</li>\n	<li>Switchable for each channel and Main Output</li>\n	<li>Stereo/mono External/Headphone monitoring Output. Switchable to each channel, external input (via 2T Return), Auxiliary and Main output, includes monitoring of the mix bus. (L, R, and Stereo)</li>\n	<li>Main Outputs on Balanced XLR’s</li>\n	<li>1/4″ TRS unbalanced Jacks for Auxillary outputs with front panel level control</li>\n	<li>2 Track stereo mono inputs on 1/4″ TRS balanced Jacks</li>\n	<li>Class A Stereo Width control with Loss-less Bass. Pannable from mono through to +25% Wider + Width control Bypass switch.</li>\n	<li>Maximum Output Level of +26dB.</li>\n	<li>Huge headroom available on all channels.</li>\n	<li>All units are wired with PTFE silver plated military grade cable</li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>A Summing Mixer without an Amplifier</h3>\nThe distinction between a stereo mixer and a summing amplifier is important when considering your hybrid analog/digital rig. In essence, a mixer incorporates a fuller range of features. The Nicerizer is decidedly a mixer, pulling crucial elements such as circuit overdrive and panning back into the analog realm where they truly outperform their digital emulations. Phoenix\'s dented pan-pots are unmatched for both precision stereo placement and ease of recall, and they are a key ingredient the huge, open sound of the Nicerizer.<br /><br />\n\n \n\n<h3>Driving a Versatile, Class-A Input Circuit</h3>\nWith the Nicerizer, Phoenix takes a modern approach to Class-A circuit design. Their unique transformerless input stage delivers the full frequency spectrum with unrivaled clarity and punch. Transformers slow things down, which can be great in some cases, but if you’re stuck with transformers, then you’re stuck with slower transients (slew-rates), limiting the range of tonalities. The Nicerizer\'s electronically balanced input stage can be driven modestly for ultra-clear hi-fi sound, or you can engage a +8db switch on any channel individually to drive the circuit for a fatter, more saturated sound that only Discrete Class-A buffer amps can deliver.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nOnce mixed, the stereo signal hits a pair of our custom-wound DB694 output transformer, which are coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is the result of Phoenix\'s head-designer David Rees’ forward-thinking solutions for upgrading vintage Neve consoles. Improve on Neve? Indeed, the DSOP-2 represents the pinnacle of Class-A output circuits, offering a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones.\n<br /><br />'),(8468,75,1,1412,'<h1>Phoenix Audio Nicerizer 16 MK2</h1>\n<i>16 Channel Class A DAW Summing Mixer</i><br /><br />\nThe Phoenix Audio Nicerizer 16 MK2  is a 16-channel  fully Class A Summing Mixer that was originally designed to “sweeten” the output from pro-tools and other DAWs, and to make the final mix easier to distribute and handle. The Nicerizer 16 is designed to take the output out of the digital realm, and to add the Class A characteristics and feel before the final recording. The “Nicerizer 16” uses Phoneix Audio\'s well proven and loved Class A output stage, and also has their latest breakthrough in transformerless Class A, Discrete Line Input Technology. The Nicerizer 16 is a 2U 19″ rack mountable 16 – 2 Summing Mixer, that can be stacked and linked in any multiple and various configurations to give high quality, line-level, Class A, discrete buffering, summing and mixing.<br /><br />\n<h3>Phoenix Audio Nicerizer 16 MK2 Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">16 channels of Class A, discrete, truly balanced transformerless input stage.</span></li>\n	<li>Proven and loved Class A, discrete, transformer balanced output stage (DSOP-2).</li>\n	<li>Phoenix custom wired transformers on both outputs.</li>\n	<li>Individual detented pan control for each channel (16 x Pan pots)</li>\n	<li>16 x Balanced Input XLR’s. Can accept balanced or unbalanced input with no -6dB loss.</li>\n	<li>2 x mix busses (Stereo Mix Bus)</li>\n	<li>1/4″ TRS unbalanced Insert sends on Busses (L + R Bus Insert points)</li>\n	<li>+8dB Boost button on each channel.</li>\n	<li>Master mix bus output level control.</li>\n	<li>Stereo LED level monitoring.</li>\n	<li>Switchable for each channel and Main Output</li>\n	<li>Stereo/mono External/Headphone monitoring Output. Switchable to each channel, external input (via 2T Return), Auxiliary and Main output, includes monitoring of the mix bus. (L, R, and Stereo)</li>\n	<li>Main Outputs on Balanced XLR’s</li>\n	<li>1/4″ TRS unbalanced Jacks for Auxillary outputs with front panel level control</li>\n	<li>2 Track stereo mono inputs on 1/4″ TRS balanced Jacks</li>\n	<li>Class A Stereo Width control with Loss-less Bass. Pannable from mono through to +25% Wider + Width control Bypass switch.</li>\n	<li>Maximum Output Level of +26dB.</li>\n	<li>Huge headroom available on all channels.</li>\n	<li>All units are wired with PTFE silver plated military grade cable</li>\n	\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>A Summing Mixer without an Amplifier</h3>\nThe distinction between a stereo mixer and a summing amplifier is important when considering your hybrid analog/digital rig. In essence, a mixer incorporates a fuller range of features. The Nicerizer is decidedly a mixer, pulling crucial elements such as circuit overdrive and panning back into the analog realm where they truly outperform their digital emulations. Phoenix\'s dented pan-pots are unmatched for both precision stereo placement and ease of recall, and they are a key ingredient the huge, open sound of the Nicerizer.<br /><br />\n\n \n\n<h3>Driving a Versatile, Class-A Input Circuit</h3>\nWith the Nicerizer, Phoenix takes a modern approach to Class-A circuit design. Their unique transformerless input stage delivers the full frequency spectrum with unrivaled clarity and punch. Transformers slow things down, which can be great in some cases, but if you’re stuck with transformers, then you’re stuck with slower transients (slew-rates), limiting the range of tonalities. The Nicerizer\'s electronically balanced input stage can be driven modestly for ultra-clear hi-fi sound, or you can engage a +8db switch on any channel individually to drive the circuit for a fatter, more saturated sound that only Discrete Class-A buffer amps can deliver.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Legendary Transformer-Balanced Output Stage</h3>\nOnce mixed, the stereo signal hits a pair of our custom-wound DB694 output transformer, which are coupled to Phoenix\'s proprietary, fully discrete DSOP-2 output amplifier. The DSOP-2 is the result of Phoenix\'s head-designer David Rees’ forward-thinking solutions for upgrading vintage Neve consoles. Improve on Neve? Indeed, the DSOP-2 represents the pinnacle of Class-A output circuits, offering a smooth transition from ultra-clean to beautifully saturated tones.\n<br /><br />'),(8469,85,0,1412,'Phoenix Audio Nicerizer 16 MK2'),(8470,85,1,1412,'Phoenix Audio Nicerizer 16 MK2'),(8471,76,0,1412,''),(8472,76,1,1412,''),(8473,75,0,1413,'<h3>Peluso P-28 Pencil Tube Condensor Microphone</h3>\nThe Peluso P-28 is a fixed cardioid small diaphragm tube condenser microphone inspired by the legendary pencil vacuum tube microphones by AKG and Neumann. It has an extremely low noise floor for modern digital recording. Featuring a warm rich tone, capturing the low frequency detail and high frequency air of the classics. Beautiful on acoustic guitar, drum overheads, piano, voice and more. \n\nThe P-28 features our heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.\n\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.\nOmni-directional capsules available upon special request.\n\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: P-28 Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.'),(8474,75,1,1413,'<h3>Peluso P-28 Pencil Tube Condensor Microphone</h3>\nThe Peluso P-28 is a fixed cardioid small diaphragm tube condenser microphone inspired by the legendary pencil vacuum tube microphones by AKG and Neumann. It has an extremely low noise floor for modern digital recording. Featuring a warm rich tone, capturing the low frequency detail and high frequency air of the classics. Beautiful on acoustic guitar, drum overheads, piano, voice and more. \n\nThe P-28 features our heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.\n\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.\nOmni-directional capsules available upon special request.\n\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: P-28 Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.'),(8475,85,0,1413,'Peluso P-28 Pencil Tube Condensor Microphone'),(8476,85,1,1413,'Peluso P-28 Pencil Tube Condensor Microphone'),(8477,76,0,1413,''),(8478,76,1,1413,''),(8479,75,0,1414,'<h3>Peluso P-67 Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\nThe Peluso P-67 is styled after the vintage Neumann U-67. Produced from 1960 to 1971 the legendary U-67 is a key part of the classic sound of albums of the late 60s and early 70s. The shape of the dual mesh head grille and glass EF style pentode vacuum tube are part of what enables the P-67 to very accurately achieve the sonic qualities of a U-67. The P-67\'s capsule has dual 34 mm gold-sputtered diaphragms. The P-67 features two switches on the microphone body. A low frequency roll-off switch decreases the low-end gain and can counter the proximity effect of close range vocals. A -10dB pad switch for lower gain can be used with close range brass, guitar cabinets, drums or other high level sources. The P-67 is a highly functional and versatile microphone. Professional engineers know the \"67\", ask anyone.\n\nThe P-67 is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the P-67 enables the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.\n\nThe P-67 features our heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.\n\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: P-67 Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.'),(8480,75,1,1414,'<h3>Peluso P-67 Vacuum Tube Microphone</h3>\nThe Peluso P-67 is styled after the vintage Neumann U-67. Produced from 1960 to 1971 the legendary U-67 is a key part of the classic sound of albums of the late 60s and early 70s. The shape of the dual mesh head grille and glass EF style pentode vacuum tube are part of what enables the P-67 to very accurately achieve the sonic qualities of a U-67. The P-67\'s capsule has dual 34 mm gold-sputtered diaphragms. The P-67 features two switches on the microphone body. A low frequency roll-off switch decreases the low-end gain and can counter the proximity effect of close range vocals. A -10dB pad switch for lower gain can be used with close range brass, guitar cabinets, drums or other high level sources. The P-67 is a highly functional and versatile microphone. Professional engineers know the \"67\", ask anyone.\n\nThe P-67 is paired with the Peluso MX-56 power supply. The dual sided capsule in the P-67 enables the power supply to feature 9 polar patterns in an array from omni-directional to cardioid to figure eight.\n\nThe P-67 features our heavy-duty 8-pin screw on cable connector. The large diameter pins in the screw on connector give a tight and secure cable connection designed to perform for a lifetime of use.\nAcoustically matched pairs available upon special request.\n\nMicrophone kit comes as a complete system including: P-67 Microphone in a Wood Box, Power Supply, New-style 8-Pin Screw on Cable Assembly, and a Shock Mount all packed in a Flight Case.'),(8481,85,0,1414,'Peluso P-67 Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8482,85,1,1414,'Peluso P-67 Vacuum Tube Microphone'),(8483,76,0,1414,''),(8484,76,1,1414,''),(8485,75,0,1415,'<h3>Peluso R 14 Ribbon Microphone</h3>\nThe Peluso R 14 Ribbon Microphone is a passive ribbon microphone. Our R-14 employs a thin corrugated aluminum ribbon tensioned between two rare earth neodymium magnets. It uses the long-ribbon geometry of classic ribbon microphones of the 1930s. The R 14 sound is rich, warm, and silky smooth with generous low end, and is known to take EQ very nicely. The natural sound of the R 14 Ribbon Microphone is the perfect complement to the condensers in your microphone collection. \nRemember never blow into a ribbon microphone!\n\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: R 14 Microphone in a Wood Box, and a Shock Mount.'),(8486,75,1,1415,'<h3>Peluso R 14 Ribbon Microphone</h3>\nThe Peluso R 14 Ribbon Microphone is a passive ribbon microphone. Our R-14 employs a thin corrugated aluminum ribbon tensioned between two rare earth neodymium magnets. It uses the long-ribbon geometry of classic ribbon microphones of the 1930s. The R 14 sound is rich, warm, and silky smooth with generous low end, and is known to take EQ very nicely. The natural sound of the R 14 Ribbon Microphone is the perfect complement to the condensers in your microphone collection. \nRemember never blow into a ribbon microphone!\n\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: R 14 Microphone in a Wood Box, and a Shock Mount.'),(8487,85,0,1415,'Peluso R 14 Ribbon Microphone'),(8488,85,1,1415,'Peluso R 14 Ribbon Microphone'),(8489,76,0,1415,''),(8490,76,1,1415,''),(8491,75,0,1416,'<h3>Peluso SR 14 Stereo Ribbon Microphone</h3>\n<br /><i><inline style=\"font-size: 24px;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 20px;\">The SR 14 is a stereo version of the R 14 passive ribbon microphone. <br /></inline></inline></i><br />The SR 14 employs a fixed lower head and upper head with a 90° swivel. It comes with a stereo matrix allowing three channel stereo mode or AB mode. The SR 14 sound is rich, warm, and silky smooth with generous low end, and known to take EQ very nicely. With its stunning phase accuracy, the natural sound of the SR 14 stereo ribbon is the perfect complement to the condensers in your microphone collection.\nRemember never blow into a ribbon microphone!\n\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: SR 14 Microphone in a Wood Box, Shock Mount, Stereo Matrix, and 7-Pin Cable all packed in a Flight Case.'),(8492,75,1,1416,'<h3>Peluso SR 14 Stereo Ribbon Microphone</h3>\n<br /><i><inline style=\"font-size: 24px;\"><inline style=\"font-size: 20px;\">The SR 14 is a stereo version of the R 14 passive ribbon microphone. <br /></inline></inline></i><br />The SR 14 employs a fixed lower head and upper head with a 90° swivel. It comes with a stereo matrix allowing three channel stereo mode or AB mode. The SR 14 sound is rich, warm, and silky smooth with generous low end, and known to take EQ very nicely. With its stunning phase accuracy, the natural sound of the SR 14 stereo ribbon is the perfect complement to the condensers in your microphone collection.\nRemember never blow into a ribbon microphone!\n\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: SR 14 Microphone in a Wood Box, Shock Mount, Stereo Matrix, and 7-Pin Cable all packed in a Flight Case.'),(8493,85,0,1416,'Peluso SR 14 Stereo Ribbon Microphone'),(8494,85,1,1416,'Peluso SR 14 Stereo Ribbon Microphone'),(8495,76,0,1416,''),(8496,76,1,1416,''),(8497,75,0,1417,'<h3>Peluso TR 14 Vacuum Tube Ribbon Microphone</h3><i><inline style=\"font-size: 20px;\">The R 14 Ribbon Microphone pairs the classic design with a tube gain stage. \n</inline></i><br /><br />This  Peluso TR 14 Tube Ribbon Microphone\'s unique design allows the TR 14 to handle low-level sources and long cable runs transparently and without the need for high gain pre amps. The TR 14 provides enhanced gain and added harmonic complexity to the rich, warm, and silky smooth sound of a ribbon microphone. The unique sound of the TR 14 Ribbon is the perfect complement to the condensers in your microphone collection. \nRemember never blow into a ribbon microphone!\n\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: TR 14 Microphone in a Wood Box, Shock Mount, Power Supply, and 7-Pin Cable all packed in a Flight Case.'),(8498,75,1,1417,'<h3>Peluso TR 14 Vacuum Tube Ribbon Microphone</h3><i><inline style=\"font-size: 20px;\">The R 14 Ribbon Microphone pairs the classic design with a tube gain stage. \n</inline></i><br /><br />This  Peluso TR 14 Tube Ribbon Microphone\'s unique design allows the TR 14 to handle low-level sources and long cable runs transparently and without the need for high gain pre amps. The TR 14 provides enhanced gain and added harmonic complexity to the rich, warm, and silky smooth sound of a ribbon microphone. The unique sound of the TR 14 Ribbon is the perfect complement to the condensers in your microphone collection. \nRemember never blow into a ribbon microphone!\n\nThe microphone comes as a complete system including: TR 14 Microphone in a Wood Box, Shock Mount, Power Supply, and 7-Pin Cable all packed in a Flight Case.'),(8499,85,0,1417,'Peluso TR 14 Vacuum Tube Ribbon Microphone'),(8500,85,1,1417,'Peluso TR 14 Vacuum Tube Ribbon Microphone'),(8501,76,0,1417,''),(8502,76,1,1417,''),(8503,75,0,1418,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers BB6-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\n<i>The BB6 is the next generation of PMC\'s historic line of studio monitors, featuring the clarity and range you expect with even more power and improved performance.</i><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> BB6-A Active Studio Monitors build upon the unique heritage and 25-year success of PMC’s BB5. The BB6 features the same wide dynamic range and frequency response, 15-inch Radial™ bass driver, unwavering tonal consistency at all output levels and high maximum SPL (up to 128dB) of its predecessor, but also adds the additional power and flexibility of PMC’s proprietary Class-D amplification and DSP control. Flat down to a truly profound 17Hz and extending to beyond the limits of human hearing at 25kHz, the BB6-A may be used in larger recording, mixing, mastering or outside broadcast applications, and is equally at home in a tower configuration or mounted in soffits — although soffit-mounting is not essential, as the ATL™ bass response is sufficient without the LF gain achieved by soffit-mounting.<br /><br />\nYou won\'t be needing a dedicated subwoofer, as the BB6-A cabinets already cover the 20-60Hz sub-bass frequency range with ease. But, if you did want that extra bass, and sub-bass frequency, you can take a look at the BB6 XBD-A with the PMC Extended Bass Cabinet.<br /><br />\n<h3>BB6 Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor</li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 17Hz-25kHz</li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 3225W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF 2400W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 4 metres</li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 128dB </li><li>Optional steel stands available</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nPMC’s unique ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) enclosures have taken loudspeaker design to the highest level, using sophisticated cabinet construction, proprietary drive units, and patented absorption materials and techniques. The benefits are enormous compared to the relatively simple sealed and ported designs currently available elsewhere.\n<br /><br />\nPMC’s innovative approach places the bass driver near one end of a long cavity ATL™ (the Advanced Transmission Line). This cavity is heavily damped with acoustic material specified carefully to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the large frontal vent in the same polarity as the driver’s direct radiation, the vent acting essentially as a second bass driver. An important benefit of the approach is that the air pressure inside the cabinet, which loads the bass driver, remains consistent. This helps to maintain control of the driver over a wide frequency range and significantly reduces LF distortion. Consequently, the upper bass and mid-range detail is not masked by harmonic distortion and the result is PMC’s characteristically transparent mid-range, fast, dynamic bass, and outstanding clarity.<br /><br />\nA further advantage of the ATL™ design approach is greater bass extension and higher SPL capability compared to typical ported or sealed designs of a similar size and driver specification. Moreover, the very consistent bass driver loading brings the welcome benefit that the frequency response remains consistent regardless of listening level, and analytical auditioning can be conducted without the need for high replay volumes to achieve an optimal bass response. This tonal consistancy at all output levels is a unique and very valuable characteristic of PMC’s Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Silent Cabinet</h3>\nThe highly engineered BB6 cabinets play an integral role in the overall superb performance of the loudspeakers. Aside from incorporating the Advanced Transmission Line itself, the enclosure has to be of a high standard to eradicate colouration and audible cabinet talk. Highly braced, resonance-damped Medite® is used with offset HF and MF drivers, radiused edges and acoustically absorbent StealthBaffles™ at the boundaries, as deployed in the QB1-A design, to minimise edge diffraction effects. These details were formulated with the aid of pioneering acoustic research and measurements undertaken by PMC in anechoic environments at the UK’s National Physical Laboratory, using opto-acoustic laser interferometry to map the soundfield and acoustic dispersion.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Sublime Highs and Mids</h3>\nThe BB6 features PMC’s hand-built, precision matched 34mm soft-dome HF driver and legendary 75mm fabric soft-dome mid-range driver, renowned for their natural, transparent sound and ultra-low distortion. The perforated acoustic lens on the high-frequency driver extends the treble response to well beyond the upper limit of human hearing, and controls dispersion to ensure close integration with the mid-range; the output of both drivers is meticulously combined to create an ultra-wide, stable image and entirely natural in-room response.\n<br /><br />\nWhen designing the 75mm soft-dome, PMC’s aim was to create a driver capable of reproducing vocals, in particular, with unparallelled authenticity and transparency — but to high SPLs when required. Each handcrafted unit takes seven days to produce, and has to pass exceptionally tight matching and testing criteria. The result is an extremely clean, neutral and natural sounding mid-range driver, which means it can be used for long periods without inducing fatigue.<br /><br />\n<h3>Deep and Meaningful Bass</h3>\nHigh-performance bass drivers present serious engineering challenges. The power requirements, especially at higher SPLs, produce a rapid build-up of heat in poor designs. Heat is itself damaging to performance, causing power compression effects: rapid loss of efficiency, lower output levels and higher distortion. The Radial™ drivers employed in the PMC BB6 and BB6 are uniquely specified to drive ATL™ loudspeakers, using PMC’s own ultra-rigid, low-mass cone in a custom-built Radial basket. Not only is the chassis carefully constructed to conduct heat away from the driver’s voice coil, the design also vents hot air through the back of the driver assembly. In this way, heat is efficiently dissipated even when the speakers are operating at high level, ensuring that distortion is negligible, reliability stays high, and frequency response and performance remain consistent at all output levels — irrespective of how long the speakers have been in use.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>The BB6-A is the next generation of PMC Main Monitors featuring their patented ATL technology and more powerful amplification. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today to schedule a demonstration and hear these PMC speakers for yourself.</h3>'),(8504,75,1,1418,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers BB6-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\n<i>The BB6 is the next generation of PMC\'s historic line of studio monitors, featuring the clarity and range you expect with even more power and improved performance.</i><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> BB6-A Active Studio Monitors build upon the unique heritage and 25-year success of PMC’s BB5. The BB6 features the same wide dynamic range and frequency response, 15-inch Radial™ bass driver, unwavering tonal consistency at all output levels and high maximum SPL (up to 128dB) of its predecessor, but also adds the additional power and flexibility of PMC’s proprietary Class-D amplification and DSP control. Flat down to a truly profound 17Hz and extending to beyond the limits of human hearing at 25kHz, the BB6-A may be used in larger recording, mixing, mastering or outside broadcast applications, and is equally at home in a tower configuration or mounted in soffits — although soffit-mounting is not essential, as the ATL™ bass response is sufficient without the LF gain achieved by soffit-mounting.<br /><br />\nYou won\'t be needing a dedicated subwoofer, as the BB6-A cabinets already cover the 20-60Hz sub-bass frequency range with ease. But, if you did want that extra bass, and sub-bass frequency, you can take a look at the BB6 XBD-A with the PMC Extended Bass Cabinet.<br /><br />\n<h3>BB6 Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor</li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 17Hz-25kHz</li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 3225W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF 2400W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 4 metres</li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 128dB </li><li>Optional steel stands available</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nPMC’s unique ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) enclosures have taken loudspeaker design to the highest level, using sophisticated cabinet construction, proprietary drive units, and patented absorption materials and techniques. The benefits are enormous compared to the relatively simple sealed and ported designs currently available elsewhere.\n<br /><br />\nPMC’s innovative approach places the bass driver near one end of a long cavity ATL™ (the Advanced Transmission Line). This cavity is heavily damped with acoustic material specified carefully to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the large frontal vent in the same polarity as the driver’s direct radiation, the vent acting essentially as a second bass driver. An important benefit of the approach is that the air pressure inside the cabinet, which loads the bass driver, remains consistent. This helps to maintain control of the driver over a wide frequency range and significantly reduces LF distortion. Consequently, the upper bass and mid-range detail is not masked by harmonic distortion and the result is PMC’s characteristically transparent mid-range, fast, dynamic bass, and outstanding clarity.<br /><br />\nA further advantage of the ATL™ design approach is greater bass extension and higher SPL capability compared to typical ported or sealed designs of a similar size and driver specification. Moreover, the very consistent bass driver loading brings the welcome benefit that the frequency response remains consistent regardless of listening level, and analytical auditioning can be conducted without the need for high replay volumes to achieve an optimal bass response. This tonal consistancy at all output levels is a unique and very valuable characteristic of PMC’s Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Silent Cabinet</h3>\nThe highly engineered BB6 cabinets play an integral role in the overall superb performance of the loudspeakers. Aside from incorporating the Advanced Transmission Line itself, the enclosure has to be of a high standard to eradicate colouration and audible cabinet talk. Highly braced, resonance-damped Medite® is used with offset HF and MF drivers, radiused edges and acoustically absorbent StealthBaffles™ at the boundaries, as deployed in the QB1-A design, to minimise edge diffraction effects. These details were formulated with the aid of pioneering acoustic research and measurements undertaken by PMC in anechoic environments at the UK’s National Physical Laboratory, using opto-acoustic laser interferometry to map the soundfield and acoustic dispersion.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Sublime Highs and Mids</h3>\nThe BB6 features PMC’s hand-built, precision matched 34mm soft-dome HF driver and legendary 75mm fabric soft-dome mid-range driver, renowned for their natural, transparent sound and ultra-low distortion. The perforated acoustic lens on the high-frequency driver extends the treble response to well beyond the upper limit of human hearing, and controls dispersion to ensure close integration with the mid-range; the output of both drivers is meticulously combined to create an ultra-wide, stable image and entirely natural in-room response.\n<br /><br />\nWhen designing the 75mm soft-dome, PMC’s aim was to create a driver capable of reproducing vocals, in particular, with unparallelled authenticity and transparency — but to high SPLs when required. Each handcrafted unit takes seven days to produce, and has to pass exceptionally tight matching and testing criteria. The result is an extremely clean, neutral and natural sounding mid-range driver, which means it can be used for long periods without inducing fatigue.<br /><br />\n<h3>Deep and Meaningful Bass</h3>\nHigh-performance bass drivers present serious engineering challenges. The power requirements, especially at higher SPLs, produce a rapid build-up of heat in poor designs. Heat is itself damaging to performance, causing power compression effects: rapid loss of efficiency, lower output levels and higher distortion. The Radial™ drivers employed in the PMC BB6 and BB6 are uniquely specified to drive ATL™ loudspeakers, using PMC’s own ultra-rigid, low-mass cone in a custom-built Radial basket. Not only is the chassis carefully constructed to conduct heat away from the driver’s voice coil, the design also vents hot air through the back of the driver assembly. In this way, heat is efficiently dissipated even when the speakers are operating at high level, ensuring that distortion is negligible, reliability stays high, and frequency response and performance remain consistent at all output levels — irrespective of how long the speakers have been in use.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>The BB6-A is the next generation of PMC Main Monitors featuring their patented ATL technology and more powerful amplification. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today to schedule a demonstration and hear these PMC speakers for yourself.</h3>'),(8505,85,0,1418,''),(8506,85,1,1418,''),(8507,76,0,1418,''),(8508,76,1,1418,''),(8509,75,0,1419,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers BB6 XBD-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The PMC BB6 XBD-A features all the clarity and power of the BB6 with the XBD Extended Bass Cabinet for even more dynamic range.</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> BB6 XBD-A Active Studio Monitors take the staggering performance specification of the BB6-A and add more low end range with the XBD-A Extended Bass Cabinet, taking distortion to new lows and pushing the maximum SPL output of this system to a powerful but tightly controlled 131dB thanks to its twin 15-inch Radial™ low frequency drivers, and creating a smoother in-room response, even in the most expansive of listening environments. The BB6 XBDC- A is available as the dedicated centre speaker for multi-channel systems, while the dedicated LFE inputs and effortlessly extended low-end response render stand-alone subwoofers unnecessary.<br /><br />\nAs with the MB3 XBD-A, the twin XBD cabinets can be freestanding or soffit-mounted, and positioned side by side or vertically. In the latter configuration, the BB6 XBD-A gives new meaning to the concept of the stand-alone tower speaker, reaching a height when floor-mounted of nearly seven feet.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>BB6 XBD-A Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor</li>\n<li>Frequency response: 17Hz-25kHz</li>\n<li>Power per channel: 5625W (HF 275W, MF 550W, 2 x LF 2400W)</li>\n<li>Effective ATL™ length: 2</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nPMC’s unique ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) enclosures have taken loudspeaker design to the highest level, using sophisticated cabinet construction, proprietary drive units, and patented absorption materials and techniques. The benefits are enormous compared to the relatively simple sealed and ported designs currently available elsewhere.<br /><br />\n\nPMC’s innovative approach places the bass driver near one end of a long cavity ATL™ (the Advanced Transmission Line). This cavity is heavily damped with acoustic material specified carefully to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the large frontal vent in the same polarity as the driver’s direct radiation, the vent acting essentially as a second bass driver. An important benefit of the approach is that the air pressure inside the cabinet, which loads the bass driver, remains consistent. This helps to maintain control of the driver over a wide frequency range and significantly reduces LF distortion. Consequently, the upper bass and mid-range detail is not masked by harmonic distortion and the result is PMC’s characteristically transparent mid-range, fast, dynamic bass, and outstanding clarity.<br /><br />\n\nA further advantage of the ATL™ design approach is greater bass extension and higher SPL capability compared to typical ported or sealed designs of a similar size and driver specification. Moreover, the very consistent bass driver loading brings the welcome benefit that the frequency response remains consistent regardless of listening level, and analytical auditioning can be conducted without the need for high replay volumes to achieve an optimal bass response. This tonal consistancy at all output levels is a unique and very valuable characteristic of PMC’s Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Silent Cabinet</h3>\nThe highly engineered BB6 cabinets play an integral role in the overall superb performance of the loudspeakers. Aside from incorporating the Advanced Transmission Line itself, the enclosure has to be of a high standard to eradicate colouration and audible cabinet talk. Highly braced, resonance-damped Medite® is used with offset HF and MF drivers, radiused edges and acoustically absorbent StealthBaffles™ at the boundaries, as deployed in the QB1-A design, to minimise edge diffraction effects. These details were formulated with the aid of pioneering acoustic research and measurements undertaken by PMC in anechoic environments at the UK’s National Physical Laboratory, using opto-acoustic laser interferometry to map the soundfield and acoustic dispersion.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Sublime Highs and Mids</h3>\nThe BB6 features PMC’s hand-built, precision matched 34mm soft-dome HF driver and legendary 75mm fabric soft-dome mid-range driver, renowned for their natural, transparent sound and ultra-low distortion. The perforated acoustic lens on the high-frequency driver extends the treble response to well beyond the upper limit of human hearing, and controls dispersion to ensure close integration with the mid-range; the output of both drivers is meticulously combined to create an ultra-wide, stable image and entirely natural in-room response.<br /><br />\n\nWhen designing the 75mm soft-dome, PMC’s aim was to create a driver capable of reproducing vocals, in particular, with unparallelled authenticity and transparency — but to high SPLs when required. Each handcrafted unit takes seven days to produce, and has to pass exceptionally tight matching and testing criteria. The result is an extremely clean, neutral and natural sounding mid-range driver, which means it can be used for long periods without inducing fatigue.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Deep and Meaningful Bass</h3>\nHigh-performance bass drivers present serious engineering challenges. The power requirements, especially at higher SPLs, produce a rapid build-up of heat in poor designs. Heat is itself damaging to performance, causing power compression effects: rapid loss of efficiency, lower output levels and higher distortion. The Radial™ drivers employed in the PMC BB6 and BB6 are uniquely specified to drive ATL™ loudspeakers, using PMC’s own ultra-rigid, low-mass cone in a custom-built Radial basket. Not only is the chassis carefully constructed to conduct heat away from the driver’s voice coil, the design also vents hot air through the back of the driver assembly. In this way, heat is efficiently dissipated even when the speakers are operating at high level, ensuring that distortion is negligible, reliability stays high, and frequency response and performance remain consistent at all output levels — irrespective of how long the speakers have been in use.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>The BB6 XDB-A is the next generation of PMC Main Monitors featuring their patented ATL technology and XBD extended bass cabinet. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today to schedule a demonstration and hear these PMC speakers for yourself.</h3>'),(8510,75,1,1419,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers BB6 XBD-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The PMC BB6 XBD-A features all the clarity and power of the BB6 with the XBD Extended Bass Cabinet for even more dynamic range.</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> BB6 XBD-A Active Studio Monitors take the staggering performance specification of the BB6-A and add more low end range with the XBD-A Extended Bass Cabinet, taking distortion to new lows and pushing the maximum SPL output of this system to a powerful but tightly controlled 131dB thanks to its twin 15-inch Radial™ low frequency drivers, and creating a smoother in-room response, even in the most expansive of listening environments. The BB6 XBDC- A is available as the dedicated centre speaker for multi-channel systems, while the dedicated LFE inputs and effortlessly extended low-end response render stand-alone subwoofers unnecessary.<br /><br />\nAs with the MB3 XBD-A, the twin XBD cabinets can be freestanding or soffit-mounted, and positioned side by side or vertically. In the latter configuration, the BB6 XBD-A gives new meaning to the concept of the stand-alone tower speaker, reaching a height when floor-mounted of nearly seven feet.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>BB6 XBD-A Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n<li>Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor</li>\n<li>Frequency response: 17Hz-25kHz</li>\n<li>Power per channel: 5625W (HF 275W, MF 550W, 2 x LF 2400W)</li>\n<li>Effective ATL™ length: 2</li>\n</ul><br />\n\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nPMC’s unique ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) enclosures have taken loudspeaker design to the highest level, using sophisticated cabinet construction, proprietary drive units, and patented absorption materials and techniques. The benefits are enormous compared to the relatively simple sealed and ported designs currently available elsewhere.<br /><br />\n\nPMC’s innovative approach places the bass driver near one end of a long cavity ATL™ (the Advanced Transmission Line). This cavity is heavily damped with acoustic material specified carefully to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the large frontal vent in the same polarity as the driver’s direct radiation, the vent acting essentially as a second bass driver. An important benefit of the approach is that the air pressure inside the cabinet, which loads the bass driver, remains consistent. This helps to maintain control of the driver over a wide frequency range and significantly reduces LF distortion. Consequently, the upper bass and mid-range detail is not masked by harmonic distortion and the result is PMC’s characteristically transparent mid-range, fast, dynamic bass, and outstanding clarity.<br /><br />\n\nA further advantage of the ATL™ design approach is greater bass extension and higher SPL capability compared to typical ported or sealed designs of a similar size and driver specification. Moreover, the very consistent bass driver loading brings the welcome benefit that the frequency response remains consistent regardless of listening level, and analytical auditioning can be conducted without the need for high replay volumes to achieve an optimal bass response. This tonal consistancy at all output levels is a unique and very valuable characteristic of PMC’s Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Silent Cabinet</h3>\nThe highly engineered BB6 cabinets play an integral role in the overall superb performance of the loudspeakers. Aside from incorporating the Advanced Transmission Line itself, the enclosure has to be of a high standard to eradicate colouration and audible cabinet talk. Highly braced, resonance-damped Medite® is used with offset HF and MF drivers, radiused edges and acoustically absorbent StealthBaffles™ at the boundaries, as deployed in the QB1-A design, to minimise edge diffraction effects. These details were formulated with the aid of pioneering acoustic research and measurements undertaken by PMC in anechoic environments at the UK’s National Physical Laboratory, using opto-acoustic laser interferometry to map the soundfield and acoustic dispersion.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Sublime Highs and Mids</h3>\nThe BB6 features PMC’s hand-built, precision matched 34mm soft-dome HF driver and legendary 75mm fabric soft-dome mid-range driver, renowned for their natural, transparent sound and ultra-low distortion. The perforated acoustic lens on the high-frequency driver extends the treble response to well beyond the upper limit of human hearing, and controls dispersion to ensure close integration with the mid-range; the output of both drivers is meticulously combined to create an ultra-wide, stable image and entirely natural in-room response.<br /><br />\n\nWhen designing the 75mm soft-dome, PMC’s aim was to create a driver capable of reproducing vocals, in particular, with unparallelled authenticity and transparency — but to high SPLs when required. Each handcrafted unit takes seven days to produce, and has to pass exceptionally tight matching and testing criteria. The result is an extremely clean, neutral and natural sounding mid-range driver, which means it can be used for long periods without inducing fatigue.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Deep and Meaningful Bass</h3>\nHigh-performance bass drivers present serious engineering challenges. The power requirements, especially at higher SPLs, produce a rapid build-up of heat in poor designs. Heat is itself damaging to performance, causing power compression effects: rapid loss of efficiency, lower output levels and higher distortion. The Radial™ drivers employed in the PMC BB6 and BB6 are uniquely specified to drive ATL™ loudspeakers, using PMC’s own ultra-rigid, low-mass cone in a custom-built Radial basket. Not only is the chassis carefully constructed to conduct heat away from the driver’s voice coil, the design also vents hot air through the back of the driver assembly. In this way, heat is efficiently dissipated even when the speakers are operating at high level, ensuring that distortion is negligible, reliability stays high, and frequency response and performance remain consistent at all output levels — irrespective of how long the speakers have been in use.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>The BB6 XDB-A is the next generation of PMC Main Monitors featuring their patented ATL technology and XBD extended bass cabinet. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today to schedule a demonstration and hear these PMC speakers for yourself.</h3>'),(8511,85,0,1419,''),(8512,85,1,1419,''),(8513,76,0,1419,''),(8514,76,1,1419,''),(8515,75,0,1420,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci140 Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The PMC Loudspeakers ci140 is the ultimate in on-wall loudspeaker design. ci140 is the perfect speaker for us as mains or surrounds in a Dolby Atmos mix room where space is limited, and high SPL & rich sound is needed. </i><br /><br />The PMC Loudspeakers ci140 has a complement of four 5” LTX™ long-throw woofers, the Laminair-enhanced Advanced Transmission Line, a 2” soft-dome mid-range unit and a 27mm tweeter, it presents an audio soundstage as big as the movie you’re mixing (or just watching). Powerful bass, ultra-clear mids and exquisite highs all combine to put you right in the heart of the action, with all the detail and nuances the director imagined brought to life by this sublime speaker. For added depth and power, the identically sized ci140sub, provides high-definition low-frequency information.<br /><br />\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is straightforward and installer-friendly, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. <br /><br />\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br /><br />\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br /><br />\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br /><br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8516,75,1,1420,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci140 Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The PMC Loudspeakers ci140 is the ultimate in on-wall loudspeaker design. ci140 is the perfect speaker for us as mains or surrounds in a Dolby Atmos mix room where space is limited, and high SPL & rich sound is needed. </i><br /><br />The PMC Loudspeakers ci140 has a complement of four 5” LTX™ long-throw woofers, the Laminair-enhanced Advanced Transmission Line, a 2” soft-dome mid-range unit and a 27mm tweeter, it presents an audio soundstage as big as the movie you’re mixing (or just watching). Powerful bass, ultra-clear mids and exquisite highs all combine to put you right in the heart of the action, with all the detail and nuances the director imagined brought to life by this sublime speaker. For added depth and power, the identically sized ci140sub, provides high-definition low-frequency information.<br /><br />\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is straightforward and installer-friendly, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. <br /><br />\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br /><br />\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br /><br />\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br /><br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8517,85,0,1420,'PMC Loudspeakers ci140 Custom Install Speaker'),(8518,85,1,1420,'PMC Loudspeakers ci140 Custom Install Speaker'),(8519,76,0,1420,''),(8520,76,1,1420,''),(8521,75,0,1421,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci140sub Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The PMC Loudspeakers ci140sub is the ultimate in on-wall loudspeaker design. The ci140sub is the perfect subwoofer in a Dolby Atmos mix room where space is limited, and high SPL & rich sound is needed. </i><br /><br />The PMC Loudspeakers ci140sub is complemented by the dedicated and identically sized ci140, for the apex in on-wall home theatre performance. Employing the same four bass drive units used in the ci140 and operating with the ATL, the sub reproduces additional low-frequency energy, perfect for home theatre installations and full-frequency music reproduction in high-end home audio and professional studio situations.<br /><br />The PMC Loudspeakers ci140 has a complement of four 5” LTX™ long-throw woofers, the Laminair-enhanced Advanced Transmission Line, a 2” soft-dome mid-range unit and a 27mm tweeter, it presents an audio soundstage as big as the movie you’re mixing (or just watching). Powerful bass, ultra-clear mids and exquisite highs all combine to put you right in the heart of the action, with all the detail and nuances the director imagined brought to life by this sublime speaker. For added depth and power, the identically sized ci140sub, provides high-definition low-frequency information.<br /><br />\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is straightforward and installer-friendly, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. <br /><br />\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br /><br />\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br /><br />\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br /><br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8522,75,1,1421,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci140sub Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The PMC Loudspeakers ci140sub is the ultimate in on-wall loudspeaker design. The ci140sub is the perfect subwoofer in a Dolby Atmos mix room where space is limited, and high SPL & rich sound is needed. </i><br /><br />The PMC Loudspeakers ci140sub is complemented by the dedicated and identically sized ci140, for the apex in on-wall home theatre performance. Employing the same four bass drive units used in the ci140 and operating with the ATL, the sub reproduces additional low-frequency energy, perfect for home theatre installations and full-frequency music reproduction in high-end home audio and professional studio situations.<br /><br />The PMC Loudspeakers ci140 has a complement of four 5” LTX™ long-throw woofers, the Laminair-enhanced Advanced Transmission Line, a 2” soft-dome mid-range unit and a 27mm tweeter, it presents an audio soundstage as big as the movie you’re mixing (or just watching). Powerful bass, ultra-clear mids and exquisite highs all combine to put you right in the heart of the action, with all the detail and nuances the director imagined brought to life by this sublime speaker. For added depth and power, the identically sized ci140sub, provides high-definition low-frequency information.<br /><br />\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is straightforward and installer-friendly, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. <br /><br />\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br /><br />\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br /><br />\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br /><br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8523,85,0,1421,'PMC Loudspeakers ci140sub Custom Install Speaker'),(8524,85,1,1421,'PMC Loudspeakers ci140sub Custom Install Speaker'),(8525,76,0,1421,''),(8526,76,1,1421,''),(8527,75,0,1422,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci30 Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The ci30 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in a small-to-medium Dolby Atmos® mix room. Shown with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br/><br/>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci30 custom install speaker is the smallest of the ci range, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br/>\n<br/>\n<h4>In-wall mounting</h4>\nThe Qikfire™ in-wall mounting system makes the range very “installer-friendly”. The ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 are fitted with Qikfire, a spring-loaded mounting system which allows the loudspeaker to be fixed in position with a simple twist of a screwdriver. Removal is just as easy as installation, with a simple twist.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is just as straightforward as in-wall mounting, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. For the ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 an optional mounting sleeve in white or black may be fitted around the cabinets to conceal the in-wall mounting system creating an elegant and discrete on-wall loudspeaker.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br/><br/>\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br/><br/>\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br/><br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>'),(8528,75,1,1422,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci30 Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The ci30 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in a small-to-medium Dolby Atmos® mix room. Shown with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br/><br/>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci30 custom install speaker is the smallest of the ci range, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br/>\n<br/>\n<h4>In-wall mounting</h4>\nThe Qikfire™ in-wall mounting system makes the range very “installer-friendly”. The ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 are fitted with Qikfire, a spring-loaded mounting system which allows the loudspeaker to be fixed in position with a simple twist of a screwdriver. Removal is just as easy as installation, with a simple twist.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is just as straightforward as in-wall mounting, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. For the ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 an optional mounting sleeve in white or black may be fitted around the cabinets to conceal the in-wall mounting system creating an elegant and discrete on-wall loudspeaker.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br/><br/>\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br/><br/>\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br/><br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>'),(8529,85,0,1422,'PMC Loudspeakers ci30 Custom Install Speaker'),(8530,85,1,1422,'PMC Loudspeakers ci30 Custom Install Speaker'),(8531,76,0,1422,''),(8532,76,1,1422,''),(8533,75,0,1423,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci45 Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The ci45 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in a small-to-medium Dolby Atmos® mix room. </i><i>Shown with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br/><br/>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci45 is a custrom install loudspeaker suited to slightly larger spaces; it has all the speed and attack of the ci30, and produces greater image depth, bass extension and dynamism.  <br/><br/>\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br/>\n<br/>\n<h4>In-wall mounting</h4>\nThe Qikfire™ in-wall mounting system makes the range very “installer-friendly”. The ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 are fitted with Qikfire, a spring-loaded mounting system which allows the loudspeaker to be fixed in position with a simple twist of a screwdriver. Removal is just as easy as installation, with a simple twist.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is just as straightforward as in-wall mounting, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. For the ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 an optional mounting sleeve in white or black may be fitted around the cabinets to conceal the in-wall mounting system creating an elegant and discrete on-wall loudspeaker.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br/><br/>\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br/><br/>\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br/><br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>'),(8534,75,1,1423,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci45 Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The ci45 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in a small-to-medium Dolby Atmos® mix room. </i><i>Shown with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br/><br/>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci45 is a custrom install loudspeaker suited to slightly larger spaces; it has all the speed and attack of the ci30, and produces greater image depth, bass extension and dynamism.  <br/><br/>\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br/>\n<br/>\n<h4>In-wall mounting</h4>\nThe Qikfire™ in-wall mounting system makes the range very “installer-friendly”. The ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 are fitted with Qikfire, a spring-loaded mounting system which allows the loudspeaker to be fixed in position with a simple twist of a screwdriver. Removal is just as easy as installation, with a simple twist.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is just as straightforward as in-wall mounting, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. For the ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 an optional mounting sleeve in white or black may be fitted around the cabinets to conceal the in-wall mounting system creating an elegant and discrete on-wall loudspeaker.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br/><br/>\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br/><br/>\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br/><br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>'),(8535,85,0,1423,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, ci45, ci series, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8536,85,1,1423,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, ci45, ci series, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8537,76,0,1423,''),(8538,76,1,1423,''),(8539,75,0,1424,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci65 Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The ci65 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in medium-to-large Dolby Atmos mix rooms & theatres. Shown with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br /><br />\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci65 has a second LT™ (long-throw) bass driver, the ci65 creates more slam and presence, with more headroom and bass extension. It’s ideal for use as a surround speaker in medium-to-large theatres or for a beautifully discreet yet enthralling stereo system.<br /><br />\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h4>In-wall mounting</h4>\nThe Qikfire™ in-wall mounting system makes the range very “installer-friendly”. The ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 are fitted with Qikfire, a spring-loaded mounting system which allows the loudspeaker to be fixed in position with a simple twist of a screwdriver. Removal is just as easy as installation, with a simple twist.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is just as straightforward as in-wall mounting, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. For the ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 an optional mounting sleeve in white or black may be fitted around the cabinets to conceal the in-wall mounting system creating an elegant and discrete on-wall loudspeaker.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br /><br />\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br /><br />\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br /><br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8540,75,1,1424,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci65 Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The ci65 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in medium-to-large Dolby Atmos mix rooms & theatres. Shown with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br /><br />\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci65 has a second LT™ (long-throw) bass driver, the ci65 creates more slam and presence, with more headroom and bass extension. It’s ideal for use as a surround speaker in medium-to-large theatres or for a beautifully discreet yet enthralling stereo system.<br /><br />\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br />\n<br />\n<h4>In-wall mounting</h4>\nThe Qikfire™ in-wall mounting system makes the range very “installer-friendly”. The ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 are fitted with Qikfire, a spring-loaded mounting system which allows the loudspeaker to be fixed in position with a simple twist of a screwdriver. Removal is just as easy as installation, with a simple twist.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is just as straightforward as in-wall mounting, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. For the ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 an optional mounting sleeve in white or black may be fitted around the cabinets to conceal the in-wall mounting system creating an elegant and discrete on-wall loudspeaker.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br /><br />\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br /><br />\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br /><br />\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8541,85,0,1424,'PMC Loudspeakers ci65 Custom Install Speaker'),(8542,85,1,1424,'PMC Loudspeakers ci65 Custom Install Speaker'),(8543,76,0,1424,''),(8544,76,1,1424,''),(8545,75,0,1425,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci90slim Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The ci90slim is a custom install loudspeaker excels as an on-wall model accompanying a large flat screen in stereo. Available with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br/><br/>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci90slim offers the same performance as the ci30 and ci45 in a long, slim cabinet. It is the retrofit option, fitting between standard studwork and excels as an on-wall model accompanying a large flat screen in either stereo or LCR configuration.<br/><br/>\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br/>\n<br/>\n<h4>In-wall mounting</h4>\nThe Qikfire™ in-wall mounting system makes the range very “installer-friendly”. The ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 are fitted with Qikfire, a spring-loaded mounting system which allows the loudspeaker to be fixed in position with a simple twist of a screwdriver. Removal is just as easy as installation, with a simple twist.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is just as straightforward as in-wall mounting, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. For the ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 an optional mounting sleeve in white or black may be fitted around the cabinets to conceal the in-wall mounting system creating an elegant and discrete on-wall loudspeaker.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br/><br/>\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br/><br/>\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br/><br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>'),(8546,75,1,1425,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers ci90slim Custom Install Speaker</h1>\n<i>The ci90slim is a custom install loudspeaker excels as an on-wall model accompanying a large flat screen in stereo. Available with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br/><br/>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci90slim offers the same performance as the ci30 and ci45 in a long, slim cabinet. It is the retrofit option, fitting between standard studwork and excels as an on-wall model accompanying a large flat screen in either stereo or LCR configuration.<br/><br/>\n<h3>The PMC ci series</h3>\n	The ci series are ideal for playback of stereo and immersive formats, and the largest models provide the greatest headroom, bass and dynamics. All models apart from the ci140 and ci140sub may be mounted in- or on-wall, thanks to their Qikfire™ fittings, bezel-less grille and stylish cabinet sleeve.\n<br/>\n<br/>\n<h4>In-wall mounting</h4>\nThe Qikfire™ in-wall mounting system makes the range very “installer-friendly”. The ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 are fitted with Qikfire, a spring-loaded mounting system which allows the loudspeaker to be fixed in position with a simple twist of a screwdriver. Removal is just as easy as installation, with a simple twist.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>On-wall mounting</h4>\nOn-wall mounting is just as straightforward as in-wall mounting, using the supplied interlocking bracket, which is designed to also offer pin-point level adjustment. For the ci30, ci45, ci90slim andci65 an optional mounting sleeve in white or black may be fitted around the cabinets to conceal the in-wall mounting system creating an elegant and discrete on-wall loudspeaker.\n<br/><br/>\n<h4>Magnetic Grilles</h4>\nAll models feature precision-perforated grilles with magnetic fixings which are  finished in white silk. Black silk is available as an option.\n<br/><br/>\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nThe source of PMC’s legendary natural, realistic sound is the Advanced Transmission Line (ATL) bass technology, professionally proven all around the world.\n<br/><br/>\nATL uses energy generated by the bass unit in a much more intelligent, efficient way than speaker designs based on ported or sealed boxes.<br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Greater detail & more natural</li>\n	<li>A full, rich sound at any volume level</li>\n	<li>Deeper bass from a smaller cabinet</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>\n<h3>Laminair Vent</h3>\nPMC’s Laminair™ aerodynamic vent takes audio performance to the next level, by applying ATL aerodynamic principles from high-performance engineering used from F1 to Le Mans and creating an even smoother, laminar air flow at the exit from the transmission line.\n<br/><br/>\nATL designs involve air moving at high speeds and under pressure.Reducing turbulence and drag at the ATL vent reduces resistance, increases efficiency, eliminates air noise and provides bass with supreme timing and the widest possible dynamic range.The combination of ATL and Laminair takes audio quality to unparalleled new heights:<br/><br/>\n<ul>\n	<li>Faster, cleaner bass and higher definition sound throughout</li>\n	<li>Turbulence is eliminated, increasing the efficiency of the ATL</li>\n	<li>Removes air noise — only the music remains</li>\n	<li>Higher maximum output and bass with supreme timing and dynamics</li>\n</ul>\n<br/>'),(8547,85,0,1425,'PMC Loudspeakers ci90slim Custom Install Speaker'),(8548,85,1,1425,'PMC Loudspeakers ci90slim Custom Install Speaker'),(8549,76,0,1425,''),(8550,76,1,1425,''),(8551,75,0,1426,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers IB1S Passive Range Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\nExtremely flexible 3-way monitor, featuring \"Film Filters\" - 2 positions of HF roll off: 1.5dB and 3dB per Oct and Flat position.\n<br/><br/>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers IB1S Passive Studio Monitors feature wide dispersion soft domed fabric mid and high frequency units and the PMC 10\" carbon fibre and Nomex™ flat piston low frequency driver. This flat patented driver increases dynamic handling and eliminates distortion that may occur due to cone break up.<br/><br/>\nCommonly seen in Mastering, Broadcast and Post Production in either stereo or surround when partnered with its dedicated centre channel and SB100 sub bass system. Its huge popularity in Hollywood film scoring and postproduction is assisted by the option of ‘Film filters’. This gives 2 positions of HF roll off: 1.5dB and 3dB per Oct and Flat position.<br/><br/>\nThe IB1S is an extremely flexible 3-way monitor, which has found its home in the most varied of environments. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.<br/><br/>'),(8552,75,1,1426,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers IB1S Passive Range Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\nExtremely flexible 3-way monitor, featuring \"Film Filters\" - 2 positions of HF roll off: 1.5dB and 3dB per Oct and Flat position.\n<br/><br/>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers IB1S Passive Studio Monitors feature wide dispersion soft domed fabric mid and high frequency units and the PMC 10\" carbon fibre and Nomex™ flat piston low frequency driver. This flat patented driver increases dynamic handling and eliminates distortion that may occur due to cone break up.<br/><br/>\nCommonly seen in Mastering, Broadcast and Post Production in either stereo or surround when partnered with its dedicated centre channel and SB100 sub bass system. Its huge popularity in Hollywood film scoring and postproduction is assisted by the option of ‘Film filters’. This gives 2 positions of HF roll off: 1.5dB and 3dB per Oct and Flat position.<br/><br/>\nThe IB1S is an extremely flexible 3-way monitor, which has found its home in the most varied of environments. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.<br/><br/>'),(8553,85,0,1426,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8554,85,1,1426,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8555,76,0,1426,''),(8556,76,1,1426,''),(8557,75,0,1427,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers IB1S-AIII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\n<i>The IB1S-AIII offers reference level quality monitoring in a 3-way plug & play design.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB1S-AIII \'Activated\' Studio Monitor is a high resolution 3-way speaker that combines flexible plug and play design with PMC\'s unsurpassed audio transparency and accuracy.<br /><br />\nIdeally suited audio professionals working in small to medium sized control rooms, the IB1S-AIII provides a natural, compression-free flat response at all levels. <br /><br />\nThe newest monitor from PMC features precision soft dome 27mm HF and 75mm MF drivers, providing an extremely wide dispersion and creating a vivid soundstage over a vast listening area. The combination of PMC\'s 10\" carbon fibre and Nomex LF piston driver paired with the company\'s Advanced Transmission Line bass-loading technology provides an unmatched response down to 25Hz.<br /><br />\nThe IB1S-AIII also features a hand-built precision passive 24dB per octave crossover network, which utilizes 31 carefully selected components to divide the amplifier’s output signal into three frequency bands and ensures each drive unit is working within its optimal range, both in frequency and dispersion. <br /><h3><br />IB1S-AIII Features:</h3><ul><li>3-way, plug & play reference monitor</li><li>High resolution, ultra low distortion</li><li>Low fatigue with a flat response at all levels</li><li>Vivid soundstage over a vast listening area</li><li>Abundant headroom - PMC 600W Class D Amplification</li><li>Balanced XLR input & level control (17dB-37dB)</li><li>Optional tailor made, high mass, 33” Studio Frame Stands available</li></ul><br />\n<h3>The IB1S-AIII is ideal for small to medium sized control rooms, and provides a natural, compression-free flat response at all levels. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today for more information.</h3>'),(8558,75,1,1427,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers IB1S-AIII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\n<i>The IB1S-AIII offers reference level quality monitoring in a 3-way plug & play design.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB1S-AIII \'Activated\' Studio Monitor is a high resolution 3-way speaker that combines flexible plug and play design with PMC\'s unsurpassed audio transparency and accuracy.<br /><br />\nIdeally suited audio professionals working in small to medium sized control rooms, the IB1S-AIII provides a natural, compression-free flat response at all levels. <br /><br />\nThe newest monitor from PMC features precision soft dome 27mm HF and 75mm MF drivers, providing an extremely wide dispersion and creating a vivid soundstage over a vast listening area. The combination of PMC\'s 10\" carbon fibre and Nomex LF piston driver paired with the company\'s Advanced Transmission Line bass-loading technology provides an unmatched response down to 25Hz.<br /><br />\nThe IB1S-AIII also features a hand-built precision passive 24dB per octave crossover network, which utilizes 31 carefully selected components to divide the amplifier’s output signal into three frequency bands and ensures each drive unit is working within its optimal range, both in frequency and dispersion. <br /><h3><br />IB1S-AIII Features:</h3><ul><li>3-way, plug & play reference monitor</li><li>High resolution, ultra low distortion</li><li>Low fatigue with a flat response at all levels</li><li>Vivid soundstage over a vast listening area</li><li>Abundant headroom - PMC 600W Class D Amplification</li><li>Balanced XLR input & level control (17dB-37dB)</li><li>Optional tailor made, high mass, 33” Studio Frame Stands available</li></ul><br />\n<h3>The IB1S-AIII is ideal for small to medium sized control rooms, and provides a natural, compression-free flat response at all levels. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today for more information.</h3>'),(8559,85,0,1427,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8560,85,1,1427,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8561,76,0,1427,''),(8562,76,1,1427,''),(8563,75,0,1428,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers IB1S-AIII-C Three-Way Active Studio Monitor - Single</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">High Resolution, plug and play center channel studio monitor</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB1S-AIII \'activated\' reference monitor is a high resolution 3-way speaker that combines flexible plug and play design with PMC\'s unsurpassed audio transparency and accuracy.<br /><br />\nIdeally suited audio professionals working in small to medium sized control rooms, the IB1S-AIII provides a natural, compression-free flat response at all levels. <br /><br />\nThe newest monitor from PMC features precision soft dome 27mm HF and 75mm MF drivers, providing an extremely wide dispersion and creating a vivid soundstage over a vast listening area. The combination of PMC\'s 10\" carbon fibre and Nomex LF piston driver paired with the company\'s Advanced Transmission Line bass-loading technology provides an unmatched response down to 25Hz.<br /><br />\nThe IB1S-AIII also features a hand-built precision passive 24dB per octave crossover network, which utilizes 31 carefully selected components to divide the amplifier’s output signal into three frequency bands and ensures each drive unit is working within its optimal range, both in frequency and dispersion. <br /><br />\n<h3>The IB1S-AIII is ideal for small to medium sized control rooms, and provides a natural, compression-free flat response at all levels. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today for more information.</h3>'),(8564,75,1,1428,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers IB1S-AIII-C Three-Way Active Studio Monitor - Single</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">High Resolution, plug and play center channel studio monitor</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB1S-AIII \'activated\' reference monitor is a high resolution 3-way speaker that combines flexible plug and play design with PMC\'s unsurpassed audio transparency and accuracy.<br /><br />\nIdeally suited audio professionals working in small to medium sized control rooms, the IB1S-AIII provides a natural, compression-free flat response at all levels. <br /><br />\nThe newest monitor from PMC features precision soft dome 27mm HF and 75mm MF drivers, providing an extremely wide dispersion and creating a vivid soundstage over a vast listening area. The combination of PMC\'s 10\" carbon fibre and Nomex LF piston driver paired with the company\'s Advanced Transmission Line bass-loading technology provides an unmatched response down to 25Hz.<br /><br />\nThe IB1S-AIII also features a hand-built precision passive 24dB per octave crossover network, which utilizes 31 carefully selected components to divide the amplifier’s output signal into three frequency bands and ensures each drive unit is working within its optimal range, both in frequency and dispersion. <br /><br />\n<h3>The IB1S-AIII is ideal for small to medium sized control rooms, and provides a natural, compression-free flat response at all levels. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today for more information.</h3>'),(8565,85,0,1428,'PMC Loudspeakers IB1S-AIII-C Three-Way Active Studio Monitor - Single, PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8566,85,1,1428,'PMC Loudspeakers IB1S-AIII-C Three-Way Active Studio Monitor - Single, PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8567,76,0,1428,''),(8568,76,1,1428,''),(8569,75,0,1429,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers IB1S-C Passive Range Center Channel Studio Monitor</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The IB1S-C can be found at BBC Technologies Headquarters.</span><br /><br />\n<div id=\"quicktabs-container-product\" class=\"quicktabs_main quicktabs-style-arrows\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-d8abe246519a293d4df6d2076756b1a7\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-a65cf67f4e0684e668e13f9a597c81b2\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"> <p>The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\" style=\"background-color: initial;\">PMC Loudspeakers</a><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"> IB1S-C Center Channel Studio Monitor features wide dispersion soft domed fabric mid and high frequency units and the PMC 10\" carbon fibre and Nomex™ flat piston low frequency driver. This flat patented driver increases dynamic handling and eliminates distortion that may occur due to cone break up. The IB1S-C\'s tweeter has been placed in the center of the cabinet so \nthat the monitor can be placed horizontal as a center channel surround \nsound speaker.</span></p>\n<p>Commonly seen in Mastering, Broadcast and Post Production in either \nstereo or surround when partnered with its dedicated center channel and \nSB100 sub bass system. Its huge popularity in Hollywood film scoring and\n postproduction is assisted by the option of ‘Film filters’. This gives 2\n positions of HF roll off: 1.5dB and 3dB per Oct and Flat position.</p>\n\n<p></p>\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div>\n\n<p></p>\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div></div>  \n\n\n\n    \n  \n     <p></p>\n\n<h3>The IB1S-C is an extremely flexible 3-way monitor, which has found its home in the most varied of environments. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8570,75,1,1429,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers IB1S-C Passive Range Center Channel Studio Monitor</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The IB1S-C can be found at BBC Technologies Headquarters.</span><br /><br />\n<div id=\"quicktabs-container-product\" class=\"quicktabs_main quicktabs-style-arrows\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-d8abe246519a293d4df6d2076756b1a7\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-a65cf67f4e0684e668e13f9a597c81b2\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"> <p>The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\" style=\"background-color: initial;\">PMC Loudspeakers</a><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\"> IB1S-C Center Channel Studio Monitor features wide dispersion soft domed fabric mid and high frequency units and the PMC 10\" carbon fibre and Nomex™ flat piston low frequency driver. This flat patented driver increases dynamic handling and eliminates distortion that may occur due to cone break up. The IB1S-C\'s tweeter has been placed in the center of the cabinet so \nthat the monitor can be placed horizontal as a center channel surround \nsound speaker.</span></p>\n<p>Commonly seen in Mastering, Broadcast and Post Production in either \nstereo or surround when partnered with its dedicated center channel and \nSB100 sub bass system. Its huge popularity in Hollywood film scoring and\n postproduction is assisted by the option of ‘Film filters’. This gives 2\n positions of HF roll off: 1.5dB and 3dB per Oct and Flat position.</p>\n\n<p></p>\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div>\n\n<p></p>\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div></div>  \n\n\n\n    \n  \n     <p></p>\n\n<h3>The IB1S-C is an extremely flexible 3-way monitor, which has found its home in the most varied of environments. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8571,85,0,1429,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8572,85,1,1429,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8573,76,0,1429,''),(8574,76,1,1429,''),(8575,75,0,1430,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers IB2S Passive Range Studio Monitors- Pair</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The IB2S has 3 Pairs 4mm Sockets (Tri-wire or Tri-Amp)</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB2S Passive Studio Monitors are based on the hugely successful IB1S with one major change to\n the driver compliment. The addition of the PMC 75 large soft dome mid \nrange unit increases the definition and clarity to the level of the \nlarger monitors in the range with no increase in cabinet size. <br /><br />Since the\n launch of the IB2S it has featured worldwide with high profile clients \nsuch as Ronald Prent – Galaxy, Kraftwerk – Kling Klang, Teldex – Berlin,\n JVC – Japan and the list goes on. <br /><h3><br />The IB2S\'s potent performance and \nunsurpassed definition across the audio spectrum make it the ideal \nreference monitor for any stereo or surround project. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8576,75,1,1430,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers IB2S Passive Range Studio Monitors- Pair</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The IB2S has 3 Pairs 4mm Sockets (Tri-wire or Tri-Amp)</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB2S Passive Studio Monitors are based on the hugely successful IB1S with one major change to\n the driver compliment. The addition of the PMC 75 large soft dome mid \nrange unit increases the definition and clarity to the level of the \nlarger monitors in the range with no increase in cabinet size. <br /><br />Since the\n launch of the IB2S it has featured worldwide with high profile clients \nsuch as Ronald Prent – Galaxy, Kraftwerk – Kling Klang, Teldex – Berlin,\n JVC – Japan and the list goes on. <br /><h3><br />The IB2S\'s potent performance and \nunsurpassed definition across the audio spectrum make it the ideal \nreference monitor for any stereo or surround project. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8577,85,0,1430,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8578,85,1,1430,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8579,76,0,1430,''),(8580,76,1,1430,''),(8581,75,0,1431,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers IB2S-AII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\n<i>Three-way high performance active monitors. Features DSP-Controlled, Class-D powered cabinets and PMC\'s patented ATL bass-loading technology. Optional 33” Studio Frame Stands available.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB2S-AII Active Studio Monitor is a three-way mid-field monitor that provides the same attributes as PMC’s large Advanced Transmission Line reference active monitors in a more compact package.<br /><br />\nThe three-way IB2S-AII offers discerning users all the attributes of PMC’s large ATL™ reference active monitors but in a more compact form. They are ideal for high-end reference monitoring in both stereo and surround formats.\n<br /><br />\nThe DSP-controlled, Class-D powered cabinets make use of PMC’s ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) bass-loading technology, providing a smoothly controlled, high-resolution low-frequency response. Each cabinet features PMC’s hand-built preparatory drivers - the 10-inch carbon-fibre/Nomex™ piston, 75mm fabricdome mid, and the 34mm soft-dome tweeter. The power is supplied by PMC’s ultra-low distortion devices that are conveniently rack mountable, providing HF 275W, MF 550W and LF 1200W of acoustically transparent power.\n<br /><br />\nThis single cabinet monitor features user-adjustable HF and LF shelving filters, ±8dB input level trim, and an AES3 digital input, as standard. The input sensitivity of the balanced analogue inputs can also be adjusted from +4dB to +16dB. In addition, the EQ, level trims and analogue/digital input  election settings can be adjusted from a distance using an RJ45-connected remote, which is supplied as standard.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>PMC IB1S-AII Features: </h4>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor</span></li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 25Hz-25kHz</li>\n	<li>Analogue & digital (up 192kHz) inputs</li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 2025W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF 1200W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 2.4m(8ft)</li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 125dB</li>\n	<li>Three personal balance presets for multiple users</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h4>IB1S-AII Options:</h4>\n<ul>\n	<li>Dedicated vertical and horizontal centre channel versions</li>\n	<li>Optional tailor made, high mass, 33” Studio Frame Stands available</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>The PMC Loudspeakers IB2S-AII is one of the very best professional monitors in its class—eminently suited for world class recording and mastering studios. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8582,75,1,1431,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers IB2S-AII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\n<i>Three-way high performance active monitors. Features DSP-Controlled, Class-D powered cabinets and PMC\'s patented ATL bass-loading technology. Optional 33” Studio Frame Stands available.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB2S-AII Active Studio Monitor is a three-way mid-field monitor that provides the same attributes as PMC’s large Advanced Transmission Line reference active monitors in a more compact package.<br /><br />\nThe three-way IB2S-AII offers discerning users all the attributes of PMC’s large ATL™ reference active monitors but in a more compact form. They are ideal for high-end reference monitoring in both stereo and surround formats.\n<br /><br />\nThe DSP-controlled, Class-D powered cabinets make use of PMC’s ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) bass-loading technology, providing a smoothly controlled, high-resolution low-frequency response. Each cabinet features PMC’s hand-built preparatory drivers - the 10-inch carbon-fibre/Nomex™ piston, 75mm fabricdome mid, and the 34mm soft-dome tweeter. The power is supplied by PMC’s ultra-low distortion devices that are conveniently rack mountable, providing HF 275W, MF 550W and LF 1200W of acoustically transparent power.\n<br /><br />\nThis single cabinet monitor features user-adjustable HF and LF shelving filters, ±8dB input level trim, and an AES3 digital input, as standard. The input sensitivity of the balanced analogue inputs can also be adjusted from +4dB to +16dB. In addition, the EQ, level trims and analogue/digital input  election settings can be adjusted from a distance using an RJ45-connected remote, which is supplied as standard.\n<br /><br />\n<h4>PMC IB1S-AII Features: </h4>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor</span></li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 25Hz-25kHz</li>\n	<li>Analogue & digital (up 192kHz) inputs</li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 2025W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF 1200W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 2.4m(8ft)</li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 125dB</li>\n	<li>Three personal balance presets for multiple users</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h4>IB1S-AII Options:</h4>\n<ul>\n	<li>Dedicated vertical and horizontal centre channel versions</li>\n	<li>Optional tailor made, high mass, 33” Studio Frame Stands available</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>The PMC Loudspeakers IB2S-AII is one of the very best professional monitors in its class—eminently suited for world class recording and mastering studios. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8583,85,0,1431,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8584,85,1,1431,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8585,76,0,1431,''),(8586,76,1,1431,''),(8587,75,0,1432,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers IB2S-C Passive Range Center Channel Studio Monitor</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The IB2S-C has 3 Pairs 4mm Sockets (Tri-wire or Tri-Amp)</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB2S-C Passive Center Channel Studio Monitor is based on the hugely successful IB1S-C with one major change to\n the driver compliment. The IB2S-C\'s tweeter has been placed in the center of the cabinet so that the monitor can be placed horizontal as a center channel surround sound speaker. The addition of the PMC 75 large soft dome mid \nrange unit increases the definition and clarity to the level of the \nlarger monitors in the range with no increase in cabinet size. <br /><br />Since the\n launch of the IB2S-C it has featured worldwide with high profile clients \nsuch as Ronald Prent – Galaxy, Kraftwerk – Kling Klang, Teldex – Berlin,\n JVC – Japan and the list goes on. <br /><h3><br />The IB2S-C potent performance and \nunsurpassed definition across the audio spectrum make it the ideal \nreference monitor for any stereo or surround project. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8588,75,1,1432,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers IB2S-C Passive Range Center Channel Studio Monitor</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The IB2S-C has 3 Pairs 4mm Sockets (Tri-wire or Tri-Amp)</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB2S-C Passive Center Channel Studio Monitor is based on the hugely successful IB1S-C with one major change to\n the driver compliment. The IB2S-C\'s tweeter has been placed in the center of the cabinet so that the monitor can be placed horizontal as a center channel surround sound speaker. The addition of the PMC 75 large soft dome mid \nrange unit increases the definition and clarity to the level of the \nlarger monitors in the range with no increase in cabinet size. <br /><br />Since the\n launch of the IB2S-C it has featured worldwide with high profile clients \nsuch as Ronald Prent – Galaxy, Kraftwerk – Kling Klang, Teldex – Berlin,\n JVC – Japan and the list goes on. <br /><h3><br />The IB2S-C potent performance and \nunsurpassed definition across the audio spectrum make it the ideal \nreference monitor for any stereo or surround project. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8589,85,0,1432,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8590,85,1,1432,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8591,76,0,1432,''),(8592,76,1,1432,''),(8593,75,0,1433,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers IB2S XBD-AII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors with XBD Bass Cabinet- Pair</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">Three-way high performance active monitor includes a single-drive XB2S-A Subwoofer. </span><i>Features DSP-Controlled, Class-D powered cabinets and PMC\'s patented ATL bass-loading technology.</i><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB2S XBD-AII Active Studio Monitors take all the power of the IB2S-AII studio monitor and add even more low end thump with the XBD extended bass cabinet.<br /><br />\nThe IB2S-AII DSP-controlled, Class-D powered cabinets feature the same 10” carbon-fibre/Nomex piston drivers from the renowned IB1S and IB2S speakers and the 34mm soft-dome tweeter from the BB5 XBD-A. A hand-crafted 75mm fabric-dome driver for the mid range.<br /><br />\nThe XBD bass unit provides a +3dB boost of low-frequency headroom, which creates a smoother room response and allows users to drive even larger acoustic environments. Where an independent .1 sub channel monitor is required, an additional XBD active unit is the ideal solution.<br /><br />\nThe IB2S XBD-AII comes with adjustable HF and LF shelving filters, ±8dB input level trims and the ability to adjust the input sensitivity of the balanced analog inputs from +4dB to +20dB.<br /><br />\nThe bass \nunits in both cabinets, which are identical, feature the 10-inch \ncarbon-fibre/Nomex™ piston drivers from the renowned IB1S and IB2S \nspeakers, while the IB2S-A cabinet features PMC’s hand-built 75mm \nfabric-dome driver to handle the mid range and the 34mm soft-dome \ntweeter from the BB5 XBD-A. 960W of independent, audiophile-quality \npower is available to each active master cabinet: 200W for the \nhigh-frequency and mid-range drivers, with 560W directed to the LF \ndriver for extended, low-distortion precision monitoring all the way \ndown to 20Hz.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>IB2S XBD-AII Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Type: 3-way, twin cabinet, ATL™ active reference monitor</li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 25Hz-25kHz</li>\n	<li>Analogue & digital (up 192kHz) inputs</li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 3225W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF & LFX 2400W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 2 x 2.4m(8ft)</li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 128dB</li>\n	<li>Three personal balance presets for multiple users</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Options:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Dedicated vertical and horizontal centre channel versions</li>\n	<li>Additional 190mm high-mass spacers to optimise the height and</li>\n	<li>bass performance</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>XB2S-A Subwoofer XBD Bass Cabinet</h3>\nThe XB2S-A cabinet containing a single PMC 10” piston driver from the \nIB2S XBD-A twin box monitoring system is available as a stand-alone \nactive sub.  It is an ideal and highly effective device to monitor the \n.1 effects channel within any IB2S-A or twotwo series system. It \nfeatures all the connectivity of the IB2S-A which includes a digital \ninput (32-192kHz) and balance analogue.  The combination of an ultra-low\n distortion DSP-controlled, 565W Class-D power amplifier and PMC\'s ATL™ \nbass loading technology provides faithful low frequency reproduction \ndown to 20Hz.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>The IB2S-A use of PMC’s ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) bass-loading technology, providing a smoothly controlled, high-resolution low-frequency response. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8594,75,1,1433,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers IB2S XBD-AII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors with XBD Bass Cabinet- Pair</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">Three-way high performance active monitor includes a single-drive XB2S-A Subwoofer. </span><i>Features DSP-Controlled, Class-D powered cabinets and PMC\'s patented ATL bass-loading technology.</i><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> IB2S XBD-AII Active Studio Monitors take all the power of the IB2S-AII studio monitor and add even more low end thump with the XBD extended bass cabinet.<br /><br />\nThe IB2S-AII DSP-controlled, Class-D powered cabinets feature the same 10” carbon-fibre/Nomex piston drivers from the renowned IB1S and IB2S speakers and the 34mm soft-dome tweeter from the BB5 XBD-A. A hand-crafted 75mm fabric-dome driver for the mid range.<br /><br />\nThe XBD bass unit provides a +3dB boost of low-frequency headroom, which creates a smoother room response and allows users to drive even larger acoustic environments. Where an independent .1 sub channel monitor is required, an additional XBD active unit is the ideal solution.<br /><br />\nThe IB2S XBD-AII comes with adjustable HF and LF shelving filters, ±8dB input level trims and the ability to adjust the input sensitivity of the balanced analog inputs from +4dB to +20dB.<br /><br />\nThe bass \nunits in both cabinets, which are identical, feature the 10-inch \ncarbon-fibre/Nomex™ piston drivers from the renowned IB1S and IB2S \nspeakers, while the IB2S-A cabinet features PMC’s hand-built 75mm \nfabric-dome driver to handle the mid range and the 34mm soft-dome \ntweeter from the BB5 XBD-A. 960W of independent, audiophile-quality \npower is available to each active master cabinet: 200W for the \nhigh-frequency and mid-range drivers, with 560W directed to the LF \ndriver for extended, low-distortion precision monitoring all the way \ndown to 20Hz.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>IB2S XBD-AII Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Type: 3-way, twin cabinet, ATL™ active reference monitor</li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 25Hz-25kHz</li>\n	<li>Analogue & digital (up 192kHz) inputs</li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 3225W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF & LFX 2400W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 2 x 2.4m(8ft)</li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 128dB</li>\n	<li>Three personal balance presets for multiple users</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>Options:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Dedicated vertical and horizontal centre channel versions</li>\n	<li>Additional 190mm high-mass spacers to optimise the height and</li>\n	<li>bass performance</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>XB2S-A Subwoofer XBD Bass Cabinet</h3>\nThe XB2S-A cabinet containing a single PMC 10” piston driver from the \nIB2S XBD-A twin box monitoring system is available as a stand-alone \nactive sub.  It is an ideal and highly effective device to monitor the \n.1 effects channel within any IB2S-A or twotwo series system. It \nfeatures all the connectivity of the IB2S-A which includes a digital \ninput (32-192kHz) and balance analogue.  The combination of an ultra-low\n distortion DSP-controlled, 565W Class-D power amplifier and PMC\'s ATL™ \nbass loading technology provides faithful low frequency reproduction \ndown to 20Hz.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>The IB2S-A use of PMC’s ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) bass-loading technology, providing a smoothly controlled, high-resolution low-frequency response. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8595,85,0,1433,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8596,85,1,1433,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8597,76,0,1433,''),(8598,76,1,1433,''),(8599,75,0,1434,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers 7.4.4 IB1S-AIII Immersive Audio Monitoring System</h1>\n<i>Full Immersive / Dolby Atmos monitoring system including 1 x Pair of PMC IB1S-AIII Active Monitors (L/R), 1 x PMC IB1SACIII (C), 4 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofers, </i><i>8 x ci45 surrounds and overheads, and 1 x Crown DCI 8 600D</i><i>.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> 7.4.4 Immersive Audio Monitoring System contains all the speakers and amps you need to build an incredible sounding Dolby Atmos / immersive audio room. <br /><br />\n<h3>PMC 7.4.4 Immersive Package Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>1 x Pair of PMC IB1S-AIII Active Monitors (L/R)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC IB1 SACIII (C)</li>\n	<li>4 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer (S)</li>\n	<li>8 x ci45 custom install speakers (Surrounds/Overheads)</li>\n	<li>1 x Crown DCI 8 600D (Amp for ci45)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>IB1S-AIII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors (L/R & C)</h3>\n	The IB1S-AIII offers reference level quality monitoring in a 3-way plug and play design. It is the ideal monitoring solution for discerning and highly critical professionals in small to medium sized control rooms for all applications including; recording, mixing, broadcast and post-production/mastering applications. No matter the material, whether it is the subtleties of vocal harmonies, strings, or extreme bottom end, their signature transparency and accuracy means that all critical decisions can be made instantly with complete confidence.\n<br /><br />\nPrecision soft dome HF & MF drivers provide ultra-high definition and an extremely wide, natural dispersion creating a vivid soundstage over a vast listening area and with PMC’s ATL bass loading technology teamed with its 10” carbon fibre LF piston driver provides identical dynamics and deep defined bass at all monitoring levels.<br /><br />\n<b>IB1S-AIII Features:</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>3-way, plug & play reference monitor</li>\n	<li>High resolution, ultra low distortion</li>\n	<li>Low fatigue with a flat response at all levels</li>\n	<li>Vivid soundstage over a vast listening area</li>\n	<li>Abundant headroom - PMC 600W Class D Amplification</li>\n	<li>Balanced XLR input & level control (17dB-37dB)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers twotwo Sub2 Active Subwoofer</h3>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers twotwo sub2 is a rigid, highly braced low-resonance cabinet, it delivers greater headroom and a more extensive dynamic response than the existing twotwo sub1. The sub2 is deployed to reproduce the LFE channel in surround setups, and is ideal where midfield performance levels are required in confined spaces, such as broadcast or post-production environments. Featuring PMC’s unique ATL™ bass-loading technology, and DSP-based filtering and bass management to extend bass output with negligible harmonic distortion, this is a sub with 400W of built-in Class-D amplification, producing controlled, reference-quality sound over a dynamic range from whisper-quiet to levels you feel as well as hear.\n<br /><br />\nThe long-throw bass driver - a flat piston composed of a carbon-fibre/Nomex® sandwich - is a bespoke PMC design that delivers an unparalleled transient response and potent performance for the speaker’s size when combined with the Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\nAs well as the great sound and specification, there are a number of useful design features. Analogue and AES3 digital inputs are included, the latter accepting digital signals at sample rates from 32 to 192kHz.\n<br /><br />\nSwitching between the sources is carried out from the rear panel or the optional rc1 remote. A single parametric EQ is provided to assist with in-room alignment, and the digital input is also passed through to the sub’s analogue and digital outputs, allowing sub2 to be used as a high-end digital-to-analogue converter if required.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers ci45 Custom Install Speaker</h3>\n<i>The ci45 is a custom install loudspeaker suited to larger spaces; it has all the speed and attack of the ci30, and produces greater image depth, bass extension and dynamism.</i><br />\n<br />\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci45 custom install speaker features a slim profile and compact form factor, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Crown DCI 8 600D - 8-Channel Amplifier with Dante</h3>\nDriveCore™ Install series amplifiers is a complete line of high performance installation amplifiers based on the proprietary DriveCore™ technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, engineered and manufactured to the industry’s highest quality standards, and provide system integrators with the advanced features and flexibility required for challenging 21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in professional and commercial power amplifier technology.\n<br /><br />\n<b>DCI 8 600D Features</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>600W 8-channel configuration – all in a 2 Rack Unit form factor. More channels in one box allow smaller infrastructure rooms that can reduce operational costs while giving you the utmost in installation flexibility./li&gt;\n	</li>\n	<li>Save money by using smaller gauge wiring to drive the speakers using either 70Vrms or 100Vrms. With no need for a step-up transformer at the output, the DCi produces higher audio quality much more efficiently.</li>\n	<li>Drive either one or two speakers in low-Z mode, or literally hundreds of speakers in high-Z mode (70Vrms or100Vrms). This means better design flexibility since DCi powers all loads on a channel-by-channel basis.</li>\n	<li>Unlike amps from other manufacturers, the DCi Series channels are bridgeable – even in 100Vrms mode – which means even more adaptability for higher power applications such as subwoofers.</li>\n	<li>Save power by integrating the amplifier into a control system so you can easily turn it on and off.</li>\n	<li>Highly efficient internal cooling fans provide airflow to the most heat-generating parts. Incorporating the fans into the amplifier brick design maximizes cooling while minimizing wasted energy and noise.</li>\n	<li>The most advanced power supply in an installation amplifier delivers power more efficiently in almost any condition than anyone else, resulting in less power dissipated and less heat in your racks.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8600,75,1,1434,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers 7.4.4 IB1S-AIII Immersive Audio Monitoring System</h1>\n<i>Full Immersive / Dolby Atmos monitoring system including 1 x Pair of PMC IB1S-AIII Active Monitors (L/R), 1 x PMC IB1SACIII (C), 4 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofers, </i><i>8 x ci45 surrounds and overheads, and 1 x Crown DCI 8 600D</i><i>.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> 7.4.4 Immersive Audio Monitoring System contains all the speakers and amps you need to build an incredible sounding Dolby Atmos / immersive audio room. <br /><br />\n<h3>PMC 7.4.4 Immersive Package Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>1 x Pair of PMC IB1S-AIII Active Monitors (L/R)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC IB1 SACIII (C)</li>\n	<li>4 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer (S)</li>\n	<li>8 x ci45 custom install speakers (Surrounds/Overheads)</li>\n	<li>1 x Crown DCI 8 600D (Amp for ci45)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>IB1S-AIII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors (L/R & C)</h3>\n	The IB1S-AIII offers reference level quality monitoring in a 3-way plug and play design. It is the ideal monitoring solution for discerning and highly critical professionals in small to medium sized control rooms for all applications including; recording, mixing, broadcast and post-production/mastering applications. No matter the material, whether it is the subtleties of vocal harmonies, strings, or extreme bottom end, their signature transparency and accuracy means that all critical decisions can be made instantly with complete confidence.\n<br /><br />\nPrecision soft dome HF & MF drivers provide ultra-high definition and an extremely wide, natural dispersion creating a vivid soundstage over a vast listening area and with PMC’s ATL bass loading technology teamed with its 10” carbon fibre LF piston driver provides identical dynamics and deep defined bass at all monitoring levels.<br /><br />\n<b>IB1S-AIII Features:</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>3-way, plug & play reference monitor</li>\n	<li>High resolution, ultra low distortion</li>\n	<li>Low fatigue with a flat response at all levels</li>\n	<li>Vivid soundstage over a vast listening area</li>\n	<li>Abundant headroom - PMC 600W Class D Amplification</li>\n	<li>Balanced XLR input & level control (17dB-37dB)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers twotwo Sub2 Active Subwoofer</h3>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers twotwo sub2 is a rigid, highly braced low-resonance cabinet, it delivers greater headroom and a more extensive dynamic response than the existing twotwo sub1. The sub2 is deployed to reproduce the LFE channel in surround setups, and is ideal where midfield performance levels are required in confined spaces, such as broadcast or post-production environments. Featuring PMC’s unique ATL™ bass-loading technology, and DSP-based filtering and bass management to extend bass output with negligible harmonic distortion, this is a sub with 400W of built-in Class-D amplification, producing controlled, reference-quality sound over a dynamic range from whisper-quiet to levels you feel as well as hear.\n<br /><br />\nThe long-throw bass driver - a flat piston composed of a carbon-fibre/Nomex® sandwich - is a bespoke PMC design that delivers an unparalleled transient response and potent performance for the speaker’s size when combined with the Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\nAs well as the great sound and specification, there are a number of useful design features. Analogue and AES3 digital inputs are included, the latter accepting digital signals at sample rates from 32 to 192kHz.\n<br /><br />\nSwitching between the sources is carried out from the rear panel or the optional rc1 remote. A single parametric EQ is provided to assist with in-room alignment, and the digital input is also passed through to the sub’s analogue and digital outputs, allowing sub2 to be used as a high-end digital-to-analogue converter if required.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers ci45 Custom Install Speaker</h3>\n<i>The ci45 is a custom install loudspeaker suited to larger spaces; it has all the speed and attack of the ci30, and produces greater image depth, bass extension and dynamism.</i><br />\n<br />\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci45 custom install speaker features a slim profile and compact form factor, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Crown DCI 8 600D - 8-Channel Amplifier with Dante</h3>\nDriveCore™ Install series amplifiers is a complete line of high performance installation amplifiers based on the proprietary DriveCore™ technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, engineered and manufactured to the industry’s highest quality standards, and provide system integrators with the advanced features and flexibility required for challenging 21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in professional and commercial power amplifier technology.\n<br /><br />\n<b>DCI 8 600D Features</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>600W 8-channel configuration – all in a 2 Rack Unit form factor. More channels in one box allow smaller infrastructure rooms that can reduce operational costs while giving you the utmost in installation flexibility./li&gt;\n	</li>\n	<li>Save money by using smaller gauge wiring to drive the speakers using either 70Vrms or 100Vrms. With no need for a step-up transformer at the output, the DCi produces higher audio quality much more efficiently.</li>\n	<li>Drive either one or two speakers in low-Z mode, or literally hundreds of speakers in high-Z mode (70Vrms or100Vrms). This means better design flexibility since DCi powers all loads on a channel-by-channel basis.</li>\n	<li>Unlike amps from other manufacturers, the DCi Series channels are bridgeable – even in 100Vrms mode – which means even more adaptability for higher power applications such as subwoofers.</li>\n	<li>Save power by integrating the amplifier into a control system so you can easily turn it on and off.</li>\n	<li>Highly efficient internal cooling fans provide airflow to the most heat-generating parts. Incorporating the fans into the amplifier brick design maximizes cooling while minimizing wasted energy and noise.</li>\n	<li>The most advanced power supply in an installation amplifier delivers power more efficiently in almost any condition than anyone else, resulting in less power dissipated and less heat in your racks.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8601,85,0,1434,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8602,85,1,1434,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8603,76,0,1434,''),(8604,76,1,1434,''),(8605,75,0,1435,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers 7.2.4 IB1S-AIII Immersive Audio Monitoring System</h1>\n<i>Full Immersive / Dolby Atmos monitoring system including 1 x Pair of PMC IB1S-AIII Active Monitors (L/R), 1 x PMC IB1SACIII (C), 2 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofers, 8 x ci45 surrounds and overheads, and 1 x Crown DCI 8 600D.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> 7.2.4 Immersive Audio Monitoring System contains all the speakers and amps you need to build an incredible sounding Dolby Atmos / immersive audio room. <br /><br />\n<h3>PMC 7.2.4 Immersive Package Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>1 x Pair of PMC IB1S-AIII Active Monitors (L/R)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC IB1 SACIII (C)</li>\n	<li>2 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer (S)</li>\n	<li>8 x ci45 custom install speakers (Surrounds/Overheads)</li>\n	<li>1 x Linea 88 C03 (Amp for ci45)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>IB1S-AIII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors (L/R & C)</h3>\n	The IB1S-AIII offers reference level quality monitoring in a 3-way plug and play design. It is the ideal monitoring solution for discerning and highly critical professionals in small to medium sized control rooms for all applications including; recording, mixing, broadcast and post-production/mastering applications. No matter the material, whether it is the subtleties of vocal harmonies, strings, or extreme bottom end, their signature transparency and accuracy means that all critical decisions can be made instantly with complete confidence.\n<br /><br />\nPrecision soft dome HF & MF drivers provide ultra-high definition and an extremely wide, natural dispersion creating a vivid soundstage over a vast listening area and with PMC’s ATL bass loading technology teamed with its 10” carbon fibre LF piston driver provides identical dynamics and deep defined bass at all monitoring levels.<br /><br />\n<b>IB1S-AIII Features:</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>3-way, plug & play reference monitor</li>\n	<li>High resolution, ultra low distortion</li>\n	<li>Low fatigue with a flat response at all levels</li>\n	<li>Vivid soundstage over a vast listening area</li>\n	<li>Abundant headroom - PMC 600W Class D Amplification</li>\n	<li>Balanced XLR input & level control (17dB-37dB)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers twotwo Sub2 Active Subwoofer</h3>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers twotwo sub2 is a rigid, highly braced low-resonance cabinet, it delivers greater headroom and a more extensive dynamic response than the existing twotwo sub1. The sub2 is deployed to reproduce the LFE channel in surround setups, and is ideal where midfield performance levels are required in confined spaces, such as broadcast or post-production environments. Featuring PMC’s unique ATL™ bass-loading technology, and DSP-based filtering and bass management to extend bass output with negligible harmonic distortion, this is a sub with 400W of built-in Class-D amplification, producing controlled, reference-quality sound over a dynamic range from whisper-quiet to levels you feel as well as hear.\n<br /><br />\nThe long-throw bass driver - a flat piston composed of a carbon-fibre/Nomex® sandwich - is a bespoke PMC design that delivers an unparalleled transient response and potent performance for the speaker’s size when combined with the Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\nAs well as the great sound and specification, there are a number of useful design features. Analogue and AES3 digital inputs are included, the latter accepting digital signals at sample rates from 32 to 192kHz.\n<br /><br />\nSwitching between the sources is carried out from the rear panel or the optional rc1 remote. A single parametric EQ is provided to assist with in-room alignment, and the digital input is also passed through to the sub’s analogue and digital outputs, allowing sub2 to be used as a high-end digital-to-analogue converter if required.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers ci45 Custom Install Speaker</h3>\n<i>The ci45 is a custom install loudspeaker suited to larger spaces; it has all the speed and attack of the ci30, and produces greater image depth, bass extension and dynamism.</i><br />\n<br />\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci45 custom install speaker features a slim profile and compact form factor, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Crown DCI 8 600D - 8-Channel Amplifier with Dante</h3>\nDriveCore™ Install series amplifiers is a complete line of high performance installation amplifiers based on the proprietary DriveCore™ technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, engineered and manufactured to the industry’s highest quality standards, and provide system integrators with the advanced features and flexibility required for challenging 21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in professional and commercial power amplifier technology.\n<br /><br />\n<b>DCI 8 600D Features</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>600W 8-channel configuration – all in a 2 Rack Unit form factor. More channels in one box allow smaller infrastructure rooms that can reduce operational costs while giving you the utmost in installation flexibility./li&gt;\n	</li>\n	<li>Save money by using smaller gauge wiring to drive the speakers using either 70Vrms or 100Vrms. With no need for a step-up transformer at the output, the DCi produces higher audio quality much more efficiently.</li>\n	<li>Drive either one or two speakers in low-Z mode, or literally hundreds of speakers in high-Z mode (70Vrms or100Vrms). This means better design flexibility since DCi powers all loads on a channel-by-channel basis.</li>\n	<li>Unlike amps from other manufacturers, the DCi Series channels are bridgeable – even in 100Vrms mode – which means even more adaptability for higher power applications such as subwoofers.</li>\n	<li>Save power by integrating the amplifier into a control system so you can easily turn it on and off.</li>\n	<li>Highly efficient internal cooling fans provide airflow to the most heat-generating parts. Incorporating the fans into the amplifier brick design maximizes cooling while minimizing wasted energy and noise.</li>\n	<li>The most advanced power supply in an installation amplifier delivers power more efficiently in almost any condition than anyone else, resulting in less power dissipated and less heat in your racks.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8606,75,1,1435,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers 7.2.4 IB1S-AIII Immersive Audio Monitoring System</h1>\n<i>Full Immersive / Dolby Atmos monitoring system including 1 x Pair of PMC IB1S-AIII Active Monitors (L/R), 1 x PMC IB1SACIII (C), 2 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofers, 8 x ci45 surrounds and overheads, and 1 x Crown DCI 8 600D.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> 7.2.4 Immersive Audio Monitoring System contains all the speakers and amps you need to build an incredible sounding Dolby Atmos / immersive audio room. <br /><br />\n<h3>PMC 7.2.4 Immersive Package Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>1 x Pair of PMC IB1S-AIII Active Monitors (L/R)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC IB1 SACIII (C)</li>\n	<li>2 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer (S)</li>\n	<li>8 x ci45 custom install speakers (Surrounds/Overheads)</li>\n	<li>1 x Linea 88 C03 (Amp for ci45)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>IB1S-AIII Three-Way Active Studio Monitors (L/R & C)</h3>\n	The IB1S-AIII offers reference level quality monitoring in a 3-way plug and play design. It is the ideal monitoring solution for discerning and highly critical professionals in small to medium sized control rooms for all applications including; recording, mixing, broadcast and post-production/mastering applications. No matter the material, whether it is the subtleties of vocal harmonies, strings, or extreme bottom end, their signature transparency and accuracy means that all critical decisions can be made instantly with complete confidence.\n<br /><br />\nPrecision soft dome HF & MF drivers provide ultra-high definition and an extremely wide, natural dispersion creating a vivid soundstage over a vast listening area and with PMC’s ATL bass loading technology teamed with its 10” carbon fibre LF piston driver provides identical dynamics and deep defined bass at all monitoring levels.<br /><br />\n<b>IB1S-AIII Features:</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>3-way, plug & play reference monitor</li>\n	<li>High resolution, ultra low distortion</li>\n	<li>Low fatigue with a flat response at all levels</li>\n	<li>Vivid soundstage over a vast listening area</li>\n	<li>Abundant headroom - PMC 600W Class D Amplification</li>\n	<li>Balanced XLR input & level control (17dB-37dB)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers twotwo Sub2 Active Subwoofer</h3>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers twotwo sub2 is a rigid, highly braced low-resonance cabinet, it delivers greater headroom and a more extensive dynamic response than the existing twotwo sub1. The sub2 is deployed to reproduce the LFE channel in surround setups, and is ideal where midfield performance levels are required in confined spaces, such as broadcast or post-production environments. Featuring PMC’s unique ATL™ bass-loading technology, and DSP-based filtering and bass management to extend bass output with negligible harmonic distortion, this is a sub with 400W of built-in Class-D amplification, producing controlled, reference-quality sound over a dynamic range from whisper-quiet to levels you feel as well as hear.\n<br /><br />\nThe long-throw bass driver - a flat piston composed of a carbon-fibre/Nomex® sandwich - is a bespoke PMC design that delivers an unparalleled transient response and potent performance for the speaker’s size when combined with the Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\nAs well as the great sound and specification, there are a number of useful design features. Analogue and AES3 digital inputs are included, the latter accepting digital signals at sample rates from 32 to 192kHz.\n<br /><br />\nSwitching between the sources is carried out from the rear panel or the optional rc1 remote. A single parametric EQ is provided to assist with in-room alignment, and the digital input is also passed through to the sub’s analogue and digital outputs, allowing sub2 to be used as a high-end digital-to-analogue converter if required.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers ci45 Custom Install Speaker</h3>\n<i>The ci45 is a custom install loudspeaker suited to larger spaces; it has all the speed and attack of the ci30, and produces greater image depth, bass extension and dynamism.</i><br />\n<br />\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci45 custom install speaker features a slim profile and compact form factor, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Crown DCI 8 600D - 8-Channel Amplifier with Dante</h3>\nDriveCore™ Install series amplifiers is a complete line of high performance installation amplifiers based on the proprietary DriveCore™ technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, engineered and manufactured to the industry’s highest quality standards, and provide system integrators with the advanced features and flexibility required for challenging 21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in professional and commercial power amplifier technology.\n<br /><br />\n<b>DCI 8 600D Features</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>600W 8-channel configuration – all in a 2 Rack Unit form factor. More channels in one box allow smaller infrastructure rooms that can reduce operational costs while giving you the utmost in installation flexibility./li&gt;\n	</li>\n	<li>Save money by using smaller gauge wiring to drive the speakers using either 70Vrms or 100Vrms. With no need for a step-up transformer at the output, the DCi produces higher audio quality much more efficiently.</li>\n	<li>Drive either one or two speakers in low-Z mode, or literally hundreds of speakers in high-Z mode (70Vrms or100Vrms). This means better design flexibility since DCi powers all loads on a channel-by-channel basis.</li>\n	<li>Unlike amps from other manufacturers, the DCi Series channels are bridgeable – even in 100Vrms mode – which means even more adaptability for higher power applications such as subwoofers.</li>\n	<li>Save power by integrating the amplifier into a control system so you can easily turn it on and off.</li>\n	<li>Highly efficient internal cooling fans provide airflow to the most heat-generating parts. Incorporating the fans into the amplifier brick design maximizes cooling while minimizing wasted energy and noise.</li>\n	<li>The most advanced power supply in an installation amplifier delivers power more efficiently in almost any condition than anyone else, resulting in less power dissipated and less heat in your racks.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8607,85,0,1435,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8608,85,1,1435,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8609,76,0,1435,''),(8610,76,1,1435,''),(8611,75,0,1436,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers 7.1.4 result6 Immersive Audio Monitoring System</h1>\n<i>Full Immersive / Dolby Atmos monitoring system including 1 x Pair of PMC result6 Active Monitors (L/R), 1 x PMC result6 (C) 1 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer, 8 x ci30 surrounds and overheads, and 1 x Crown DCI 8 300D Amplifier.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> 7.1.4 Immersive Audio Monitoring System contains all the speakers and amps you need to build an incredible sounding Dolby Atmos / immersive audio room. <br /><br />\n<h3>PMC 7.1.4 Immersive Package Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>1 x Pair of PMC result6 Active Monitors (L/R)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC result6 (C)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer (S)</li>\n	<li>8 x ci30 Custom Install Speakers (Surrounds/Overheads)</li>\n	<li>1 x Crown DCI 8 300D (Amp for Wafers)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>result6 Active Studio Monitor (L/R & C)</h3><div><i>PMC result6, PMC\'s newest studio monitor, is the “result” of 26 years of painstaking development, and is a high resolution compact reference monitor at an affordable price.</i><br /><br /><div>The PMC Loudspeakers result6 is an active two-way reference monitor offering all of the attributes for which PMC is world-renowned: high resolution and detail, accurate, extended bass, consistent tonal balance at all levels, and wide dispersion and sweet spot. result6 features a 27mm fabric soft-dome with D-Fins for superior HF dispersion and a 6.5\" Mid/Bass driver with ATL technology, the proprietary bass-loading system that provides exceptional LF extension in a small cabinet, with no coloration. With an emphasis on elegant simplicity, result6 is a compact nearfield that allows you to work faster and more confidently; in short, to see, hear and achieve results more quickly.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">result6 features no overly complex DSP-based user options or room profiles; instead, the result6 achieves its characteristically neutral, dependable PMC reference sound solely on the strength of its engineering. Honed to the fundamentals of PMC\'s design philosophy, it\'s devoted to getting you the best sounding results in the shortest possible time.</span></div></div><br />\n<b>result6 Features:</b>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">D-Fins for superior HF dispersion giving you an extra-wide stereo sweet spot.</span></li><li>PMC Patented ATL (Advanced Transmission Line) technology provides exceptional LF extension in a small footprint, with no coloration</li><li>Laser measurement ensures optimal performance by rapidly and repeatedly scanning the surface of the drive unit during operation, measuring every micro-movement with phenomenal accuracy</li><li>High-power amplification: HF 65W, LF 100W</li><li>Cabinet Decoupling Bands prevent the result6 from slipping, and also decouple it acoustically, preventing unwanted vibrations from coloring your sound.</li><li>Anchor Points allowing the speakers to be wallmounted and precisely positioned.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers twotwo Sub2 Active Subwoofer</h3>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers twotwo sub2 is a rigid, highly braced low-resonance cabinet, it delivers greater headroom and a more extensive dynamic response than the existing twotwo sub1. The sub2 is deployed to reproduce the LFE channel in surround setups, and is ideal where midfield performance levels are required in confined spaces, such as broadcast or post-production environments. Featuring PMC’s unique ATL™ bass-loading technology, and DSP-based filtering and bass management to extend bass output with negligible harmonic distortion, this is a sub with 400W of built-in Class-D amplification, producing controlled, reference-quality sound over a dynamic range from whisper-quiet to levels you feel as well as hear.\n<br /><br />\nThe long-throw bass driver - a flat piston composed of a carbon-fibre/Nomex® sandwich - is a bespoke PMC design that delivers an unparalleled transient response and potent performance for the speaker’s size when combined with the Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\nAs well as the great sound and specification, there are a number of useful design features. Analogue and AES3 digital inputs are included, the latter accepting digital signals at sample rates from 32 to 192kHz.\n<br /><br />\nSwitching between the sources is carried out from the rear panel or the optional rc1 remote. A single parametric EQ is provided to assist with in-room alignment, and the digital input is also passed through to the sub’s analogue and digital outputs, allowing sub2 to be used as a high-end digital-to-analogue converter if required.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers ci30 Custom Install Speaker</h3>\n<i>The ci30 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in a small-to-medium Dolby Atmos® mix room. Available with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br /><div><br /></div><div>The PMC Loudspeakers ci30 custom install speaker is the smallest of the ci range, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.</div>\n<br />\n\n<h3>Crown DCI 8 300D - 8-Channel Amplifier with Dante</h3>DriveCore™ Install series amplifiers is a complete line of high performance installation amplifiers based on the proprietary DriveCore™ technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, engineered and manufactured to the industry’s highest quality standards, and provide system integrators with the advanced features and flexibility required for challenging 21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in professional and commercial power amplifier technology.<br />\n<br />\n<b>DCI 8 300D Features</b>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">300W 8-channel configuration – all in a 2 Rack Unit form factor. More channels in one box allow smaller infrastructure rooms that can reduce operational costs while giving you the utmost in installation flexibility.</span></li><li>Save money by using smaller gauge wiring to drive the speakers using either 70Vrms or 100Vrms. With no need for a step-up transformer at the output, the DCi produces higher audio quality much more efficiently. </li><li>Drive either one or two speakers in low-Z mode, or literally hundreds of speakers in high-Z mode (70Vrms or100Vrms). This means better design flexibility since DCi powers all loads on a channel-by-channel basis.</li><li>Unlike amps from other manufacturers, the DCi Series channels are bridgeable – even in 100Vrms mode – which means even more adaptability for higher power applications such as subwoofers.</li><li>Save power by integrating the amplifier into a control system so you can easily turn it on and off.</li><li>Highly efficient internal cooling fans provide airflow to the most heat-generating parts. Incorporating the fans into the amplifier brick design maximizes cooling while minimizing wasted energy and noise.</li><li>The most advanced power supply in an installation amplifier delivers power more efficiently in almost any condition than anyone else, resulting in less power dissipated and less heat in your racks.</li>\n</ul>'),(8612,75,1,1436,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers 7.1.4 result6 Immersive Audio Monitoring System</h1>\n<i>Full Immersive / Dolby Atmos monitoring system including 1 x Pair of PMC result6 Active Monitors (L/R), 1 x PMC result6 (C) 1 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer, 8 x ci30 surrounds and overheads, and 1 x Crown DCI 8 300D Amplifier.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> 7.1.4 Immersive Audio Monitoring System contains all the speakers and amps you need to build an incredible sounding Dolby Atmos / immersive audio room. <br /><br />\n<h3>PMC 7.1.4 Immersive Package Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>1 x Pair of PMC result6 Active Monitors (L/R)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC result6 (C)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer (S)</li>\n	<li>8 x ci30 Custom Install Speakers (Surrounds/Overheads)</li>\n	<li>1 x Crown DCI 8 300D (Amp for Wafers)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>result6 Active Studio Monitor (L/R & C)</h3><div><i>PMC result6, PMC\'s newest studio monitor, is the “result” of 26 years of painstaking development, and is a high resolution compact reference monitor at an affordable price.</i><br /><br /><div>The PMC Loudspeakers result6 is an active two-way reference monitor offering all of the attributes for which PMC is world-renowned: high resolution and detail, accurate, extended bass, consistent tonal balance at all levels, and wide dispersion and sweet spot. result6 features a 27mm fabric soft-dome with D-Fins for superior HF dispersion and a 6.5\" Mid/Bass driver with ATL technology, the proprietary bass-loading system that provides exceptional LF extension in a small cabinet, with no coloration. With an emphasis on elegant simplicity, result6 is a compact nearfield that allows you to work faster and more confidently; in short, to see, hear and achieve results more quickly.<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">result6 features no overly complex DSP-based user options or room profiles; instead, the result6 achieves its characteristically neutral, dependable PMC reference sound solely on the strength of its engineering. Honed to the fundamentals of PMC\'s design philosophy, it\'s devoted to getting you the best sounding results in the shortest possible time.</span></div></div><br />\n<b>result6 Features:</b>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">D-Fins for superior HF dispersion giving you an extra-wide stereo sweet spot.</span></li><li>PMC Patented ATL (Advanced Transmission Line) technology provides exceptional LF extension in a small footprint, with no coloration</li><li>Laser measurement ensures optimal performance by rapidly and repeatedly scanning the surface of the drive unit during operation, measuring every micro-movement with phenomenal accuracy</li><li>High-power amplification: HF 65W, LF 100W</li><li>Cabinet Decoupling Bands prevent the result6 from slipping, and also decouple it acoustically, preventing unwanted vibrations from coloring your sound.</li><li>Anchor Points allowing the speakers to be wallmounted and precisely positioned.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers twotwo Sub2 Active Subwoofer</h3>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers twotwo sub2 is a rigid, highly braced low-resonance cabinet, it delivers greater headroom and a more extensive dynamic response than the existing twotwo sub1. The sub2 is deployed to reproduce the LFE channel in surround setups, and is ideal where midfield performance levels are required in confined spaces, such as broadcast or post-production environments. Featuring PMC’s unique ATL™ bass-loading technology, and DSP-based filtering and bass management to extend bass output with negligible harmonic distortion, this is a sub with 400W of built-in Class-D amplification, producing controlled, reference-quality sound over a dynamic range from whisper-quiet to levels you feel as well as hear.\n<br /><br />\nThe long-throw bass driver - a flat piston composed of a carbon-fibre/Nomex® sandwich - is a bespoke PMC design that delivers an unparalleled transient response and potent performance for the speaker’s size when combined with the Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\nAs well as the great sound and specification, there are a number of useful design features. Analogue and AES3 digital inputs are included, the latter accepting digital signals at sample rates from 32 to 192kHz.\n<br /><br />\nSwitching between the sources is carried out from the rear panel or the optional rc1 remote. A single parametric EQ is provided to assist with in-room alignment, and the digital input is also passed through to the sub’s analogue and digital outputs, allowing sub2 to be used as a high-end digital-to-analogue converter if required.<br /><br />\n\n\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers ci30 Custom Install Speaker</h3>\n<i>The ci30 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in a small-to-medium Dolby Atmos® mix room. Available with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br /><div><br /></div><div>The PMC Loudspeakers ci30 custom install speaker is the smallest of the ci range, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.</div>\n<br />\n\n<h3>Crown DCI 8 300D - 8-Channel Amplifier with Dante</h3>DriveCore™ Install series amplifiers is a complete line of high performance installation amplifiers based on the proprietary DriveCore™ technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, engineered and manufactured to the industry’s highest quality standards, and provide system integrators with the advanced features and flexibility required for challenging 21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in professional and commercial power amplifier technology.<br />\n<br />\n<b>DCI 8 300D Features</b>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">300W 8-channel configuration – all in a 2 Rack Unit form factor. More channels in one box allow smaller infrastructure rooms that can reduce operational costs while giving you the utmost in installation flexibility.</span></li><li>Save money by using smaller gauge wiring to drive the speakers using either 70Vrms or 100Vrms. With no need for a step-up transformer at the output, the DCi produces higher audio quality much more efficiently. </li><li>Drive either one or two speakers in low-Z mode, or literally hundreds of speakers in high-Z mode (70Vrms or100Vrms). This means better design flexibility since DCi powers all loads on a channel-by-channel basis.</li><li>Unlike amps from other manufacturers, the DCi Series channels are bridgeable – even in 100Vrms mode – which means even more adaptability for higher power applications such as subwoofers.</li><li>Save power by integrating the amplifier into a control system so you can easily turn it on and off.</li><li>Highly efficient internal cooling fans provide airflow to the most heat-generating parts. Incorporating the fans into the amplifier brick design maximizes cooling while minimizing wasted energy and noise.</li><li>The most advanced power supply in an installation amplifier delivers power more efficiently in almost any condition than anyone else, resulting in less power dissipated and less heat in your racks.</li>\n</ul>'),(8613,85,0,1436,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8614,85,1,1436,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8615,76,0,1436,''),(8616,76,1,1436,''),(8617,75,0,1437,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers 7.1.4 twotwo.8 Immersive Audio Monitoring System</h1>\n<i>Full Immersive / Dolby Atmos monitoring system including 1 x Pair of PMC twotwo.8 Active Monitors (L/R), 1 x PMC twotwo.8 (C) 1 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer, 8 x ci30 surrounds and overheads, and 1 x Crown DCI 8 300D Amplifier.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> 7.1.4 Immersive Audio Monitoring System contains all the speakers and amps you need to build an incredible sounding Dolby Atmos / immersive audio room. <br /><br />\n<h3>PMC 7.1.4 Immersive Package Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>1 x Pair of PMC twotwo.8 Active Monitors (L/R)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC twotwo.8 (C)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer (S)</li>\n	<li>8 x ci30 Custom Install Speakers (Surrounds/Overheads)</li>\n	<li>1 x Crown DCI 8 300D (Amp for Wafers)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>twotwo.8 (L/R & C)</h3>\n<div>\n	The PMC Loudspeakers twotwo.8 studio monitor is the flagship model of PMC’s twotwo series. It is the largest and most powerful monitor in the range, employing a large 20mm (8”) custom bass driver designed for dynamics and neutrality, housed within PMC’s trademarked Advanced Transmission Line labyrinth cabinet for a midfield monitor with superb transparency and depth.\n	<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">A powerful DSP engine controls driver response, crossover and room EQ, ensuring none of the detail and nuance is lost from the source.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">As with the rest of the twotwo range, the twotwo.8 performs flawlessly whether in a vertical or horizontal position, with no compromise on dynamics or frequency response. The twotwo.8 boasts incredible midrange clarity and a powerful bass response for that can accurately reproduce any genre of music.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Whether you’re plugging in analog or digital, in a home studio or a professional control room, PMC’s twotwo.8 is a professional reference loudspeaker monitor you can count on.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<b>twotwo.8  Features:</b>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">True compact reference monitors with ATL™ bass loading technology</span></li>\n	<li>Class leading connectivity – both analogue & digital up to 192kHz</li>\n	<li>Cutting edge, audiophile, high efficiency dual Class-D amplification</li>\n	<li>Powerful DSP engine controlling driver response, crossover & EQ</li>\n	<li>Versatile positioning – perfect in both vertical & horizontal orientation</li>\n	<li>Precision drivers designed and built by PMC for dynamics & neutrality</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers twotwo Sub2 Active Subwoofer</h3>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers twotwo sub2 is a rigid, highly braced low-resonance cabinet, it delivers greater headroom and a more extensive dynamic response than the existing twotwo sub1. The sub2 is deployed to reproduce the LFE channel in surround setups, and is ideal where midfield performance levels are required in confined spaces, such as broadcast or post-production environments. Featuring PMC’s unique ATL™ bass-loading technology, and DSP-based filtering and bass management to extend bass output with negligible harmonic distortion, this is a sub with 400W of built-in Class-D amplification, producing controlled, reference-quality sound over a dynamic range from whisper-quiet to levels you feel as well as hear.\n<br /><br />\nThe long-throw bass driver - a flat piston composed of a carbon-fibre/Nomex® sandwich - is a bespoke PMC design that delivers an unparalleled transient response and potent performance for the speaker’s size when combined with the Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\nAs well as the great sound and specification, there are a number of useful design features. Analogue and AES3 digital inputs are included, the latter accepting digital signals at sample rates from 32 to 192kHz.\n<br /><br />\nSwitching between the sources is carried out from the rear panel or the optional rc1 remote. A single parametric EQ is provided to assist with in-room alignment, and the digital input is also passed through to the sub’s analogue and digital outputs, allowing sub2 to be used as a high-end digital-to-analogue converter if required.<br /><br />\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers ci30 Custom Install Speaker</h3>\n<i>The ci30 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in a small-to-medium Dolby Atmos® mix room. Available with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br />\n<br />\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci30 custom install speaker is the smallest of the ci range, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Crown DCI 8 300D - 8-Channel Amplifier with Dante</h3>\nDriveCore™ Install series amplifiers is a complete line of high performance installation amplifiers based on the proprietary DriveCore™ technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, engineered and manufactured to the industry’s highest quality standards, and provide system integrators with the advanced features and flexibility required for challenging 21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in professional and commercial power amplifier technology.\n<br /><br />\n<b>DCI 8 300D Features</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>300W 8-channel configuration – all in a 2 Rack Unit form factor. More channels in one box allow smaller infrastructure rooms that can reduce operational costs while giving you the utmost in installation flexibility./li&gt;\n	</li>\n	<li>Save money by using smaller gauge wiring to drive the speakers using either 70Vrms or 100Vrms. With no need for a step-up transformer at the output, the DCi produces higher audio quality much more efficiently.</li>\n	<li>Drive either one or two speakers in low-Z mode, or literally hundreds of speakers in high-Z mode (70Vrms or100Vrms). This means better design flexibility since DCi powers all loads on a channel-by-channel basis.</li>\n	<li>Unlike amps from other manufacturers, the DCi Series channels are bridgeable – even in 100Vrms mode – which means even more adaptability for higher power applications such as subwoofers.</li>\n	<li>Save power by integrating the amplifier into a control system so you can easily turn it on and off.</li>\n	<li>Highly efficient internal cooling fans provide airflow to the most heat-generating parts. Incorporating the fans into the amplifier brick design maximizes cooling while minimizing wasted energy and noise.</li>\n	<li>The most advanced power supply in an installation amplifier delivers power more efficiently in almost any condition than anyone else, resulting in less power dissipated and less heat in your racks.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8618,75,1,1437,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers 7.1.4 twotwo.8 Immersive Audio Monitoring System</h1>\n<i>Full Immersive / Dolby Atmos monitoring system including 1 x Pair of PMC twotwo.8 Active Monitors (L/R), 1 x PMC twotwo.8 (C) 1 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer, 8 x ci30 surrounds and overheads, and 1 x Crown DCI 8 300D Amplifier.</i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> 7.1.4 Immersive Audio Monitoring System contains all the speakers and amps you need to build an incredible sounding Dolby Atmos / immersive audio room. <br /><br />\n<h3>PMC 7.1.4 Immersive Package Includes:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>1 x Pair of PMC twotwo.8 Active Monitors (L/R)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC twotwo.8 (C)</li>\n	<li>1 x PMC Twotwo.SUB2 Active Subwoofer (S)</li>\n	<li>8 x ci30 Custom Install Speakers (Surrounds/Overheads)</li>\n	<li>1 x Crown DCI 8 300D (Amp for Wafers)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>twotwo.8 (L/R & C)</h3>\n<div>\n	The PMC Loudspeakers twotwo.8 studio monitor is the flagship model of PMC’s twotwo series. It is the largest and most powerful monitor in the range, employing a large 20mm (8”) custom bass driver designed for dynamics and neutrality, housed within PMC’s trademarked Advanced Transmission Line labyrinth cabinet for a midfield monitor with superb transparency and depth.\n	<br /><br /><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">A powerful DSP engine controls driver response, crossover and room EQ, ensuring none of the detail and nuance is lost from the source.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">As with the rest of the twotwo range, the twotwo.8 performs flawlessly whether in a vertical or horizontal position, with no compromise on dynamics or frequency response. The twotwo.8 boasts incredible midrange clarity and a powerful bass response for that can accurately reproduce any genre of music.<br /><br /></span><span style=\"background-color: initial;\">Whether you’re plugging in analog or digital, in a home studio or a professional control room, PMC’s twotwo.8 is a professional reference loudspeaker monitor you can count on.</span>\n</div>\n<br />\n<b>twotwo.8  Features:</b>\n<ul>\n	<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">True compact reference monitors with ATL™ bass loading technology</span></li>\n	<li>Class leading connectivity – both analogue & digital up to 192kHz</li>\n	<li>Cutting edge, audiophile, high efficiency dual Class-D amplification</li>\n	<li>Powerful DSP engine controlling driver response, crossover & EQ</li>\n	<li>Versatile positioning – perfect in both vertical & horizontal orientation</li>\n	<li>Precision drivers designed and built by PMC for dynamics & neutrality</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers twotwo Sub2 Active Subwoofer</h3>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers twotwo sub2 is a rigid, highly braced low-resonance cabinet, it delivers greater headroom and a more extensive dynamic response than the existing twotwo sub1. The sub2 is deployed to reproduce the LFE channel in surround setups, and is ideal where midfield performance levels are required in confined spaces, such as broadcast or post-production environments. Featuring PMC’s unique ATL™ bass-loading technology, and DSP-based filtering and bass management to extend bass output with negligible harmonic distortion, this is a sub with 400W of built-in Class-D amplification, producing controlled, reference-quality sound over a dynamic range from whisper-quiet to levels you feel as well as hear.\n<br /><br />\nThe long-throw bass driver - a flat piston composed of a carbon-fibre/Nomex® sandwich - is a bespoke PMC design that delivers an unparalleled transient response and potent performance for the speaker’s size when combined with the Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\nAs well as the great sound and specification, there are a number of useful design features. Analogue and AES3 digital inputs are included, the latter accepting digital signals at sample rates from 32 to 192kHz.\n<br /><br />\nSwitching between the sources is carried out from the rear panel or the optional rc1 remote. A single parametric EQ is provided to assist with in-room alignment, and the digital input is also passed through to the sub’s analogue and digital outputs, allowing sub2 to be used as a high-end digital-to-analogue converter if required.<br /><br />\n<h3>PMC Loudspeakers ci30 Custom Install Speaker</h3>\n<i>The ci30 is a custom install loudspeaker, perfect for surround channels in a small-to-medium Dolby Atmos® mix room. Available with optional ci Series Sleeve for on-wall mounting applications (sold separately).</i><br />\n<br />\nThe PMC Loudspeakers ci30 custom install speaker is the smallest of the ci range, perfect for in-ceiling, in-wall or on-wall mounting. Featuring a 5.25\" LT™ (long-throw) bass driver and 1\" soft dome tweeter, it out-performs speakers twice its size, making it ideal for surround channels, Dolby Atmos® and stereo in smaller rooms.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Crown DCI 8 300D - 8-Channel Amplifier with Dante</h3>\nDriveCore™ Install series amplifiers is a complete line of high performance installation amplifiers based on the proprietary DriveCore™ technology. DCi Series amplifiers are designed, engineered and manufactured to the industry’s highest quality standards, and provide system integrators with the advanced features and flexibility required for challenging 21st century installed sound applications. Versatile, compact and highly energy-efficient, DCi Series amplifiers continue the unbroken Crown tradition of leadership in professional and commercial power amplifier technology.\n<br /><br />\n<b>DCI 8 300D Features</b>\n<ul>\n	<li>300W 8-channel configuration – all in a 2 Rack Unit form factor. More channels in one box allow smaller infrastructure rooms that can reduce operational costs while giving you the utmost in installation flexibility./li&gt;\n	</li>\n	<li>Save money by using smaller gauge wiring to drive the speakers using either 70Vrms or 100Vrms. With no need for a step-up transformer at the output, the DCi produces higher audio quality much more efficiently.</li>\n	<li>Drive either one or two speakers in low-Z mode, or literally hundreds of speakers in high-Z mode (70Vrms or100Vrms). This means better design flexibility since DCi powers all loads on a channel-by-channel basis.</li>\n	<li>Unlike amps from other manufacturers, the DCi Series channels are bridgeable – even in 100Vrms mode – which means even more adaptability for higher power applications such as subwoofers.</li>\n	<li>Save power by integrating the amplifier into a control system so you can easily turn it on and off.</li>\n	<li>Highly efficient internal cooling fans provide airflow to the most heat-generating parts. Incorporating the fans into the amplifier brick design maximizes cooling while minimizing wasted energy and noise.</li>\n	<li>The most advanced power supply in an installation amplifier delivers power more efficiently in almost any condition than anyone else, resulting in less power dissipated and less heat in your racks.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />'),(8619,85,0,1437,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8620,85,1,1437,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8621,76,0,1437,''),(8622,76,1,1437,''),(8623,75,0,1438,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers MB2S Passive Range Studio Monitors - Pair</h3> <span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">You can find the MB2S in the following studios Advantage Audio. <br /></span><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB2S Passive Studio Monitor is perfect for mid sized control rooms either soffit mounted \nor on its custom studio stands. The MB2S allows higher SPL’s without \ndistortion and loss of definition normally associated with a device of \nits size. The distinctive MB2S includes the PMC 75 mid driver that has \ntaken the limits of soft dome design and construction to its ultimate \nconclusion. <br /><br /><p>The Radial™ low frequency driver allows massive controlled excursions\n and avoids the effects of power compression, by cooling via its cast \nalloy exo-skeleton and new rear vented magnet.</p>\n<p></p>\n\n<h3>The MB2S matches low profile center channels (MB2S-C) and subwoofers for use in surround configuration (XB2S). Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8624,75,1,1438,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers MB2S Passive Range Studio Monitors - Pair</h3> <span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">You can find the MB2S in the following studios Advantage Audio. <br /></span><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB2S Passive Studio Monitor is perfect for mid sized control rooms either soffit mounted \nor on its custom studio stands. The MB2S allows higher SPL’s without \ndistortion and loss of definition normally associated with a device of \nits size. The distinctive MB2S includes the PMC 75 mid driver that has \ntaken the limits of soft dome design and construction to its ultimate \nconclusion. <br /><br /><p>The Radial™ low frequency driver allows massive controlled excursions\n and avoids the effects of power compression, by cooling via its cast \nalloy exo-skeleton and new rear vented magnet.</p>\n<p></p>\n\n<h3>The MB2S matches low profile center channels (MB2S-C) and subwoofers for use in surround configuration (XB2S). Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8625,85,0,1438,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8626,85,1,1438,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8627,76,0,1438,''),(8628,76,1,1438,''),(8629,75,0,1439,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers MB2S-C Passive Range Center Channel Studio Monitor</h3> <span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">You can find the MB2S-C in the following studios Advantage Audio. <br /></span><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB2S-C Center Channel Passive Studio Monitor is perfect for mid sized control rooms either soffit mounted \nor on its custom studio stands. The MB2S-C allows higher SPL’s without \ndistortion and loss of definition normally associated with a device of \nits size. The distinctive MB2S includes the PMC 75 mid driver that has \ntaken the limits of soft dome design and construction to its ultimate \nconclusion. The MB2S-C\'s tweeter has been placed in the center of the cabinet so \nthat the monitor can be placed horizontal as a center channel surround \nsound speaker.<br /><br /><p>The Radial™ low frequency driver allows massive controlled excursions\n and avoids the effects of power compression, by cooling via its cast \nalloy exo-skeleton and new rear vented magnet.</p>\n<p></p>\n\n<h3>As with all PMC models there is matching low profile center channels (MB2S-C) and subwoofers for use in surround configuration (XB2S). Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8630,75,1,1439,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers MB2S-C Passive Range Center Channel Studio Monitor</h3> <span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">You can find the MB2S-C in the following studios Advantage Audio. <br /></span><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB2S-C Center Channel Passive Studio Monitor is perfect for mid sized control rooms either soffit mounted \nor on its custom studio stands. The MB2S-C allows higher SPL’s without \ndistortion and loss of definition normally associated with a device of \nits size. The distinctive MB2S includes the PMC 75 mid driver that has \ntaken the limits of soft dome design and construction to its ultimate \nconclusion. The MB2S-C\'s tweeter has been placed in the center of the cabinet so \nthat the monitor can be placed horizontal as a center channel surround \nsound speaker.<br /><br /><p>The Radial™ low frequency driver allows massive controlled excursions\n and avoids the effects of power compression, by cooling via its cast \nalloy exo-skeleton and new rear vented magnet.</p>\n<p></p>\n\n<h3>As with all PMC models there is matching low profile center channels (MB2S-C) and subwoofers for use in surround configuration (XB2S). Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8631,85,0,1439,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8632,85,1,1439,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8633,76,0,1439,''),(8634,76,1,1439,''),(8635,75,0,1440,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers MB2S-XBD Passive Studio Monitors with XBD Bass Cabinet</h3>\n<i>Three way, ultra-high performance passive studio monitors with XBD extended bass cabinet. </i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB2S-XBD Passive Studio Monitor takes the power of the MB2S and add deeper bass with the addition of the XBD bass cabinet.<br /><br />The MB2S-A’s detialed audio resolution makes it ideal for use in medium size rooms.<br /><br />A 310mm PMC Radial low frequency driver built into an Advanced Transmission Line cabinet allows for an extended bass response, but if increased LF headroom is required, the MB2S-A pairs perfectly with the XBD.<br /><br />\n<div id=\"quicktabs-container-product\" class=\"quicktabs_main quicktabs-style-arrows\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-d8abe246519a293d4df6d2076756b1a7\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-5015e768f4d2add0d84cf6e21a838a9f\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-5015e768f4d2add0d84cf6e21a838a9f\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"> <p>The\n MB2S XBD is a development of the successful MB2S with increased \ndynamics and LF performance. The addition of the XBD cabinet containing a\n second precision 12” Radial™ driver increases the LF headroom by 3dB \nbelow 380Hz that allows a larger room to be driven to greater effect. In\n a surround configuration the added headroom of the XBD allows the .1 \nsurround effects channel to be handled with ease, avoiding the \ninstallation of further sub units. </p>\nThe \n32 element, 4th order passive crossovers are housed in external \nenclosures which can be mounted to the rear of the XBD cabinets for \nimproved fidelity.\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div></div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div><h3>XB2 Subwoofer XBD Bass Cabinet</h3>The\n XB2 is a passive sub bass unit that is best optimized in an MB2 \nsurround monitoring system. The line design and driver technology are \nidentical to that of the MB2 and MB2-A, forming a perfect blend of \ndynamics and depth of bass required for the most testing of material. \nThe unique 12\" Radial™ driver features two cooling systems.<div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\"><div class=\"content\"><div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-0ad4b091f5f86bab7977e9168e82f921\"><div class=\"view-content\"><div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\"><div class=\"views-field views-field-body\"><div class=\"field-content\">\n<p>In addition to the conventional rear vented magnet it uses the \npatented, front mounted Radial™ chassis, which acts as a giant heatsink.\n This keeps voice coil and magnet temperatures exceptionally low \nresulting in superb reliability, 3dB less power compression and tight, \nclean bass even after prolonged periods of high SPL.</p>\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div><br />\n\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div></div>  \n\n\n\n    \n  \n     \n\n<h3>The MB2-XBD is an ideal monitor for all music recording, mastering and post production in either stereo or surround configuration. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8636,75,1,1440,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers MB2S-XBD Passive Studio Monitors with XBD Bass Cabinet</h3>\n<i>Three way, ultra-high performance passive studio monitors with XBD extended bass cabinet. </i><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB2S-XBD Passive Studio Monitor takes the power of the MB2S and add deeper bass with the addition of the XBD bass cabinet.<br /><br />The MB2S-A’s detialed audio resolution makes it ideal for use in medium size rooms.<br /><br />A 310mm PMC Radial low frequency driver built into an Advanced Transmission Line cabinet allows for an extended bass response, but if increased LF headroom is required, the MB2S-A pairs perfectly with the XBD.<br /><br />\n<div id=\"quicktabs-container-product\" class=\"quicktabs_main quicktabs-style-arrows\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-d8abe246519a293d4df6d2076756b1a7\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-5015e768f4d2add0d84cf6e21a838a9f\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"><div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\">\n\n    \n  <div class=\"content\">\n    <div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-5015e768f4d2add0d84cf6e21a838a9f\">\n        \n  \n  \n      <div class=\"view-content\">\n        <div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\">\n      \n  <div class=\"views-field views-field-body\">        <div class=\"field-content\"> <p>The\n MB2S XBD is a development of the successful MB2S with increased \ndynamics and LF performance. The addition of the XBD cabinet containing a\n second precision 12” Radial™ driver increases the LF headroom by 3dB \nbelow 380Hz that allows a larger room to be driven to greater effect. In\n a surround configuration the added headroom of the XBD allows the .1 \nsurround effects channel to be handled with ease, avoiding the \ninstallation of further sub units. </p>\nThe \n32 element, 4th order passive crossovers are housed in external \nenclosures which can be mounted to the rear of the XBD cabinets for \nimproved fidelity.\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div></div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div><h3>XB2 Subwoofer XBD Bass Cabinet</h3>The\n XB2 is a passive sub bass unit that is best optimized in an MB2 \nsurround monitoring system. The line design and driver technology are \nidentical to that of the MB2 and MB2-A, forming a perfect blend of \ndynamics and depth of bass required for the most testing of material. \nThe unique 12\" Radial™ driver features two cooling systems.<div id=\"quicktabs-tabpage-product-0\" class=\"quicktabs-tabpage \"><div id=\"block-views-product-info-product-info\" class=\"block block-views\"><div class=\"content\"><div class=\"view view-product-info view-id-product_info view-display-id-product_info view-dom-id-0ad4b091f5f86bab7977e9168e82f921\"><div class=\"view-content\"><div class=\"views-row views-row-1 views-row-odd views-row-first views-row-last\"><div class=\"views-field views-field-body\"><div class=\"field-content\">\n<p>In addition to the conventional rear vented magnet it uses the \npatented, front mounted Radial™ chassis, which acts as a giant heatsink.\n This keeps voice coil and magnet temperatures exceptionally low \nresulting in superb reliability, 3dB less power compression and tight, \nclean bass even after prolonged periods of high SPL.</p>\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div><br />\n\n </div>  </div>  </div>\n    </div>\n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n  \n</div>  </div>\n</div>\n</div></div>  \n\n\n\n    \n  \n     \n\n<h3>The MB2-XBD is an ideal monitor for all music recording, mastering and post production in either stereo or surround configuration. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8637,85,0,1440,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8638,85,1,1440,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8639,76,0,1440,''),(8640,76,1,1440,''),(8641,75,0,1441,'<h2>PMC Loudspeakers MB2S-XBD-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitor with XBD Bass Cabinet - Used Pair</h2>\n<i>Includes the full original compliment of upgraded Bryston/PMC power amplifiers and active electronics. Monitors are in excellent condition and come from a non-smoking, professional studio.</i><br /><br />\nThe PMC MB2S-XBD-A Studio Monitor is a larger, three-way, reference loudspeaker that displays all the grip, resolution and dynamics of the smaller <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/PMC-Loudspeakers-IB2S-XBD-A-p/pmc-ib2s-xbd-a.htm\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">IB2-XDB-A</a>, and the ability to resolve even greater detail in the very low frequencies. Its extended frequency range reaches a dramatic 20Hz, adding to its scale and providing greater headroom and depth to achieve an imposing audio presentation, and the addition of the XBD cabinet containing a second precision 12” Radial™ driver increases the LF headroom by 3dB below 380Hz that allows a larger room to be driven to greater effect. The MB2 resides in many world-renowned facilities including Hans Zimmer’s Remote Control Studios, where the music for the Pirates of the Caribbean movies were created.<br /><br />\nThe 32 element, 4th order passive crossovers are housed in external enclosures which can be mounted to the rear of the XBD cabinets for improved fidelity.<br /><br />\n<h3>XB2 Subwoofer XBD Bass Cabinet</h3>\nThe XB2 is a passive sub bass unit that is best optimized in an MB2 surround monitoring system. The line design and driver technology are identical to that of the MB2 and MB2-A, forming a perfect blend of dynamics and depth of bass required for the most testing of material. The unique 12\" Radial™ driver features two cooling systems.\n<br /><br />\nIn addition to the conventional rear vented magnet it uses the patented, front mounted Radial™ chassis, which acts as a giant heatsink. This keeps voice coil and magnet temperatures exceptionally low  resulting in superb reliability, 3dB less power compression and tight,  clean bass even after prolonged periods of high SPL.<br /><br />\n<h3>PMC SST Amplifier Specifications</h3>\n<strong>MB2S-XBD-A</strong>\n<ul>\n	<li>2 x PMC/Bryston Active 10B crossover</li><li>2 x PMC/Bryston Active 4B amplifier (mf/hf) (2 x 400W) (upgraded from standard Bryston 3B)</li><li>2 x PMC/Bryston Active 7B mono amplifier (lf) (2 x 900w)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>The MB2S XBD is a statuesque twin-cabinet design that provides greater dynamics and bass headroom with added excitement and realism. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8642,75,1,1441,'<h2>PMC Loudspeakers MB2S-XBD-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitor with XBD Bass Cabinet - Used Pair</h2>\n<i>Includes the full original compliment of upgraded Bryston/PMC power amplifiers and active electronics. Monitors are in excellent condition and come from a non-smoking, professional studio.</i><br /><br />\nThe PMC MB2S-XBD-A Studio Monitor is a larger, three-way, reference loudspeaker that displays all the grip, resolution and dynamics of the smaller <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/PMC-Loudspeakers-IB2S-XBD-A-p/pmc-ib2s-xbd-a.htm\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"color:#000099; font-weight:bold; text-decoration:underline;\">IB2-XDB-A</a>, and the ability to resolve even greater detail in the very low frequencies. Its extended frequency range reaches a dramatic 20Hz, adding to its scale and providing greater headroom and depth to achieve an imposing audio presentation, and the addition of the XBD cabinet containing a second precision 12” Radial™ driver increases the LF headroom by 3dB below 380Hz that allows a larger room to be driven to greater effect. The MB2 resides in many world-renowned facilities including Hans Zimmer’s Remote Control Studios, where the music for the Pirates of the Caribbean movies were created.<br /><br />\nThe 32 element, 4th order passive crossovers are housed in external enclosures which can be mounted to the rear of the XBD cabinets for improved fidelity.<br /><br />\n<h3>XB2 Subwoofer XBD Bass Cabinet</h3>\nThe XB2 is a passive sub bass unit that is best optimized in an MB2 surround monitoring system. The line design and driver technology are identical to that of the MB2 and MB2-A, forming a perfect blend of dynamics and depth of bass required for the most testing of material. The unique 12\" Radial™ driver features two cooling systems.\n<br /><br />\nIn addition to the conventional rear vented magnet it uses the patented, front mounted Radial™ chassis, which acts as a giant heatsink. This keeps voice coil and magnet temperatures exceptionally low  resulting in superb reliability, 3dB less power compression and tight,  clean bass even after prolonged periods of high SPL.<br /><br />\n<h3>PMC SST Amplifier Specifications</h3>\n<strong>MB2S-XBD-A</strong>\n<ul>\n	<li>2 x PMC/Bryston Active 10B crossover</li><li>2 x PMC/Bryston Active 4B amplifier (mf/hf) (2 x 400W) (upgraded from standard Bryston 3B)</li><li>2 x PMC/Bryston Active 7B mono amplifier (lf) (2 x 900w)</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>The MB2S XBD is a statuesque twin-cabinet design that provides greater dynamics and bass headroom with added excitement and realism. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8643,85,0,1441,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8644,85,1,1441,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale,'),(8645,76,0,1441,''),(8646,76,1,1441,''),(8647,75,0,1442,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers MB3-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The PMC MB3-A Studio Monitors feature PMC\'s patented ATL speaker technology to create a dynamic, accurate speaker (optional  steel stands sold separately)</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB3-A Active Studio Monitor, with distinctive 12-inch Radial™ bass driver, combines the extended low-frequency response and dynamic range, nonfatiguing sound and extreme consistency and accuracy of PMC’s groundbreaking ATL™ designs with the high power and headroom of the proprietary Control 1200 and Power 2400 Class-D amplification, originally developed for the QB1-A.<br /><br />\nThe MB3-A is ideal for medium-sized recording, mixing, mastering or outside broadcast facilities, or as rear surround speakers in larger multi-channel recording studios, film soundstages, or post-production houses. The MB3-A produces an extremely smooth frequency response extending from 20Hz to 25kHz thanks to its ATL™ technology, and is also capable of producing high SPLs, to a maximum of 126dB, but without the distortion and loss of definition that are frequently associated with a device of its size, and without becoming fatiguing when used for extended periods. You won\'t be needing at dedicated subwoofer, as the MB3-A cabinets already cover the 20-60Hz sub-bass frequency range with ease. But, if you did want that extra bass, and sub-bass frequency, you can take a look at the MB3 XBD-A with the PMC Extended Bass Cabinet.<br /><br />\n<h3>MB3-A Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor            </li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 20Hz-25kHz                       </li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 3225W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF 2400W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 3 metres                      </li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 126dB                                   </li><li>Optional steel stands available</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nPMC’s unique ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) enclosures have taken loudspeaker design to the highest level, using sophisticated cabinet construction, proprietary drive units, and patented absorption materials and techniques. The benefits are enormous compared to the relatively simple sealed and ported designs currently available elsewhere.\n<br /><br />\nPMC’s innovative approach places the bass driver near one end of a long cavity ATL™ (the Advanced Transmission Line). This cavity is heavily damped with acoustic material specified carefully to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the large frontal vent in the same polarity as the driver’s direct radiation, the vent acting essentially as a second bass driver. An important benefit of the approach is that the air pressure inside the cabinet, which loads the bass driver, remains consistent. This helps to maintain control of the driver over a wide frequency range and significantly reduces LF distortion. Consequently, the upper bass and mid-range detail is not masked by harmonic distortion and the result is PMC’s characteristically transparent mid-range, fast, dynamic bass, and outstanding clarity.<br /><br />\nA further advantage of the ATL™ design approach is greater bass extension and higher SPL capability compared to typical ported or sealed designs of a similar size and driver specification. Moreover, the very consistent bass driver loading brings the welcome benefit that the frequency response remains consistent regardless of listening level, and analytical auditioning can be conducted without the need for high replay volumes to achieve an optimal bass response. This tonal consistancy at all output levels is a unique and very valuable characteristic of PMC’s Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Silent Cabinet</h3>\nThe highly engineered MB3 cabinets play an integral role in the overall superb performance of the loudspeakers. Aside from incorporating the Advanced Transmission Line itself, the enclosure has to be of a high standard to eradicate colouration and audible cabinet talk. Highly braced, resonance-damped Medite® is used with offset HF and MF drivers, radiused edges and acoustically absorbent StealthBaffles™ at the boundaries, as deployed in the QB1-A design, to minimise edge diffraction effects. These details were formulated with the aid of pioneering acoustic research and measurements undertaken by PMC in anechoic environments at the UK’s National Physical Laboratory, using opto-acoustic laser interferometry to map the soundfield and acoustic dispersion.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Sublime Highs and Mids</h3>\nThe MB3 features PMC’s hand-built, precision matched 34mm soft-dome HF driver and legendary 75mm fabric soft-dome mid-range driver, renowned for their natural, transparent sound and ultra-low distortion. The perforated acoustic lens on the high-frequency driver extends the treble response to well beyond the upper limit of human hearing, and controls dispersion to ensure close integration with the mid-range; the output of both drivers is meticulously combined to create an ultra-wide, stable image and entirely natural in-room response.\n<br /><br />\nWhen designing the 75mm soft-dome, PMC’s aim was to create a driver capable of reproducing vocals, in particular, with unparallelled authenticity and transparency — but to high SPLs when required. Each handcrafted unit takes seven days to produce, and has to pass exceptionally tight matching and testing criteria. The result is an extremely clean, neutral and natural sounding mid-range driver, which means it can be used for long periods without inducing fatigue.<br /><br />\n<h3>Deep and Meaningful Bass</h3>\nHigh-performance bass drivers present serious engineering challenges. The power requirements, especially at higher SPLs, produce a rapid build-up of heat in poor designs. Heat is itself damaging to performance, causing power compression effects: rapid loss of efficiency, lower output levels and higher distortion. The Radial™ drivers employed in the PMC MB3 and BB6 are uniquely specified to drive ATL™ loudspeakers, using PMC’s own ultra-rigid, low-mass cone in a custom-built Radial basket. Not only is the chassis carefully constructed to conduct heat away from the driver’s voice coil, the design also vents hot air through the back of the driver assembly. In this way, heat is efficiently dissipated even when the speakers are operating at high level, ensuring that distortion is negligible, reliability stays high, and frequency response and performance remain consistent at all output levels — irrespective of how long the speakers have been in use.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>The MB3-A is the next generation of PMC Main Monitors featuring their patented ATL technology. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today to schedule a demonstration and hear these PMC speakers for yourself.</h3>'),(8648,75,1,1442,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers MB3-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The PMC MB3-A Studio Monitors feature PMC\'s patented ATL speaker technology to create a dynamic, accurate speaker (optional  steel stands sold separately)</span><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB3-A Active Studio Monitor, with distinctive 12-inch Radial™ bass driver, combines the extended low-frequency response and dynamic range, nonfatiguing sound and extreme consistency and accuracy of PMC’s groundbreaking ATL™ designs with the high power and headroom of the proprietary Control 1200 and Power 2400 Class-D amplification, originally developed for the QB1-A.<br /><br />\nThe MB3-A is ideal for medium-sized recording, mixing, mastering or outside broadcast facilities, or as rear surround speakers in larger multi-channel recording studios, film soundstages, or post-production houses. The MB3-A produces an extremely smooth frequency response extending from 20Hz to 25kHz thanks to its ATL™ technology, and is also capable of producing high SPLs, to a maximum of 126dB, but without the distortion and loss of definition that are frequently associated with a device of its size, and without becoming fatiguing when used for extended periods. You won\'t be needing at dedicated subwoofer, as the MB3-A cabinets already cover the 20-60Hz sub-bass frequency range with ease. But, if you did want that extra bass, and sub-bass frequency, you can take a look at the MB3 XBD-A with the PMC Extended Bass Cabinet.<br /><br />\n<h3>MB3-A Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor            </li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 20Hz-25kHz                       </li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 3225W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF 2400W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 3 metres                      </li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 126dB                                   </li><li>Optional steel stands available</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nPMC’s unique ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) enclosures have taken loudspeaker design to the highest level, using sophisticated cabinet construction, proprietary drive units, and patented absorption materials and techniques. The benefits are enormous compared to the relatively simple sealed and ported designs currently available elsewhere.\n<br /><br />\nPMC’s innovative approach places the bass driver near one end of a long cavity ATL™ (the Advanced Transmission Line). This cavity is heavily damped with acoustic material specified carefully to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the large frontal vent in the same polarity as the driver’s direct radiation, the vent acting essentially as a second bass driver. An important benefit of the approach is that the air pressure inside the cabinet, which loads the bass driver, remains consistent. This helps to maintain control of the driver over a wide frequency range and significantly reduces LF distortion. Consequently, the upper bass and mid-range detail is not masked by harmonic distortion and the result is PMC’s characteristically transparent mid-range, fast, dynamic bass, and outstanding clarity.<br /><br />\nA further advantage of the ATL™ design approach is greater bass extension and higher SPL capability compared to typical ported or sealed designs of a similar size and driver specification. Moreover, the very consistent bass driver loading brings the welcome benefit that the frequency response remains consistent regardless of listening level, and analytical auditioning can be conducted without the need for high replay volumes to achieve an optimal bass response. This tonal consistancy at all output levels is a unique and very valuable characteristic of PMC’s Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Silent Cabinet</h3>\nThe highly engineered MB3 cabinets play an integral role in the overall superb performance of the loudspeakers. Aside from incorporating the Advanced Transmission Line itself, the enclosure has to be of a high standard to eradicate colouration and audible cabinet talk. Highly braced, resonance-damped Medite® is used with offset HF and MF drivers, radiused edges and acoustically absorbent StealthBaffles™ at the boundaries, as deployed in the QB1-A design, to minimise edge diffraction effects. These details were formulated with the aid of pioneering acoustic research and measurements undertaken by PMC in anechoic environments at the UK’s National Physical Laboratory, using opto-acoustic laser interferometry to map the soundfield and acoustic dispersion.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>Sublime Highs and Mids</h3>\nThe MB3 features PMC’s hand-built, precision matched 34mm soft-dome HF driver and legendary 75mm fabric soft-dome mid-range driver, renowned for their natural, transparent sound and ultra-low distortion. The perforated acoustic lens on the high-frequency driver extends the treble response to well beyond the upper limit of human hearing, and controls dispersion to ensure close integration with the mid-range; the output of both drivers is meticulously combined to create an ultra-wide, stable image and entirely natural in-room response.\n<br /><br />\nWhen designing the 75mm soft-dome, PMC’s aim was to create a driver capable of reproducing vocals, in particular, with unparallelled authenticity and transparency — but to high SPLs when required. Each handcrafted unit takes seven days to produce, and has to pass exceptionally tight matching and testing criteria. The result is an extremely clean, neutral and natural sounding mid-range driver, which means it can be used for long periods without inducing fatigue.<br /><br />\n<h3>Deep and Meaningful Bass</h3>\nHigh-performance bass drivers present serious engineering challenges. The power requirements, especially at higher SPLs, produce a rapid build-up of heat in poor designs. Heat is itself damaging to performance, causing power compression effects: rapid loss of efficiency, lower output levels and higher distortion. The Radial™ drivers employed in the PMC MB3 and BB6 are uniquely specified to drive ATL™ loudspeakers, using PMC’s own ultra-rigid, low-mass cone in a custom-built Radial basket. Not only is the chassis carefully constructed to conduct heat away from the driver’s voice coil, the design also vents hot air through the back of the driver assembly. In this way, heat is efficiently dissipated even when the speakers are operating at high level, ensuring that distortion is negligible, reliability stays high, and frequency response and performance remain consistent at all output levels — irrespective of how long the speakers have been in use.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>The MB3-A is the next generation of PMC Main Monitors featuring their patented ATL technology. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today to schedule a demonstration and hear these PMC speakers for yourself.</h3>'),(8649,85,0,1442,''),(8650,85,1,1442,''),(8651,76,0,1442,''),(8652,76,1,1442,''),(8653,75,0,1443,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers MB3 XBD-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h3>\n<i>The PMC MB3-A with the XBD Extended Bass Cabinet for even more dynamic range.</i><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB3 XBD-A takes the clarity and power of the MB3-A and adds the XBD extended bass cabinet devoted exclusively to bass. With an additional single 12-inch Radial bass driver, the twin-cabinet MB3 XBD-A system offers even better dynamics than the MB3, with an additional 3dB of headroom below the bass crossover frequency of 380Hz, and allows larger rooms to be driven with an even smoother frequency response, producing a maximum SPL of 129dB.<br /><br />\nThe twin XBD cabinets can be freestanding or soffit-mounted, and may be positioned vertically or side by side for greater flexibility. As with the MB3-A, a matching low-profile centre channel (MB3 XBD-C-A) is available for use in multi-channel arrays. Thanks to the wide-ranging frequency response of the twin-cabinet system, additional dedicated subwoofers are not a requirement.<br /><br />\n<h3>MB3 XBD-A Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor            </li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 20Hz-25kHz                       </li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 3225W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF 2400W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 2 x 3 metres                      </li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 129dB                                   </li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nPMC’s unique ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) enclosures have taken loudspeaker design to the highest level, using sophisticated cabinet construction, proprietary drive units, and patented absorption materials and techniques. The benefits are enormous compared to the relatively simple sealed and ported designs currently available elsewhere.<br /><br />\n\nPMC’s innovative approach places the bass driver near one end of a long cavity ATL™ (the Advanced Transmission Line). This cavity is heavily damped with acoustic material specified carefully to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the large frontal vent in the same polarity as the driver’s direct radiation, the vent acting essentially as a second bass driver. An important benefit of the approach is that the air pressure inside the cabinet, which loads the bass driver, remains consistent. This helps to maintain control of the driver over a wide frequency range and significantly reduces LF distortion. Consequently, the upper bass and mid-range detail is not masked by harmonic distortion and the result is PMC’s characteristically transparent mid-range, fast, dynamic bass, and outstanding clarity.<br /><br />\n\nA further advantage of the ATL™ design approach is greater bass extension and higher SPL capability compared to typical ported or sealed designs of a similar size and driver specification. Moreover, the very consistent bass driver loading brings the welcome benefit that the frequency response remains consistent regardless of listening level, and analytical auditioning can be conducted without the need for high replay volumes to achieve an optimal bass response. This tonal consistancy at all output levels is a unique and very valuable characteristic of PMC’s Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Silent Cabinet</h3>\nThe highly engineered MB3 cabinets play an integral role in the overall superb performance of the loudspeakers. Aside from incorporating the Advanced Transmission Line itself, the enclosure has to be of a high standard to eradicate colouration and audible cabinet talk. Highly braced, resonance-damped Medite® is used with offset HF and MF drivers, radiused edges and acoustically absorbent StealthBaffles™ at the boundaries, as deployed in the QB1-A design, to minimise edge diffraction effects. These details were formulated with the aid of pioneering acoustic research and measurements undertaken by PMC in anechoic environments at the UK’s National Physical Laboratory, using opto-acoustic laser interferometry to map the soundfield and acoustic dispersion.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Sublime Highs and Mids</h3>\nThe MB3 features PMC’s hand-built, precision matched 34mm soft-dome HF driver and legendary 75mm fabric soft-dome mid-range driver, renowned for their natural, transparent sound and ultra-low distortion. The perforated acoustic lens on the high-frequency driver extends the treble response to well beyond the upper limit of human hearing, and controls dispersion to ensure close integration with the mid-range; the output of both drivers is meticulously combined to create an ultra-wide, stable image and entirely natural in-room response.<br /><br />\n\nWhen designing the 75mm soft-dome, PMC’s aim was to create a driver capable of reproducing vocals, in particular, with unparallelled authenticity and transparency — but to high SPLs when required. Each handcrafted unit takes seven days to produce, and has to pass exceptionally tight matching and testing criteria. The result is an extremely clean, neutral and natural sounding mid-range driver, which means it can be used for long periods without inducing fatigue.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Deep and Meaningful Bass</h3>\nHigh-performance bass drivers present serious engineering challenges. The power requirements, especially at higher SPLs, produce a rapid build-up of heat in poor designs. Heat is itself damaging to performance, causing power compression effects: rapid loss of efficiency, lower output levels and higher distortion. The Radial™ drivers employed in the PMC MB3 and BB6 are uniquely specified to drive ATL™ loudspeakers, using PMC’s own ultra-rigid, low-mass cone in a custom-built Radial basket. Not only is the chassis carefully constructed to conduct heat away from the driver’s voice coil, the design also vents hot air through the back of the driver assembly. In this way, heat is efficiently dissipated even when the speakers are operating at high level, ensuring that distortion is negligible, reliability stays high, and frequency response and performance remain consistent at all output levels — irrespective of how long the speakers have been in use.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>The MB3 XBD-A is the next generation of PMC Main Monitors featuring their patented ATL technology and XBD extended bass cabinet. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today to schedule a demonstration and hear these PMC speakers for yourself.</h3>'),(8654,75,1,1443,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers MB3 XBD-A Three-Way Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h3>\n<i>The PMC MB3-A with the XBD Extended Bass Cabinet for even more dynamic range.</i><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> MB3 XBD-A takes the clarity and power of the MB3-A and adds the XBD extended bass cabinet devoted exclusively to bass. With an additional single 12-inch Radial bass driver, the twin-cabinet MB3 XBD-A system offers even better dynamics than the MB3, with an additional 3dB of headroom below the bass crossover frequency of 380Hz, and allows larger rooms to be driven with an even smoother frequency response, producing a maximum SPL of 129dB.<br /><br />\nThe twin XBD cabinets can be freestanding or soffit-mounted, and may be positioned vertically or side by side for greater flexibility. As with the MB3-A, a matching low-profile centre channel (MB3 XBD-C-A) is available for use in multi-channel arrays. Thanks to the wide-ranging frequency response of the twin-cabinet system, additional dedicated subwoofers are not a requirement.<br /><br />\n<h3>MB3 XBD-A Key Features</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Type: 3-way ATL™ active reference monitor            </li>\n	<li>Frequency response: 20Hz-25kHz                       </li>\n	<li>Power per channel: 3225W (HF 275W, MF 550W, LF 2400W)</li>\n	<li>Effective ATL™ length: 2 x 3 metres                      </li>\n	<li>Maximum SPL: 129dB                                   </li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n\n<h3>ATL - Advanced Transmission Line</h3>\nPMC’s unique ATL™ (Advanced Transmission Line) enclosures have taken loudspeaker design to the highest level, using sophisticated cabinet construction, proprietary drive units, and patented absorption materials and techniques. The benefits are enormous compared to the relatively simple sealed and ported designs currently available elsewhere.<br /><br />\n\nPMC’s innovative approach places the bass driver near one end of a long cavity ATL™ (the Advanced Transmission Line). This cavity is heavily damped with acoustic material specified carefully to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the large frontal vent in the same polarity as the driver’s direct radiation, the vent acting essentially as a second bass driver. An important benefit of the approach is that the air pressure inside the cabinet, which loads the bass driver, remains consistent. This helps to maintain control of the driver over a wide frequency range and significantly reduces LF distortion. Consequently, the upper bass and mid-range detail is not masked by harmonic distortion and the result is PMC’s characteristically transparent mid-range, fast, dynamic bass, and outstanding clarity.<br /><br />\n\nA further advantage of the ATL™ design approach is greater bass extension and higher SPL capability compared to typical ported or sealed designs of a similar size and driver specification. Moreover, the very consistent bass driver loading brings the welcome benefit that the frequency response remains consistent regardless of listening level, and analytical auditioning can be conducted without the need for high replay volumes to achieve an optimal bass response. This tonal consistancy at all output levels is a unique and very valuable characteristic of PMC’s Advanced Transmission Line.\n<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Silent Cabinet</h3>\nThe highly engineered MB3 cabinets play an integral role in the overall superb performance of the loudspeakers. Aside from incorporating the Advanced Transmission Line itself, the enclosure has to be of a high standard to eradicate colouration and audible cabinet talk. Highly braced, resonance-damped Medite® is used with offset HF and MF drivers, radiused edges and acoustically absorbent StealthBaffles™ at the boundaries, as deployed in the QB1-A design, to minimise edge diffraction effects. These details were formulated with the aid of pioneering acoustic research and measurements undertaken by PMC in anechoic environments at the UK’s National Physical Laboratory, using opto-acoustic laser interferometry to map the soundfield and acoustic dispersion.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Sublime Highs and Mids</h3>\nThe MB3 features PMC’s hand-built, precision matched 34mm soft-dome HF driver and legendary 75mm fabric soft-dome mid-range driver, renowned for their natural, transparent sound and ultra-low distortion. The perforated acoustic lens on the high-frequency driver extends the treble response to well beyond the upper limit of human hearing, and controls dispersion to ensure close integration with the mid-range; the output of both drivers is meticulously combined to create an ultra-wide, stable image and entirely natural in-room response.<br /><br />\n\nWhen designing the 75mm soft-dome, PMC’s aim was to create a driver capable of reproducing vocals, in particular, with unparallelled authenticity and transparency — but to high SPLs when required. Each handcrafted unit takes seven days to produce, and has to pass exceptionally tight matching and testing criteria. The result is an extremely clean, neutral and natural sounding mid-range driver, which means it can be used for long periods without inducing fatigue.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>Deep and Meaningful Bass</h3>\nHigh-performance bass drivers present serious engineering challenges. The power requirements, especially at higher SPLs, produce a rapid build-up of heat in poor designs. Heat is itself damaging to performance, causing power compression effects: rapid loss of efficiency, lower output levels and higher distortion. The Radial™ drivers employed in the PMC MB3 and BB6 are uniquely specified to drive ATL™ loudspeakers, using PMC’s own ultra-rigid, low-mass cone in a custom-built Radial basket. Not only is the chassis carefully constructed to conduct heat away from the driver’s voice coil, the design also vents hot air through the back of the driver assembly. In this way, heat is efficiently dissipated even when the speakers are operating at high level, ensuring that distortion is negligible, reliability stays high, and frequency response and performance remain consistent at all output levels — irrespective of how long the speakers have been in use.<br /><br />\n\n<h3>The MB3 XBD-A is the next generation of PMC Main Monitors featuring their patented ATL technology and XBD extended bass cabinet. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today to schedule a demonstration and hear these PMC speakers for yourself.</h3>'),(8655,85,0,1443,''),(8656,85,1,1443,''),(8657,76,0,1443,''),(8658,76,1,1443,''),(8659,75,0,1444,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers QB1-A Main Studio Monitors - Pair</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">Introducing the QB1-A,: PMC’s newest large-scale studio monitor design</span><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> QB1-A large-scale studio monitor is a Class-D active Advanced Transmission Line speaker with analog and digital inputs, featuring phenomenal electro-mechanical engineering enhanced by DSP control, and an unbelievable 4825W per channel of headroom. <br /><br />The innovative on-board DSP provides driver unit optimisation, EQ and sophisticated crossover networks, while the wired RJ45 desktop control provides user-friendly access to user EQ settings, with the ability to store up to four user setup presets. <br /><br />The QB1-A can produce a maximum SPL of 132dB without compromising on accuracy or distortion, delivering crystal-clear, transparent audio, an extended frequency response and consistent stereo imaging PMC monitors are known for. <br /><br />\n  \n\n\n\n    \n  \n     <p></p>\n\n<h3>The QB1-A delivers the transparency, resolution, extended frequency response and wide, consistent imaging demanded by the international audio elite. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8660,75,1,1444,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers QB1-A Main Studio Monitors - Pair</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">Introducing the QB1-A,: PMC’s newest large-scale studio monitor design</span><br /><br />The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> QB1-A large-scale studio monitor is a Class-D active Advanced Transmission Line speaker with analog and digital inputs, featuring phenomenal electro-mechanical engineering enhanced by DSP control, and an unbelievable 4825W per channel of headroom. <br /><br />The innovative on-board DSP provides driver unit optimisation, EQ and sophisticated crossover networks, while the wired RJ45 desktop control provides user-friendly access to user EQ settings, with the ability to store up to four user setup presets. <br /><br />The QB1-A can produce a maximum SPL of 132dB without compromising on accuracy or distortion, delivering crystal-clear, transparent audio, an extended frequency response and consistent stereo imaging PMC monitors are known for. <br /><br />\n  \n\n\n\n    \n  \n     <p></p>\n\n<h3>The QB1-A delivers the transparency, resolution, extended frequency response and wide, consistent imaging demanded by the international audio elite. Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8661,85,0,1444,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale, QB1, QB1XBD'),(8662,85,1,1444,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale, QB1, QB1XBD'),(8663,76,0,1444,''),(8664,76,1,1444,''),(8665,75,0,1445,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers QB1-XBD-A Main Monitor with XBD cabinet- Pair</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The QB1-XBD-A is a statement monitor that has no equal in terms of sheer power and resolution.</span><br /><br />\n										The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\" style=\"background-color: initial;\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> QB1-XBD-A active monitor is PMC\'s largest and most powerful studio monitor, and is unrivaled in terms of power and resolution.\n									<br /><br />\n										The QB1-XBD-A system uses a re-engineered single cabinet QB1-A monitor with <br />an XBD cabinet containing four identical piston drivers, each driven by four of PMC’s 1000w independent, class D, power amplifiers, which gives a total of a staggering 8825W of power per channel.<br /><br />The twin-stacked cabinet design gives users a sense of limitless headroom and complete confidence while working, and ensures the smoothest possible in-room bass response with 3dB more headroom than the QB1-A single cabinet version.<br /><br />The QB1-XBD-A offers ultra-low distortion, the ultimate in detail, and exceptional dynamics throughout the entire bandwidth along with its incredible power ratio and damping per channel.<br /><br />\n									\n<h3>The QB1 is the flagship main monitor in PMC\'s studio monitor line, it can shake the room with its power or you can turn it down and listen at low levels without losing any detail. Call or chat with a RSPE representative for more information.</h3>'),(8666,75,1,1445,'<h3>PMC Loudspeakers QB1-XBD-A Main Monitor with XBD cabinet- Pair</h3>\n<span style=\"font-size: 16px; font-style: italic;\">The QB1-XBD-A is a statement monitor that has no equal in terms of sheer power and resolution.</span><br /><br />\n										The <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\" style=\"background-color: initial;\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> QB1-XBD-A active monitor is PMC\'s largest and most powerful studio monitor, and is unrivaled in terms of power and resolution.\n									<br /><br />\n										The QB1-XBD-A system uses a re-engineered single cabinet QB1-A monitor with <br />an XBD cabinet containing four identical piston drivers, each driven by four of PMC’s 1000w independent, class D, power amplifiers, which gives a total of a staggering 8825W of power per channel.<br /><br />The twin-stacked cabinet design gives users a sense of limitless headroom and complete confidence while working, and ensures the smoothest possible in-room bass response with 3dB more headroom than the QB1-A single cabinet version.<br /><br />The QB1-XBD-A offers ultra-low distortion, the ultimate in detail, and exceptional dynamics throughout the entire bandwidth along with its incredible power ratio and damping per channel.<br /><br />\n									\n<h3>The QB1 is the flagship main monitor in PMC\'s studio monitor line, it can shake the room with its power or you can turn it down and listen at low levels without losing any detail. Call or chat with a RSPE representative for more information.</h3>'),(8667,85,0,1445,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale, QB1, QB1XBD'),(8668,85,1,1445,'PMC Loudspeakers, PMC Speakers, USA, review, price, twotwo.5, Studio monitors, active monitors, passive monitors, for sale, bb5, Ib1, Ib2, xbd, twotwo, buy, for sale, QB1, QB1XBD'),(8669,76,0,1445,''),(8670,76,1,1445,''),(8671,75,0,1446,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers result6 Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1><i>\r\nThe PMC result6, PMC\'s newest studio monitor, is the “result” of 26 years of painstaking development, and is a high resolution compact reference monitor at an affordable price.</i><br /><br />\r\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> result6 is an active two-way reference monitor offering all of the attributes for which PMC is world-renowned: high resolution and detail, accurate, extended bass, consistent tonal balance at all levels, and wide dispersion and sweet spot. result6 features a 27mm fabric soft-dome with D-Fins for superior HF dispersion and a 6.5\" Mid/Bass driver with ATL technology, the proprietary bass-loading system that provides exceptional LF extension in a small cabinet, with no coloration.  With an emphasis on elegant simplicity, result6 is a compact nearfield that allows you to work faster and more confidently; in short, to see, hear and achieve results more quickly.<br /><br />\r\nresult6 features no overly complex DSP-based user options or room profiles; instead, the result6 achieves its characteristically neutral, dependable PMC reference sound solely on the strength of its engineering. Honed to the fundamentals of PMC\'s design philosophy, it\'s devoted to getting you the best sounding results in the shortest possible time.\r\n<br /><br />\r\n<h3>PMC result6 Key Features:</h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>D-Fins for superior HF dispersion giving you an extra-wide stereo sweet spot.</li>\r\n	<li>PMC Patented ATL (Advanced Transmission Line) technology provides exceptional LF extension in a small footprint, with no coloration</li>\r\n	<li>Laser measurement ensures optimal performance by rapidly and repeatedly scanning the surface of the drive unit during operation, measuring every micro-movement with phenomenal accuracy</li>\r\n	<li>High-power amplification: HF 65W, LF 100W</li>\r\n	<li>Cabinet Decoupling Bands prevent the result6 from slipping, and also decouple it acoustically, preventing unwanted vibrations from coloring your sound.</li>\r\n	<li>Anchor Points allowing the speakers to be wallmounted and precisely positioned.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<br />\r\n<div align=\"center\">\r\n	<a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-result6-demo-a/376.htm\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/pmc-result6-demo.jpg\" width=\"90%\" alt=\"Schedule a demo of the PMC result6 from RSPE\" /></a>\r\n</div>\r\n<br /><br />\r\n<h3>D-Fins create a bigger, more detailed stereo image</h3>\r\nPMC engineered the distinctive, finned HF driver surround — known on the result6 as the D-Fins — to resolve both of these issues, delivering major sonic benefits. The design widens the stereo sweet spot (which is already generous, in keeping with other PMC designs). The result is an excellent off-axis response over a wider area. The D-Fins also eradicate the cabinet edge effects, ensuring high-frequency sound remains razor-sharp and unsmeared. This means that you have greater freedom to change your position as you work without adversely affecting what you hear, and that the frequency response of the speakers is flat and natural-sounding.\r\n<br /><br />\r\n<h3>ATL provides sonically superior bass</h3>\r\nPMC’s unique ATL (Advanced Transmission Line) places the bass driver near one end of a long tunnel (the Advanced Transmission Line), which is heavily damped with acoustic material carefully specified to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the front vent in the same polarity as the bass unit’s output, so that the vent acts like a second LF driver\r\n<br /><br />\r\nATL bass-loading technology offers exceptional LF extension with no colouration, identical tonal balance at all levels, and higher SPLs without compression or listener fatigue.<br /><br />\r\n<h3>Laser Measurement — for the ultimate precision</h3>\r\nThe result6 is the first PMC product to benefit from their groundbreaking laser-based measurement system. This performs extremely accurate assessments of the drivers’ performance by rapidly and repeatedly scanning the surface of the drive unit during operation, measuring every micro-movement with phenomenal accuracy.\r\n<br /><br />\r\nIn PMC\'s two-stage driver refinement process, the design of the bass unit is first optimized following a series of laser measurements conducted in free space. At the second stage, the driver is fitted into the loudspeaker cabinet and ATL. The laser measurement system is then used again, this time on the complete loudspeaker, and the drivers, cabinet and ATL are honed in situ, the process being repeated until their optimum performance is attained. In particular, the ATL and bass driver are tuned so that the driver produces the maximum possible output for the minimum possible excursion, which eradicates distortion and colouration.<br /><br />\r\n<h3>The PMC result6 studio monitor offers all the attributes for which PMC is world-renowned, at a price you didn’t think was possible from PMC! Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8672,75,1,1446,'<h1>PMC Loudspeakers result6 Active Studio Monitors - Pair</h1><i>\nThe PMC result6, PMC\'s newest studio monitor, is the “result” of 26 years of painstaking development, and is a high resolution compact reference monitor at an affordable price.</i><br /><br />\nThe <a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-loudspeakers-s/2442.htm\">PMC Loudspeakers</a> result6 is an active two-way reference monitor offering all of the attributes for which PMC is world-renowned: high resolution and detail, accurate, extended bass, consistent tonal balance at all levels, and wide dispersion and sweet spot. result6 features a 27mm fabric soft-dome with D-Fins for superior HF dispersion and a 6.5\" Mid/Bass driver with ATL technology, the proprietary bass-loading system that provides exceptional LF extension in a small cabinet, with no coloration.  With an emphasis on elegant simplicity, result6 is a compact nearfield that allows you to work faster and more confidently; in short, to see, hear and achieve results more quickly.<br /><br />\nresult6 features no overly complex DSP-based user options or room profiles; instead, the result6 achieves its characteristically neutral, dependable PMC reference sound solely on the strength of its engineering. Honed to the fundamentals of PMC\'s design philosophy, it\'s devoted to getting you the best sounding results in the shortest possible time.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>PMC result6 Key Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>D-Fins for superior HF dispersion giving you an extra-wide stereo sweet spot.</li>\n	<li>PMC Patented ATL (Advanced Transmission Line) technology provides exceptional LF extension in a small footprint, with no coloration</li>\n	<li>Laser measurement ensures optimal performance by rapidly and repeatedly scanning the surface of the drive unit during operation, measuring every micro-movement with phenomenal accuracy</li>\n	<li>High-power amplification: HF 65W, LF 100W</li>\n	<li>Cabinet Decoupling Bands prevent the result6 from slipping, and also decouple it acoustically, preventing unwanted vibrations from coloring your sound.</li>\n	<li>Anchor Points allowing the speakers to be wallmounted and precisely positioned.</li>\n</ul>\n<br />\n<div align=\"center\">\n	<a href=\"https://www.rspeaudio.com/pmc-result6-demo-a/376.htm\"><img src=\"/v/vspfiles/assets/images/pmc-result6-demo.jpg\" width=\"90%\" alt=\"Schedule a demo of the PMC result6 from RSPE\" /></a>\n</div>\n<br /><br />\n<h3>D-Fins create a bigger, more detailed stereo image</h3>\nPMC engineered the distinctive, finned HF driver surround — known on the result6 as the D-Fins — to resolve both of these issues, delivering major sonic benefits. The design widens the stereo sweet spot (which is already generous, in keeping with other PMC designs). The result is an excellent off-axis response over a wider area. The D-Fins also eradicate the cabinet edge effects, ensuring high-frequency sound remains razor-sharp and unsmeared. This means that you have greater freedom to change your position as you work without adversely affecting what you hear, and that the frequency response of the speakers is flat and natural-sounding.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>ATL provides sonically superior bass</h3>\nPMC’s unique ATL (Advanced Transmission Line) places the bass driver near one end of a long tunnel (the Advanced Transmission Line), which is heavily damped with acoustic material carefully specified to absorb the upper bass and higher frequencies radiating from the rear of the bass driver. The lowest frequencies are allowed to pass down the line and emerge from the front vent in the same polarity as the bass unit’s output, so that the vent acts like a second LF driver\n<br /><br />\nATL bass-loading technology offers exceptional LF extension with no colouration, identical tonal balance at all levels, and higher SPLs without compression or listener fatigue.<br /><br />\n<h3>Laser Measurement — for the ultimate precision</h3>\nThe result6 is the first PMC product to benefit from their groundbreaking laser-based measurement system. This performs extremely accurate assessments of the drivers’ performance by rapidly and repeatedly scanning the surface of the drive unit during operation, measuring every micro-movement with phenomenal accuracy.\n<br /><br />\nIn PMC\'s two-stage driver refinement process, the design of the bass unit is first optimized following a series of laser measurements conducted in free space. At the second stage, the driver is fitted into the loudspeaker cabinet and ATL. The laser measurement system is then used again, this time on the complete loudspeaker, and the drivers, cabinet and ATL are honed in situ, the process being repeated until their optimum performance is attained. In particular, the ATL and bass driver are tuned so that the driver produces the maximum possible output for the minimum possible excursion, which eradicates distortion and colouration.<br /><br />\n<h3>The PMC result6 studio monitor offers all the attributes for which PMC is world-renowned, at a price you didn’t think was possible from PMC! Call or chat with a RSPE representative today.</h3>'),(8673,85,0,1446,''),(8674,85,1,1446,''),(8675,76,0,1446,''),(8676,76,1,1446,''),(8677,75,0,1447,'<h1>PMC result6 + UA <span style=\"letter-spacing: -0.02em; background-color: initial;\">Apollo Twin X DUO Heritage Edition</span><span style=\"letter-spacing: -0.02em; background-color: initial;\"> </span><span style=\"letter-spacing: -0.02em; background-color: initial;\">Studio Recording Bundle</span></h1>\n<i>PMC and Universal Audio team up to bring you the ultimate starter Studio Recording and Monitoring bundle!<br /></i><br />Start recording like the Pros with a pair of PMC result6s A Universal Audio Apollo Twin X DUO and a UA Premium Plug-In Suite. This bundle will transform your home setup into a Professional-style Recording Suite. <br /><hr />\n<h3>PMC result6 Studio Monitors</h3>\nThe PMC Loudspeakers result6 is an active two-way reference monitor offering all of the attributes for which PMC is world-renowned: high resolution and detail, accurate, extended bass, consistent tonal balance at all levels, and wide dispersion and sweet spot. result6 features a 27mm fabric soft-dome with D-Fins for superior HF dispersion and a 6.5\" Mid/Bass driver with ATL technology, the proprietary bass-loading system that provides exceptional LF extension in a small cabinet, with no coloration. With an emphasis on elegant simplicity, result6 is a compact nearfield that allows you to work faster and more confidently; in short, to see, hear and achieve results more quickly.\n<br /><br />\n<h3>PMC result6 Key Features:</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>D-Fins for superior HF dispersion giving you an extra-wide stereo sweet spot.</li>\n	<li>PMC Patented ATL (Advanced Transmission Line) technology provides exceptional LF extension in a small footprint, with no coloration</li>\n	<li>Laser measurement ensures optimal performance by rapidly and repeatedly scanning the surface of the drive unit during operation, measuring every micro-movement with phenomenal accuracy</li>\n	<li>High-power amplification: HF 65W, LF 100W</li>\n	<li>Cabinet Decoupling Bands prevent the result6 from slipping, and also decouple it acoustically, preventing unwanted vibrations from coloring your sound.</li>\n	<li>Anchor Points allowing the speakers to be wallmounted and precisely positioned.</li>\n</ul>\n<hr id=\"horizontalrule\" />\n<h3>Universal Audio Apollo Twin X DUO Heritage Edition</h3>\nThe Universal Audio Apollo Twin X DUO Desktop Thunderbolt 3 Audio Interface delivers elite-class A/D and D/A conversion, two Unison-enabled preamps, and DUO Core realtime UAD plug-in processing — all in a sleek desktop Thunderbolt 3 audio interface for Mac and Windows. \n<br /><br />\n<h3>Apollo Twin X DUO Key Features</h3>\n	<ul>\n		<li><span style=\"background-color: initial; letter-spacing: 0px;\">Desktop 10 x 6 Thunderbolt 3 audio interface for Mac and Windows</span></li><li>Elite-class A/D and D/A conversion derived from the Apollo X rackmount interfaces</li><li>2 Unison mic preamps offer stunning models of classic tube and transformer-based mic preamps and guitar amps</li><li>UAD-2 DUO Core Processing for tracking through vintage compressors, EQs, tape machines, mic preamps, and guitar amp plug-ins with near-zero latency</li><li>Front-panel Unison-enabled Hi-Z instrument input and headphone out</li><li>Built-in Talkback mic for communication with studio talent and recording slate cues</li><li>Dedicated monitor functionality including monitor remote functions and Mono, Mute, DIM, and ALT monitor controls</li><li>Up to 8 channels of additional digital input via optical ADAT/SPDIF input</li><li>Includes the \"Realtime Analog Classics\" UAD plug-in bundle featuring the Teletronix LA-2A and 1176 compressors, Pultec EQs, UA 610-B Tube Preamp & EQ, and more*</li><li>Runs UAD Powered Plug-Ins via VST, RTAS, AU, and AAX 64 in all major DAWs</li><li>Uncompromising analog design, superior components, and premium build quality</li><li>Free, industry-leading technical support — on the phone and online — from knowledgeable audio engineers</li>\n	</ul>\n	<br />\n<h3>The PMC result6 and Universal Audio Apollo Twin X DUO Heritage Bundle won\'t be around long! Buy now and save!</h3>'),